Category: General

Causes of Sudden Vertigo – Headache is one of the most common and common health complaints. Even dizziness or headache is a symptom that almost appears in various types of diseases. Not only minor illnesses, even chronic illnesses sometimes have symptoms of headaches or dizziness. Dizziness usually occurs in the form of a heavy head or pain in certain parts of the head or all of it.

Well, but there is a disease of dizziness or headaches that should not be underestimated, Sinaumed’s, namely vertigo. The symptoms of this disease are more severe than the symptoms of ordinary dizziness or headaches. Vertigo sufferers will feel the sensation of a spinning head or a room that is moving while he is not moving. Even sufferers will have difficulty standing or walking properly when these symptoms appear.

Vertigo does not occur suddenly, Sinaumed’s. There are several factors that trigger sudden vertigo. Paying attention to the things that trigger vertigo can help you prevent these symptoms from occurring. You also need to know about what actions you should take if vertigo symptoms appear.

The following is a complete summary of vertigo, what causes it and how to overcome it.

What is Vertigo?

Vertigo is a headache that is usually accompanied by a view or the room around like spinning. It can also feel like the sufferer is moving even though it’s just silent, and you will lose your balance. These symptoms can also occur suddenly.

Many people think that the term vertigo describes a fear of heights, but that’s not true. Vertigo can occur when a person looks down from a height but it usually refers to dizziness that occurs due to a problem in the inner ear called peripheral vertigo or in a part of the brain called central vertigo.

Mild vertigo that only occurs occasionally can be treated with a number of steps to handle independently at home. However, if vertigo often recurs or is caused by certain diseases, you need immediate treatment from a doctor.

 

 

Causes of Sudden Vertigo

Sudden vertigo generally occurs due to an imbalance in the inner ear and a problem with the central nervous system. In addition, the cause of sudden vertigo can be caused by the following diseases or disorders of the ear and brain.

1. BPPV conditions

Benign Paroxysmal Positional Vertigo (BPPV) is the most common cause of vertigo, the symptoms of this type of vertigo are causing a sensation like sudden spinning or dizziness. Dizziness can be mild, but can also be very strong or intense. Some of the symptoms are also accompanied by nausea, vomiting and loss of balance.

This condition can occur when you make a sudden change in head position. This condition can occur when you move your head up and down, lie down or when you turn your body or sit in a sleeping position.

The cause of this condition is not known with certainty. However, this condition is often associated with blows or even minor injuries to the head or disturbances that can damage the inner ear such as when performing surgery on the ear. In certain cases, people with BPPV usually experience periods of vertigo that last less than 60 seconds, but other symptoms can also occur, such as nausea.

2. Meniere’s disease

Another cause of vertigo is Meniere’s disease which is an inner ear disorder that can affect balance and hearing. Apart from vertigo, this condition is usually characterized by a sensation of ringing in the ears or tinnitus, temporary hearing loss or what is known as sensorineural deafness, and a feeling of fullness and pressure in the ear.

On the inside of the ear, there are tubes filled with fluid which, together with the nerves and skull, help with hearing and maintain body balance. This condition occurs when there is a buildup of fluid in the inner ear. This condition can trigger vertigo with ringing in the ears and hearing loss. This disease usually affects people aged around 40-60 years.

Several factors that may be a factor in the occurrence of excess fluid in the ear, such as fluid drainage problems, abnormal immune responses, viral infections, genetic disorders or a combination of these factors.

3. Labyrinthitis

Labyrinthitis is inflammation of the part of the inner ear called the labyrinth. The labyrinth consists of fluid-filled canals, which together with the vestibulocochlear nerve help control balance and hearing. If one of the nerves or labyrinths becomes inflamed, vertigo and hearing loss can occur.

These symptoms usually occur because they are caused by viruses or bacteria. Viruses that are known to cause labyrinthitis are influenza, herpes, measles, rubella, polio, hepatitis or varicella. But in rare cases, meningitis or head injury can also cause labyrinthitis.

4. Vestibular Migraine

Migraines and vertigo are indeed two different things. But if you already have a history of migraines, vestibular migraine can be the cause of the vertigo that is happening to you.

If regular migraines cause pain in the head, then vestibular migraines do not always cause pain in the head. The main symptom is a feeling of dizziness that appears and disappears, and can be caused by sudden head movements. This is also still related to the inner ear which regulates the sense of hearing and balance.

These symptoms can occur due to failure of the nerves in the brain which causes dilation of blood vessels in and around the brain, including the vestibular arteries in the inner ear.

5. Autoimmune inner ear disease (AIED)

The immune system has a function to work to eradicate germs and bacteria that are not good for the body. In this case, the immune system mistakenly attacks and thinks the cells in the ear are part of the germs.

This condition causes the appearance of an autoimmune reaction. Apart from vertigo, reactions that may appear include ringing in the ears (tinnitus), balance problems, or ears that feel full.

 

 

6. Vertebrobasilar TIA

This disease attacks the vertebrobasilar arterial system which is located at the back of the brain. These arteries have the function of supplying blood, oxygen and nutrients to the most important brain structures including the brainstem, occipital lobe and cerebellum.

In vertebrobasilar insufficiency, the arteries develop a condition called atherosclerosis which can block blood flow to the brain. This can be caused by the formation of plaque due to the accumulation of cholesterol and calcium in the blood vessels.

This disease has stroke-like symptoms and can be a cause of sudden recurrence of vertigo. People who are prone to vertebrobasilar insufficiency are usually the elderly or those who are at high risk of hypertension and hyperlipidemia (increased levels of fat in the blood).

7. Strokes

Problems with the brain, such as a stroke can be the cause of the sudden vertigo you experience. Stroke is a condition when the blood supply to part of the brain is interrupted or reduced. This condition causes the brain tissue to not get enough oxygen and nutrients, so that the cells in the brain begin to die within minutes and some symptoms such as dizziness and vertigo can appear.

8. Multiple Sclerosis

This disease is an autoimmune disease that attacks the central nervous system, namely the brain and spinal cord. This condition occurs when the immune system mistakenly attacks the protective sheath (myelin) that covers nerve fibers, thereby interrupting communication problems between the brain and the rest of the body.

This condition can cause various problems with body movements such as tremors. This condition can also be a cause of dizziness and vertigo in sufferers.

9. Brain Tumor

The next cause of vertigo is a brain tumor. This condition occurs when a tumor grows and develops in the cerebellum, which is the part of the brain that controls movement. This condition is usually characterized by balance problems, a spinning sensation or other symptoms of a tumor.

10. Acoustic Neuroma

This disease can also be known as vestibular schwannoma which is a benign (non-cancerous) tumor that grows on the vestibular nerve, the nerve that leads from the inner ear to the brain. Benign tumors in the area can affect your balance and hearing. So that it can cause hearing loss such as ringing in the ears to vertigo.

11. Use of drugs

Not only some of the diseases above, if you take certain drugs it can also be a cause of vertigo. Some of them are antibiotics, aminoglycosides, cisplatin, diuretics, or salicylates which affect the structure of the inner ear. Anticonvulsant drugs, aspirin to alcohol can be a cause of vertigo.

Apart from disease, vertigo can also be caused by several foods that trigger vertigo. The following are types of foods that can cause vertigo.

Foods that Cause Vertigo

The appearance of this vertigo can actually be caused by several foods. The following are foods that cause vertigo.

1. Caffeinated Beverages and Foods

Caffeine is usually found in chocolate, coffee, tea, soda and energy drinks. This is due to side effects that can increase the risk of dehydration and changes in nerve and brain performance. This makes people who often consume caffeine more often get vertigo.

Consuming caffeine in excess can also cause the risk of caffeine withdrawal effects or withdrawal symptoms of caffeine which can cause complaints of vertigo and headaches.

2. Foods high in salt

Actually, the recommendation for daily salt intake for adults is no more than 5 grams or the equivalent of 1 teaspoon per day.

If we consume salt in excess, it will trigger hypertension or high blood pressure. This can cause blood flow in the body’s balance organs to decrease and not run smoothly so that it can cause vertigo.

You need to reduce the amount of salt intake such as fast food, canned food, cheese, snacks and MSG.

3. Foods High in Sugar

In addition to foods high in salt, foods high in sugar can also cause vertigo. If you often and consume high amounts of sugar you can be at risk of developing diabetes. This disease is characterized by increased blood sugar in the body.

If you have diabetes, you are also at risk of experiencing nerve disorders including the nerves in the inner ear which can cause vertigo.

4. Food and drink containing alcohol

Sinaumed’s needs to pay attention to this, you need to pay attention to food and drinks that contain alcohol. If you consume it in large quantities and for a long time, it can cause side effects such as narrowing of the arteries. Foods that usually contain alcohol are tapai durian or alcoholic liquor.

When there is a blood vessel disorder in the balance organ in the inner ear, you can feel dizzy because of vertigo. Besides that, alcohol can have an impact on brain function which makes your body movements unstable, this happens when you are drunk because of alcohol.

So, those are some foods that can cause vertigo, if you are already experiencing vertigo, immediately check with your doctor and immediately reduce your consumption of foods with the ingredients above, Sinaumed’s.

 

 

How to Handle Vertigo Independently

If vertigo recurs suddenly, of course it can make you and those around you panic and worry. But to overcome this vertigo complaint, there are some tips that you can do independently at home. including:

• Try to stay calm
• If symptoms occur when you are standing, sit down immediately and close your eyes.
• Avoid lying on your side by leaning on the part of your head that is experiencing vertigo.
• Sleep with your head slightly raised or higher using two or more pillows
• Inadequate fluid intake by drinking water
• Use lighting when you wake up at night
• Don’t move your head suddenly
• Get enough sleep and don’t stay up late.

Movement to Overcome Vertigo Complaints

If your vertigo recurs, you don’t need to panic and immediately sit or lie down and close your eyes. You can also do some movements like the following.

The Epley maneuver

1. Take a sitting position in bed and tilt your head up to 45 degrees to the side experiencing vertigo.
2. Position a pillow to support your upper back, so that your head is slightly tilted back when you lie down.
3. Move your body slowly to lie down in bed with your head still tilted 45 degrees. Hold the position for 30-6- seconds until the dizziness subsides.
4. While lying down turn your head 90 degrees in the opposite direction and hold this position for 30-60 seconds until the dizziness subsides.
5. Position your body facing the side of your head that is tilted.
6. If the dizziness has subsided, try to sit up slowly.

Half Somersault or Foster Maneuver

1. Get into a kneeling position and stare at the ceiling for a few seconds
2. Bend down so that your forehead touches the floor and faces your knees, resembling a prostration. maintain for 30 seconds.
3. Tilt your head 45 degrees to the side that has the vertigo. maintain for 30 seconds.
4. Quickly raise your head until it is parallel to your back, while your knees and hands touch the floor. maintain at a 45 degree incline for 30 seconds.
5. Keep your head tilted to the side affected by vertigo and try to stand up slowly.
6. If you still feel vertigo, repeat for 15 minutes.

So that’s Sinaumed’s, the causes of vertigo and how to deal with it independently and movements that you can try to reduce vertigo symptoms. Thus the discussion about the causes of sudden vertigo to how to reduce the symptoms, I hope all the discussion above is useful, Sinaumed’s.

Definition of Catabolism   – Thanks to energy, humans can carry out all daily activities. But have you ever thought about how the body produces energy? Energy in the body is produced by a biochemical process called catabolism.

Catabolism is a metabolic pathway that breaks down a complex substrate of organic molecules into its constituent components while releasing energy, generally in the form of ATP.

In the catabolic pathway, large molecules such as polysaccharides, lipids, nucleic acids and proteins will be broken down into several smaller molecules such as monosaccharides, fatty acids, nucleotides and amino acids. Check out a more complete explanation of Catabolism below, Sinaumed’s!

A. Definition of catabolism

Through catabolic reactions, food that has been consumed and enters the digestive organs will be broken down by enzymes in our digestive system. Protein is broken down into amino acids.

This amino acid can be used as a source of energy when the body needs it. Amino acids can also be recycled to make proteins or oxidized to urea. In addition to breaking down protein, catabolism can also break down glycogen into glucose. These simple carbohydrates will then go through an oxidation process called glycolysis. It is from this reaction that energy is produced. Meanwhile, fat will go through a breakdown process called hydrolysis.

This process produces fatty acids and glycerol, which will then go through glycolysis and other biochemical reactions to form energy. The energy generated from the above processes is stored as the molecule adenosine triphosphate (ATP). Many aspects of cellular metabolism, both anabolism and catabolism, are closely related to the production and consumption of ATP as a source of energy, which also serves as fuel in all metabolic processes.

B. Catabolic Process

The main processes of catabolism include the citric acid cycle, glycolysis, oxidative deamination, breakdown of muscle tissue and breakdown of fat. We will briefly look at each of the main aspects of catabolism below.

1. Glycolysis

Is a very important process of catabolism, because it is the process that breaks down sugars (eg, glucose) into pyruvate, together with the production of ATP and NADH. Starting with one molecule of glucose, glycolysis is a 10-step reaction that will give two molecules of pyruvate as products.

Using a variety of enzymes, including kinases, mutases, dehydrogenases, isomerases and lyases, as well as the consumption of two ATPs, this basic glucose molecule can be broken down into 2 pyruvate molecules, 2 NADH (which are then used for the subsequent generation of ATP) and 4 ATP. Since two ATP are consumed during the energy consumption part of this process, the net gain from breaking down a glucose molecule is 2 ATP.

2. Citric Acid Cycle

Also known as the Krebs Cycle, the citric acid cycle uses several products of glycolysis for further energy production, starting with the pyruvate molecule. Again, enzymes play a key role in manipulating these pyruvate molecules and binding them with other molecules to release energy in a controlled manner and perpetuate the cycle.

The product of one turn of the citric acid cycle (using 2 molecules of pyruvate) consists of 4 molecules of carbon dioxide, 6 molecules of NADH, 2 molecules of FADH2, and 2 molecules of GTP. NADH and FADH2 will continue on to the electron transport chain for the production of even more ATP.

3. Oxidative Deamination

When it comes to breaking down proteins and amino acids, and accessing the energy within them, a lesser known process called oxidative deamination is required. Protein is usually broken down and used as a substrate for further molecular development (anabolic processes).

However, when there is a shortage of carbohydrates or normal sources of energy, the body will start breaking down proteins into their amino acids, through a process called proteolysis. Unlike other sources of energy, amino acids have nitrogen, so they require a different catabolic process – oxidative deamination.

When the nitrogen group is removed, the basic carbon skeleton is left behind, which is known as a ketoacid. Similar to normal glucose molecules, ketoacids can enter the Krebs Cycle to produce energy, or they can be further synthesized into free fatty acids.

Ammonia is a by-product of this type of deamination, which is fine in small amounts, but high levels are toxic. The body fights this by converting ammonia to urea in the liver, where it can be transferred from the liver to the kidneys and excreted in our urine.

Humans need energy in activities that can be fulfilled by the process of carbohydrate metabolism. You can learn about the series of reactions in this metabolic process in the book Biochemistry: Enzymes and Carbohydrate Metabolism for MIPA and Health Students.

4. Fat Breaker (Lipolysis)

Breaking down stored triglyceride fat stores in adipose tissue is another way to generate energy. Triglycerides consist of a glycol backbone, three fatty acid tails, and three ester bonds that link the two previous components. Three ester bonds must be broken to release their energy, which is done by a hydrolysis reaction. In three separate steps, each of these bonds is broken.

After each fatty acid is removed through the introduction of water (HO), the end products include a glycerol molecule, the two free fatty acids, and usable energy. Hormones that stimulate this process include cortisol, adrenaline and glucagon; insulin acts against this process, stimulating the anabolic processes that produce triglycerides.

5. Breakdown of Muscle Tissue

Although most people try to avoid degrading their muscle mass at all costs, it can often be difficult. Immediately after a workout, or in the morning after a long period without nutritional intake, the body may start catalyzing muscle tissue because it lacks the anabolic processes needed to build more muscle tissue. This definitely sounds counterintuitive, but this transformation of tissue into energy is in response to not providing the body with sufficient basic energy, either from protein or carbohydrate sources.

C. Catabolic Hormones

Did you know, sports such as running, swimming, and cycling are types of activities that are catabolic or cardio exercises. When doing this activity, heart rate, blood pressure, and breathing will increase. The process of catabolism itself plays an important role, with the energy produced, the heart can beat so that all body tissues receive blood supply. The function of the lungs, kidneys, digestion, and cell metabolism will also work optimally, to maintain the body’s survival and health. Hormones that play a role in the process of catabolism, including:

• Cortisol – This hormone helps regulate protein, fat and carbohydrate metabolism. This hormone, known as the ‘stress’ hormone, is produced by the adrenal glands.
• Cytokines – These are substances that regulate interactions between cells and play a role in regulating the immune system. Several types of cytokines function to stimulate the immune system, while several other types of cytokines function to suppress the activity of the immune system.
• Glucagon – This hormone is produced by the pancreas, and together with insulin it functions to maintain blood sugar levels.
• Adrenaline – This hormone known as epinephrine increases heart rate, strengthens heart contractions, and increases blood flow to muscles.

 

D. Catabolism Exercise to Improve Health

Exercise can help the catabolic process go well. Sports that can increase the process of catabolism are called catabolic sports. Catabolic exercise is known to reduce weight by burning more fat and building more muscle mass as well.

Sometimes, these catabolic processes are often used as a reference for whether the body can lose or gain weight quickly or not. Catabolic sports, such as cycling, swimming and running can be beneficial exercises for the health of the body, especially the heart.

Catabolic exercise is believed to increase heart rate and blood pressure. That way, the lungs and heart will also become healthier. In order to always be fit, follow the exercise guidelines with the following time settings: 150 minutes a week at moderate intensity, 75 minutes a week at high intensity, you can divide these exercise times into three to five days of training schedules in 1 week. If you have a history of certain health conditions, consult your doctor first before starting the sport.

During this catabolic exercise, heart rate, blood pressure, and respiration will increase. In this process, the body will break down glycogen (the result of breaking down carbohydrates) into energy to use as fuel during exercise.

If the carbohydrates in the body have been used up and nothing else can be converted into energy, the hormone cortisol in the body will use amino acids to create energy. This causes catabolism to run slowly. In addition, other factors that cause the body’s catabolism to run slowly.

Causes of Slow Catabolism

1. Lack of Activity

Catabolism is the process of producing energy. Exercise helps the process run more quickly. When you don’t move much, your body burns less (or slower) carbohydrates so that less energy is created.

2. Lack of Calories

Limiting the amount of intake is often chosen as a way to lose weight. In fact, eating too little can make catabolic and anabolic processes decrease. As a result, the body cannot produce energy as it should. When reducing total calorie intake to very little than usual, the body will assume someone is starving. In that condition, the body will slow down the burning of calories in the body.

3. Lack of sleep

Lack of sleep can increase the risk of various diseases and fatigue the next day. In addition, several studies have also shown that sleep deprivation can slow down metabolism and can lead to weight gain.

Research also proves that sleep deprivation can lower the resting metabolic rate of healthy adults in the morning. Lack of sleep can disrupt the metabolism of carbohydrates in the body so that when you wake up your body still has high blood sugar levels. High blood sugar levels indicate that glucose, which should be broken down into energy in the body, continues to flow freely in the bloodstream.

4. Stress

Stress can increase the production of the hormone cortisol. This then makes your appetite increase. If this happens continuously, you will experience weight gain because carbohydrates that are not broken down into energy are stored as fat. This weight gain can eventually cause a decreased body metabolism.

5. Consumption of certain drugs

Certain drugs can also slow down the metabolism in the body. Some of them are antidepressants, diabetes drugs, steroids, and hormone therapy. If you feel that you have gained weight after taking the drug, maybe the drug has an impact on your body’s metabolism. If this condition bothers you, immediately discuss it with your doctor.

Less Calories The Body Intakes When you lower your total calorie intake to very little than usual, the body will think you are starving. Under these conditions, the body will slow down your body’s burning of calories.

Therefore, in order to keep catabolism running as optimally as possible, you can do regular exercise as well as various other healthy tips that you can learn from the book 50 Healthy Tips to Prevent Disease with Exercise.

 

E. Stage Catabolism

Catabolism is the process when the body digests food into small molecules in the body to be used as energy or to break down carbohydrates. The large and complex molecules in the body are then broken down into smaller and simpler ones.

Examples of catabolic processes are the same as carbohydrates from rice that enter the body. Carbohydrates are then converted into disaccharides and further broken down into monosaccharides (glucose). The causes of slow catabolism are lack of movement and activity, lack of calories absorbed by the body, lack of sleep, stress and taking certain drugs.

In the process of catabolism there is a process of cellular respiration or cellular respiration. Cellular respiration carries out the process of breaking down complex organic molecules that are rich in potential energy into lower energy waste products at the cellular level. Cellular respiration has four stages namely glycolysis, oxidative decarboxylation, Krebs cycle and electron transfer.

Catabolism is part of the body’s metabolism, namely the process of breaking down complex molecules into smaller molecules to obtain energy. Catabolism occurs in the digestive process of food. Living cells carry out catabolism to get energy to move, warm the body, and also think. Catabolism in living things occurs in several stages, namely glycolysis, oxidative decarboxylation, the Krebs cycle, and the electron transport chain.

1. Glycolysis

Glycolysis comes from two words namely “glucose” which means sugar, and “lysis” which means the breakdown of glucose. Reporting from the Britannica encyclopedia, glucose or the six-carbon sugar group (C6H12O6) is the most important source of energy for the body. Glycolysis is the process of breaking down sugar that takes place in the cytoplasm of cells. The process of glycolysis breaks down sugar into pyruvic acid, NADH, and energy in the form of ATP.

2. Oxidative decarboxylation

Oxidative decarboxylation is the stage of catabolism after glycolysis. Reporting from the Britannica encyclopedia, pyruvic acid from glycolysis is oxidized by the pyruvate dehydrogenase (PDC) enzyme complex to produce acetyl coenzyme A and carbon dioxide. NAD is converted to a higher energy form namely NADH. Oxidative decarboxylation converts pyruvic acid to be processed again in the Krebs cycle, this is why oxidative decarboxylation is called a transition reaction. This transition reaction takes place in the mitochondria of living cells.

3. Krebs cycle

Krebs cycle or tricarboxylic acid cycle is a stage of catabolism to produce higher energy. The Krebs cycle is called a cycle because it continues in a closed loop. Reporting from BCcampus Open Textbooks, the Krebs cycle processes acetyl coenzyme A as a result of oxidative decarboxylation to produce energy. The image above was discovered in 1937 by the biochemist Sir Hans Adolf Krebs. The Krebs cycle consists of 8 stages and each stage is assisted by 8 different enzymes. Reporting from the Encyclopaedia Britannica, that the molecules resulting from the Krebs cycle transfer their energy to the electron transfer chain.

4. Transport Chain

Electrons Reported from thoughtco.com, the electron transport chain is a complex series of proteins and electron carrier molecules in mitochondria to. The electron transport chain aims to produce energy from NADH and FADH. The electron transport chain takes place in each stage of catabolism so that the energy produced is the accumulation of all catabolic processes, namely 30-32 ATP.

 

Most of us must often hear the castration law for criminals. The law of castration is considered appropriate to be given to people who commit sexual violence. Castration law is a type of punishment given to perpetrators of sexual violence and crimes.

Castration law is also known as chemical castration law. The law on castration is regulated in Government Regulation (PP) Number 70 of 2020 concerning Procedures for Carrying Out Chemical Castration, Installation of Electronic Detection Devices, Rehabilitation, and Announcement of the Identity of Perpetrators of Sexual Violence against Children.

In its implementation, castration law is carried out on perpetrators who have been convicted and sentenced to a medical procedure to remove the penis and testicles, or the male external sex organs. Castration law itself has been in force in Europe since the Middle Ages.

Launching from the Merdeka.com page, castration laws are still enforced in many countries around the world. The techniques of castration law are grouped into two, namely physical castration and chemical castration. Physical castration is carried out by amputating the external sex organs of the rapist. This will make the offender lack the hormone testosterone.

Meanwhile, chemical castration is carried out by injecting an anti-testosterone substance into the perpetrator’s body so that it reduces testosterone levels. This hormone is mostly produced by Lydig cells in the testicles. Anti-testosterone substances make sexual desire to be reduced.

Types of Castration Law

The castration law itself reaps the pros and cons. Those who are pro- castration law argue that sexual crimes are classified as extraordinary crimes that claim the future of the victim and cause severe trauma. Therefore, the perpetrators should be punished with castration law.

The opposing party considers castration law to be a violation of international agreements on human rights. Which stated that the state should not punish humans by degrading human rights and human values.

In practice, castration law consists of two types, namely physical castration law and chemical castration law. Based on the book Castration Law in Interdisciplinary Studies published on the Merdeka.com website, the following is an explanation of the two types of castration laws.

• Physical castration is carried out by cutting off the external sex organs of the perpetrator of the rape so that the perpetrator will be deficient in the hormone testosterone. When someone lacks this hormone will reduce sex drive.
• Chemical castration is carried out by injecting anti-androgen chemicals into the body so that the testosterone hormone will decrease. This will make sexual arousal go down. Chemical castration is not permanent. When antiandrogenic substances are not given to a person’s body, these effects will stop. Sexual arousal and erection ability will return to the body.

Legal Basis of Castration

Adam Yuriswanto and Ahmad Mahyani in their article entitled “Campus Punishment as Additional Crime in Sexual Crime Crimes” stated that the implementation of castration law for punishment is in accordance with the joint theory because it focuses on retaliation which creates a deterrent effect through a rehabilitation process.

Castration law in Indonesia does not apply without a legal basis. the legal basis used is Law Number 23 of 2022 concerning Child Protection. This legal basis is strengthened by Government Regulation Number 70 of 2020 concerning Procedures for Carrying Out Chemical Castration, Installation of Electronic Detection Devices, Rehabilitation, and Announcement of the Identity of Perpetrators of Sexual Violence against Children.

In Article 1 Paragraph 2 PP Number 70 of 2020 it is stated that the act of chemical castration is the administration of chemical substances through injection or other methods, which is carried out to perpetrators who have been convicted of committing violence or threats of violence forcing a child to have intercourse with him or with another person, causing victim of more than 1 (one) person, resulting in serious injury, mental disorder, infectious disease, impaired or loss of reproductive function, and/or death of the victim, to suppress excessive sexual desire, accompanied by rehabilitation.

Sexual violence may not be committed against anyone, including children, adults, women, men, young and old. They have the right to live life in peace and security. The prohibition against committing sexual violence against children is contained in Articles 76D and 76E of Law Number 35 of 2014 concerning amendments to Law Number 23 of 2002 concerning Child Protection.

In Article 76D it is stated that “Everyone is prohibited from committing violence or threats of violence to force a child to have intercourse with him or with another person”.

Meanwhile, Article 76E states that “Everyone is prohibited from committing violence or threats of violence, forcing, deceiving, committing a series of lies, or persuading a child to commit or allow obscene acts to be carried out”.

Procedures for Chemical Castration

Chemical castration is carried out by installing electronic detection devices and rehabilitation for perpetrators of sexual violence against children based on a court decision. In Government Regulation Number 70 of 2020 concerning the Implementation of Chemical Castration, Installation of Electronic Detection Devices, Rehabilitation, and Announcement of the Identity of Perpetrators of Sexual Violence against Children, it is also stated regarding procedures for chemical castration.

The following is an explanation of the legal procedures for chemical castration based on the government regulation.

1. Clinical Assessment

Clinical assessment is carried out by a team consisting of officers who have expertise in the medical and psychiatric fields. Clinical assessment includes clinical and psychiatric interviews, physical examination, and investigations. Meanwhile, the procedure for clinical assessment is as follows.

a. The ministry that organizes government affairs in the field of law submits a notification to the prosecutor.

b. Notification as referred to in letter a shall be made no later than 9 (nine) months before the convict has finished serving his principal sentence.

c. Within a period of 7 (seven) working days after the notification referred to in letter b, the prosecutor submits a notification and coordinates with the ministry administering government affairs in the health sector to carry out a clinical assessment.

d. Clinical assessment begins no later than 7 (seven) working days after receiving the notification as referred to in letter c.

 

2. Conclusion

The conclusion is the result of a clinical assessment to ensure that the sex offender deserves or is not subject to castration. This conclusion is conveyed to the prosecutor a maximum of 14 working days after receiving the notification from the prosecutor.

The perpetrators of intercourse deserve to be subject to chemical punishment with a maximum delay of 6 months. During the delay period, a clinical re-assessment and re-conclusion was carried out to ensure the feasibility of chemical castration.

3. Implementation

The procedures for implementing castration for perpetrators of sexual violence as stated in Government Regulation Number 70 of 2020 concerning Implementation of Chemical Castration, Installation of Electronic Detection Devices, Rehabilitation, and Announcement of the Identity of Perpetrators of Sexual Violence are as follows.

a. The implementation of chemical castration is carried out after the conclusion referred to in Article 8 states that the perpetrators of intercourse are eligible to be subject to chemical castration.

b. Within a period of no later than 7 (seven) working days after receiving the conclusion referred to in letter a, the prosecutor orders the doctor to perform chemical castration on the perpetrators of intercourse.

c. The implementation of chemical castration as referred to in letter b is carried out immediately after the convict has finished serving the principal sentence.

d. The implementation of Chemical Castration is carried out in government-owned hospitals or designated regional hospitals.

e. The implementation of the Chemical Castration Action was attended by prosecutors, representatives from the ministries in charge of government affairs in the field of law, ministries in charge of government affairs in the social sector, and ministries in charge of government affairs in the health sector;

f. The implementation of chemical castration is stated in the minutes.

g. Forcibly notify the victim or the victim’s family that chemical castration has been carried out.

Cases Sentenced to Castration in Indonesia

Indonesia has applied castration to several perpetrators of sexual violence. Summarizing from the Regional.kompas.com page, here is a list of cases of sexual violence where the perpetrators were sentenced to chemical castration.

1. Muhammad Aris

Muh Aris, the perpetrator of the rape of 9 underage girls in the Mojokerto Regency area. Muh Aris was sentenced to 12 years in prison and a fine of 100 million in subsidy for 6 months in prison.

Then, the judge added castration to his sentence. Even though Aris filed an appeal, the judge still gave him a castration sentence. Muh Aris raped with the motive of looking for female victims when the perpetrator returned from work.

2. Rahmat Santoso Slamet

Rahmat Santoso Slamet, a scout teacher in Surabaya, was sentenced to castration. This is because he raped 15 of his students. He invited the children to practice scouting at his home. Then, raped the male student.

The seduction given was to invite him to study scout material at his home so that he could become an elite scout team. It’s not only the scout students who are victims. His neighbors were also victims.

3. Father in Banjarmasin who raped his son

A father in Banjar still raped his son and was sentenced to 20 years in prison. He was also given an additional sentence in the form of chemical castration for two years. The perpetrator, AM, is alleged to have raped his biological child on January 12, 2021.

4. Dian Ansari

Dian Ansori, an official at the Integrated Service Center for the Empowerment of Women and Children (P2TP2A) in East Lampung, raped a 13 year old child. Worse, the child was a rape victim who was entrusted to the institution.

Dian Ansori didn’t just rape the child. He even sold victims to several men. This case began when the victim was entrusted to undergo a mentoring program in the context of psychological and mental recovery.

The victim has been receiving protection since the end of 2019. The victim’s trauma did not heal, instead she was sexually assaulted again. The perpetrators were sentenced to chemical castration, 20 years in prison, and paid restitution to victims of seven million rupiah.

 

Definition of Cash Equivalent Assets – Cash equivalents are assets owned by businesses. These are short term investment assets that can be converted into cash in a relatively short period of time.

Cash equivalents are liquid investments. Cash equivalents are assets that can be converted into cash without reducing their value. Short term investment under 12 months. This can be converted to rupiah for a certain amount.

Cash equivalent assets are all types of money, both paper money and coins. And applied at home and abroad. And every correspondence worth rupiah.

Understanding cash equivalents is a must for every entrepreneur. For this reason, this article will explain what cash equivalents are, their types, uses, characteristics, advantages and disadvantages.

Definition of Cash Equivalent Assets

Cash equivalent assets are short-term investments that can be quickly converted into cash. Examples include savings and checking account balances, short-term certificates of deposit, and short-term government bonds. Another example of cash equivalents is short-term securities ( negotiable notes issued by other entities).

Cash equivalents are a measure of a company’s financial position. Investors are advised to be aware of a company’s cash equivalents when deciding whether to invest in another company. This is because it lets investors know whether the company can pay its bills in the short term.

Cash equivalents are one of the most important indicators of the health of a company’s financial system. Analysts consider which particular company would be a good place to invest given its ability to generate cash and cash equivalents as it reflects how the company can pay its bills in the short term.

You can also determine if any companies with large amounts of cash and cash equivalents are prime targets for large companies planning to acquire small businesses.

When presented in financial statements, investing in this type of account is often equated with cash. Therefore, cash equivalents include investment vehicles that are similar to the entire cash balance of the enterprise.

Types of Cash Equivalent Assets

1. Currency

Currency is a unit of currency agreed upon by the government and citizens of a country. Countries have their own currency. For example, Indonesia’s currency is Rupiah, Japan uses Yen, and several countries, namely the United States, Cambodia, Ecuador and Panama, have the same currency.

Currency itself acts as a medium of exchange, and all currencies have denominations. For example, 1 USD is equivalent to 14,000 Rupiah in Indonesia. This is subject to exchange rates or currency exchange rates. This exchange rate can generally change at any time as the US dollar rises.

In addition, the exchange rate is also affected by the country’s inflation rate. Inflation is lower in more affluent countries. This right stems from the economic and political situation of the country. The political and economic situation of a country also affects exchange rates. Government control also contributes to exchange rate fluctuations in currencies.

2. Check

A check is a letter printed by a bank that a customer can use as an order to withdraw money. The amount to be deducted will be stated on the check itself. A checking account is required to receive checks. The checking account itself is a savings or deposit account for a customer or business person. You can also withdraw money at any time during bank opening hours.

Withdrawing money by check is not as easy as it sounds. There are several conditions for using checks. That is, the check name must be unique. The designation of the name of the prospective buyer and the location of the transaction must include the date of cashing of the check. Checks are valid for six months from the date the check is presented. There are various types of checks namely, blank checks, bearer checks, checks made on behalf of other people, and many other checks.

3. Bank Deposits

Bank deposits are deposits made by customers and have a certain time during which withdrawals can be made. If the customer withdraws before the specified time, the customer will be penalized by the bank.

There are many types of deposits, such as time deposits, certificates of deposit and deposits on call. Time deposits are deposits that have a choice of certain terms, such as 3 months 6 months 1 year to 2 years. While the certificate of deposit does not have the name of a person or an institution.

Because this certificate can be transferred later. You can also sell to other parties. And the interest from this deposit is given every month or at maturity. Deposit on call is a savings account with a minimum term of one week. This deposit is made on behalf of the customer. Interest is paid at the same time as the deposit.

In addition, a certificate of deposit is a contract with a financial institution for the bank to provide access to your capital for a certain period of time.

Instead of sacrificing the liquidity of money, financial institutions often pay higher interest rates on their capital. Savers are free to choose the term of the certificate of deposit (often from one month to five years).

4. Notes Receivable

In the accounting world, a note receivable is a formal written statement of the amount a customer owes. As long as collection is expected within one year, accounts receivable are included in the current assets group which are recognized in the balance sheet of financial statements.

Notes receivable can also be used to pay off customer receivables. Notes receivable are also called accounts receivable. Guaranteed statements have several other advantages over reports recorded as receivable.

By signing the note, the debtor acknowledges the debt and agrees to make payments according to the written terms. Therefore, the memo has very strong lawsuits.

A note receivable is a written promise to pay a certain amount of money upon request or at a time specified therein. This letter can be paid to the customer, the company or the guarantor himself.

This letter is signed by the person or legal entity that has signed the contract. The person entitled to receive these notes is called the payee or payee, and the person making the promise is called the glitcher.

The date of payment of this bill is known as the due date. The maturity date calculation for the period from the issue date to the maturity date of the short-term bonds can later be expressed in daily or monthly terms.

5. Mutual funds

Mutual funds are an alternative form of investment for people who like investing, especially small investments and investors who don’t have much time and expertise to calculate their investment risks.

Mutual funds are designed as a way to raise money from people who have the capital, the desire to invest but little time and knowledge.

In addition, mutual funds are also expected to increase the role of local investors who invest in the Indonesian capital market.

In general, mutual funds are defined as a medium used to raise capital from the investment community and then invest in securities portfolios by investment managers.

There are three things related to this definition, namely first, the existence of funds from the investment community. Second, the fund is invested in a securities portfolio, and third, the fund is managed by an investment manager.

Thus, the funds in a mutual fund are investors’ mutual funds, while the investment manager is the party entrusted with managing the fund.

6. Securities

Securities are assets and financial instruments that are easily converted into cash and therefore highly liquid. Marketable securities are liquid because their maturities are usually one year or less, and the speed of transaction has minimal effect on price.

These securities are often used as a means of payment in modern business transactions, especially among entrepreneurs. Many businessmen use this title as a means of payment for business transactions because it is considered more convenient, safer and also has its own credibility.

In addition to being able to facilitate various transactional activities, securities are also useful as legal documents because these letters are instructions to the sender of the letter, who is considered a party capable of exercising or exercising and waiving certain rights.

7. Acceptance of Bankers

A banker’s acceptance is a form of payment guaranteed by a bank appraiser and not by an individual account holder. Because banks guarantee payments, short-term banking issues are considered fairly close to cash.

Banker acceptances are often used to facilitate transactions with little risk for both parties. Banker acceptances are short-term financial instruments representing future payments promised by the bank with terms of 30 to 180 days.

The bank’s approval process is similar to that of a short-term loan and includes various credit checks and guarantees. After the bank receives the bank acceptance, the obligation to immediately transfer from the issuer of the bank acceptance to the bank.

Issuer accepts bank deposits for future payments with banks. Banks charge a small fee and issue term drafts on deposits, which represent future payments guaranteed by the bank.

After being received from the bank, the obligation passes from the issuer receiving the bank to the person in charge of the bank. Thus, a bank’s acceptance credit rating is generally the same as the credit rating of a bank that promises payment.

Because bank acceptances are short-term instruments, the process for applying for a bond guarantee is similar to that of a short-term loan. Current liabilities are defined as obligations that will mature within the next 12 months or within the current financial year.

The bank will assess the creditworthiness of the borrower using internally established criteria to ensure that the borrower has sufficient funds to cover deposits for future payments.

Depending on the size of the receiving bank, the borrower may or may not need to apply for collateral. The bank charges the borrower a fraction of the amount.

8. Bank Current Accounts

Giro is a type of savings issued by a bank and can be used by its customers. The term giro savings customer has a special symbol called giran. Giran can withdraw the money using a check issued by the bank. This is clearly very different from ordinary savings that can be disbursed through an ATM.

9. Short Term Government Bonds

Bonds are tradable medium and long term bonds. Bonds with the promise of the issuer of securities to pay interest (coupon) in the form of interest (coupon) for a certain period of time and to repay the principal at the end of the specified period, obligations to the buyer.

Bonds are one of the fixed income investments that aim to provide a relatively stable level of increase in investment value with a relatively stable risk compared to stocks.

Meanwhile, Government Bonds, namely bonds in the form of state securities issued by the government of the Republic of Indonesia. The government issued fixed coupon bonds (FR-Fixed Rate series), variable coupon bonds (VR-Variable Rate series) and Sharia principle bonds/State Sukuk.

Short term Government Bonds are provided by the government to finance government projects. It is issued in the national currency of the country. Investors are concerned about political risk, interest rate risk and inflation when investing in government bonds.

10. Petty cash receipts

Petty cash receipts are records of cash payments used to make small transactions. And the petty cash receipt is forwarded to the person in charge of office expenses.

Objectives of Accounting for Cash Equivalents

To meet the reporting needs of users to measure earnings power, accountants report large amounts of investment income separately from operating income.

To help users assess solvency, balance sheets present cash equivalents. This amount can be compared to bonds that require short-term settlement.

For this purpose, PSAK also calls for disclosure of restrictions on the availability of liquidity, the purpose for which it is applied, or the duration of investments.

A cash balance can also help measure the earning potential of any surplus available for investment, allowing the business to grow or take advantage of other opportunities that arise.

Functions of Cash Equivalents for Business

Companies hold their capital as cash equivalents for several reasons.

First, cash equivalents are part of a company’s net working capital (current assets minus current liabilities), which is used to purchase inventories, cover operating expenses, and perform other purchasing operations.

Cash equivalents can also serve as an emergency fund for businesses or investors. Again, instead of letting the value of silver fall due to bank account inflation, an investor can earn a little extra income.

Finally, a company may intentionally hold a higher cash equivalent balance if it is needed to finance an acquisition. Instead of locking capital into long-term or volatile investments, companies may deliberately choose to sit on a pile of cash equivalents if they need to raise cash quickly.

Advantages and Disadvantages of Cash Equivalents

There are certain strategic circumstances in which a company or investor must hold cash equivalents. However, the benefits of cash equivalents also come with some limitations.

Cash Equivalent Profits

Cash equivalents are often a more efficient use of capital than holding cash entirely. Cash equivalents usually earn more interest than cash, although cash equivalents usually do not sacrifice much of the functionality or accessibility of cash.

Cash equivalents are presented as current assets in the balance sheet. As a result, these assets remain highly liquid when short-term returns are expected.

Unlike other types of financial instruments or investments, which have no definite or very long term of holding, cash equivalents are not intended to be held for a long period of time.

Finally, many cash equivalents have a fixed interest rate. For example, a certificate of deposit locks investors into a fixed interest rate for a certain period of time, resulting in a steady income.

During this period, the investor is guaranteed this interest rate (without taking into account fees or penalties for early violations). This level of security may be desired by some investors.

Lack of Cash Equivalents

Although cash equivalents typically generate a higher return or appreciation than cash, they still have a much lower earning potential than other investments.

In general, an investor should strive to obtain cash equivalents. However, capital is more likely to grow and create business value if it is invested in businesses or invested in riskier products that offer higher returns.

Conclusion

Cash equivalent assets are short-term business assets that can easily be converted into cash in a predictable amount. Cash equivalent assets are listed on the balance sheet on the first line because these are the company’s most liquid assets.

To make it easier for you to learn and understand cash equivalent assets, you can buy books at sinaumedia.com, which provides many books on accounting.

So what are you waiting for? Come on, buy books at sinaumedia.com right now.

Author: Ziaggi Fadhil Zahran

Also read related articles:

Fixed Assets: Definition, Types, Characteristics, and How to Acquire Them

The difference between Financial Accounting and Management Accounting

Definition of Financial Accounting According to Experts, Functions, & Types

Definition of Cost Accounting According to Experts, Functions, and Types

Get to know the Financial Accounting Standards in Indonesia

Definition of Cash Account – Hello sinaumedia friends . This time we will discuss one of the terms related to finance, namely a cash account. Perhaps few people know the meaning of a cash account, although we may have used it.

In finance, this term has several definitions. The following is a brief explanation obtained from some literature. The discussion of cash accounts often also involves other terms, namely cash, accounting, and bookkeeping

You are probably familiar with cash in business. The definition of cash or cash in accounting is cash paid directly without debt. However, cash has a broader meaning in the basics of accounting or vice versa. It is one of the most liquid asset classes. The higher the nominal, the higher the nature of liquidity

In a general sense, cash can be thought of as a place to store money or to pay and receive money. You can say that it is cash that is used to exchange goods, debts or services

But speaking of accounting, the meaning is completely different. A cash account is a form of accounting that is based on recording the actual transactions that occur

In this article, the discussion will be focused on his understanding in accounting. In addition, the types will also be explained, examples of how to register and the benefits for existing businesses

Definition of Cash Account

A cash account is an account that contains details about incoming and outgoing money. This is recorded to show the remaining amount of cash that must exist (cash account). Another definition of a cash account is an account that is used to record activities in the form of changes in nominal currency due to receipts and expenditures

Accounts involving money or cash and the like which are classified as cash accounts, such as demand deposits, checks, etc., can be used according to the function of money even though time deposits are not included in cash accounts, it is very useful for business

Cash Account Criteria

Because of the impact on accounting, cash accounts are considered special bookkeeping. The cash account as usual functions as the general ledger and main book of entry in an accounting

There are two criteria for a cash account, namely:

• Availability: there must be cash available for the company’s daily expenses
• Free: if it is generally accepted as a means of payment according to its nominal value, then each item is classified as cash

Cash and cash equivalents

Cash is a free and available tender used to finance general business activities. Loans mean that the business must have sufficient cash available to cover unforeseen business expenses.

Free means that the business is free to use cash for expenses incurred by the business. Cash is also the most liquid asset. Liquidity of a company is important information for readers (users) of financial statements to make economic decisions

According to the Accounting Standards Report (2013), cash includes cash balances and current accounts. Cash equivalents are highly liquid short-term investments that can be quickly converted into certain amounts of cash without the risk of significant changes in value.

According to Sugiri and Sumiyana (2005), creditors are very interested in information about the company’s ability to pay off its short-term obligations. With this and other relevant information, lenders can decide whether to grant or reject credit applications

Investors also pay attention to liquidity information when deciding to maintain their investment, add or even withdraw from a business

Types of Cash Accounts

According to Rizal Effendi (2013), the notion of cash is anything (whether in the form of money or not) that can be used as means of payment or means of repayment of obligations.

Cash in the company can be divided into several parts according to their designation. Cash in the company can be divided into several synchronous parts using their designation. The several types of cash in the company are as follows;

1. Petty Cash

Petty Cash is cash in the form of cash prepared by the company to pay for various expenses which are relatively small in value and not economical if the payment is by check.

In recording mini cash flows, companies generally use 2 methods of recording, namely the permanent fund system method and the variable fund system method

This type of cash is reserved for expenses such as the daily operations of the company

Examples of the use of petty cash issued include travel expenses, minimum expenses and meals, transportation, internet costs, entertainment, and office supplies such as stationery. There are several ways to record petty cash, namely:

• Imprest method (fixed fund method), the amount is fixed every time it is filled or the small amount of cash returned will be the same as the nominal amount issued

• Fluctuation Method, the amount changes along with the expenditure and addition of petty cash

The purpose of establishing a petty cash is:

1. To avoid using uneconomical and unrealistic payment methods, petty cash should be used to make it more practical for the development of the company

2. Various activities related to operations are accelerated and sudden

3. If payment by check is not available, please provide assistance in person

4. Assist employees to provide the best quality service to customers

5. Pay the low price

2. Cash In Bank (Cash in the Bank)

Cash in the Bank is money that is kept competitively by the company in a private bank account, which is a relatively large amount and requires better security. In this case, the cash at the bank always includes the checking account of the bank’s company

Examples of expenses required to use large amounts of cash, such as purchasing assets, paying rent, paying debts, and other expenses. The purpose of the formation of large cash is as follows:

1. For direct or indirect payment of funds in large amounts, checks can be used

2. If the costs are relatively large, it will make the company’s business activities faster

3. Avoid unrealistic payment processes

4. As a means of payment of large amounts of money

3. Cash Equivalents

Cash equivalents are referred to as cash equivalents, referring to company assets held for less than 3 months. These cash equivalents will be useful in unstable monetary economic conditions, examples of cash equivalents are SUN or government securities and government bonds.

4. Restricted Cash

Restricted Cash or cash that is restricted in use is cash that is deliberately set aside for significant future obligations

5. Bank Overdrafts

Bank overdrafts are companies that issue checks with a value greater than the bank’s balance

Differences in petty cash accounts and large cash accounts

The cash account is without a doubt the account you will encounter most often when compiling financial statements, as every transaction will inevitably involve the use of cash, paper, metal or some other form, but you will notice that the cash account itself is divided into two categories.

Cash accounts are divided into two types, petty cash and compound cash. It could be that an idea that is new to you raises various questions in your brain, what are the differences between the two ideas? How for example?

Fortunately, by visiting sinaumedia you will get the answer because in the following review we will discuss the difference between a petty cash account and a large cash account along with examples.

Petty cash

Petty cash or petty cash  is a type of cash or fund set aside for current expenses or business operations in a relatively small nominal amount.

Examples of expenses that use petty cash, such as:

• Transportation costs
• Travel expense
• Food and drink costs
• Purchase of ATK or office supplies
• Entertainment costs
• Internet fees

The formation of petty cash has several objectives, including:

1.  Accelerate business operations that are sudden in nature.
2.  Petty cash can be used to avoid payment methods that are considered uneconomical and impractical for company development.
3.  Assist staff and employees in providing maximum quality service to customers.
4.  Can be used as bailout funds or direct funds if payments cannot be made by check.
5.  Paying expenses that require spending a little.

Big Cash

Big cash or cash in the bank  is a type of cash or funds prepared for occasional expenses or activities that require a higher nominal amount.

Examples of expenses that use large cash:

• Venue rental fee
• Asset purchase
• Acquisition
• Debt payments
• And other costs require an amount above IDR 1,000,000.

The objectives of building substantial cash flow are as follows:

Acceleration of business operations requires relatively greater costs. Large amounts of cash are used to avoid payment methods that are deemed uneconomical and impractical for business.

Can be used as direct or indirect funds for large payments and can use checks. Pay expenses with a higher nominal amount.

Cash Receipt System

The cash receipts accounting system is a record made to carry out fundraising activities from selling cash or receivables that are ready and free to use for company activities in general.

The cash receipts accounting system is a process in which cash flows that occur in the company run continuously throughout the life cycle of the companies involved. Cash flow includes cash inflows and cash outflows.

Based on this understanding, it can be concluded that the cash receipts accounting system is a unit that collects, records transactions, and can assist leaders in processing company receipts. The forms of cash payments from customers are:

1. Cash,
2. Check
3. giro
4. bank transfers,
5. Bank Orders

The way cash is received is that customers pay their own fees for approved transactions, invoice creditors, and reimburse for accounts payable. The cash receipts accounting system consists of two main systems, namely:

1. Cash Sales Cash Receipt System

According to Mulyadi (2008), the biggest source of cash income for trading companies comes from cash sales transactions. Based on a good internal control system, a cash sales cash receipt system requires:

1. Receipts of cash in cash must be deposited in full immediately and subjected to internal inspection by a party other than the cashier

2. Cash receipts from cash sales are generated through credit card transactions, which involve the credit card issuing bank recording the cash receipts

2. Cash Receipt System for Receivables

Mulyadi (2008) explains that to guarantee company cash receipts, a cash receipt system for receivables requires:

1. The debtor pays by check or transfer through a bank account (giro bilyet)

If the company only accepts cash in checks on behalf of the company, it guarantees that any cash received from the company will be credited to the company’s checking account. Bookkeeping also guarantees the receipt of cash into the company’s bank checking account

2. Any cash received in the form of a check from the debtor must be paid immediately and paid off to the bank

Cash Disbursement System

The withdrawal accounting system is a system for recording all cash withdrawal transactions, including a series of processes for receiving, storing, distributing, paying, depositing and disbursing funds in the company’s operations. The cash payment system consists of two main systems:

1. Cash Discharge Statement with Check, or Cash Disbursement Statement with Check, usually for high denominated fees

2. Cash disbursement accounting system with cash through the petty cash fund system. This is a petty cash system used by businesses when there is a small nominal payment. This system is implemented in two ways: floating balance system and counting system

Cash flow statement

A cash flow statement, also known as a cash flow statement, is an important element that provides information about the financial position of a business for a certain period of time. A statement of cash flows is a statement detailing the cash inflows (income) and outflows (expenses) of a company during a certain period.

What is typically described on a cash flow statement include cash amounts received, such as cash income by owners and cash investments, and cash amounts incurred by the business, such as issuance costs, debt repayments, and private fishing.

The statement of cash flows is prepared after the financial statements are prepared and is prepared based on the income statement for the current period and balance sheet data for the previous period. Cash flow statements for both goods and services businesses have a classification which is divided into three types of activities, namely operations, investments, and financing

1. Operational Cash Flow (Operational Cash Flow)

Operating cash flow is the cash flow associated with business activities during a certain period. Operating activities affect the income statement, which is presented on the accrual basis. While the statement of cash flows reflects the effect on cash. Usually the notion of operating cash flow is collecting money from customers or revenue from payment receivables

2. Investment Cash Flow (Investing Cash Flow)

Investment cash flows are cash inflows and cash outflows related to the investment activities of a company during a certain period of time. Investing activities increase and decrease the long-lived assets that companies use to carry out their activities.

Some activities that include cash flow investing are buying and selling of fixed assets, investing in stocks, and other forms of investment. For example, buying or selling fixed assets such as land, buildings or equipment is an investment

3. Financing Cash Flow ( Financing Cash Flow)

Financing cash flows are cash flows associated with the company’s financing activities (reducing capital and increasing capital) during a certain period. Financing activities include activities aimed at obtaining liquidity from investors and creditors needed for operations and continuation of business activities.

Some examples of financing activities are bank loans, issuing bonds, issuing shares through an IPO, issuing new shares through preference rights and others

Functions and Objectives of the Statement of Cash Flows

One of the primary functions and objectives based on the cash flow statement lies in the news presented regarding the disbursement and receipt of cash in a period. From this news the company can create financial tactics, for example valuing a company’s net assets, financial structure of a company (liquidity & solvency) and adjusting cash flows using changing circumstances and opportunities.

A company that has high net profit does not necessarily claim that the company can pay employee expenses and buy equipment. In particular, the statement of cash flows aims as;

1. Estimating cash flows in the next period from the current period’s cash flow financial statements,
2. Determine the ability or inability of the company to pay the company’s obligations,
3. The basis for making decisions to improve company performance
4. Report on the interaction of hygienic profit to changes in the company’s cash

Benefits of Statement of Cash Flows

Of course, financial reports, especially cash flow statements, provide benefits not only for the company but also for many parties, such as investors, creditors, company managers and other parties. Not only goods companies, service companies can also enjoy the benefits of cash flow statements. The following are the benefits based on the cash flow statement:

1. View financial position using easy,
2. Increase the company’s cash in the future,
3. Assess the company’s ability to meet obligations,
4. Looking at corporate financing & investment,
5. Distinguish hygienic profit using hygienic cash flow

Conclusion

From the explanation above, we can conclude that a cash account is an account or account that must be owned by a businessman for the ease of recording income and expenditure of funds. Cash is divided into several categories to work with according to the conditions that occur in the business

For example, using petty cash is most effective when a business needs to spend a small amount of money to make processes run more smoothly. Meanwhile, for needs such as buying property and paying rent, cash is best used to speed up the transaction process.

Author: Ziaggi Fadhil Zahran

Also read sinaumedia.com articles:

Frontliner Bank: Definition, Types, Qualifications, and Duties

Getting to Know Debit: Definition, Its Use in Accounting and How It Works

Get to know the Financial Accounting Standards in Indonesia

Public Sector Accounting: Definition According to Experts, Objectives, Types

Definition of Financial Accounting According to Experts, Functions, & Types

Case study – For those of you who are in college, the phrase “case study” must sound
familiar. One of these research methods is widely used by students at the Bachelor (S1),
Masters (S2) and Doctoral (S3) levels. However, for a long time, the case study was considered
a “weak” research method due to its lack of objectivity, research power, and rigor.

Surprisingly, the facts on the ground prove otherwise. Case studies generate a lot of new
knowledge in social sciences, such as psychology, anthropology, sociology, history, economics, political
science, education, and so on.

Despite the debate about the drawbacks of the case study research method, Sinaumed’s certainly wanted to
understand more about this method. For this reason, in this article we will discuss several
things, starting from the definition and types of case studies, to the steps for making case study
research.

What is a Case Study?

In short, a case study is research on a case in which each process is carried out in detail, sharp and in
depth. Cases here can be individuals, groups, organizations, or institutions. From
the case research, it is hoped that the researcher will gain in-depth knowledge about the case under
study.

The case under study usually has to be something that is happening now (actual), not something that has
passed and must be truly specific or “unique”. In other words, researchers are advised to
choose only one case, both very simple and complex.

So how can a case be called “unique”? Prof. Dr. H. Mudjia Rahardjo,
M.Si mentioned 6 signs that could be taken into consideration by researchers, namely:

1. The nature or nature of the case to be studied
2. The background or reason for the case arose
3. The physical setting of the case
4. The context that surrounds it, such as economic factors, politics, and so on.
5. Another case that can explain the case
6. Informants who really master the case to be studied

With these signs, it can be concluded that the case study is an appropriate research method for understanding a
phenomenon.

Case Study Objectives

Basically, case studies are designed to dig up information that can be learned from a case, because of that
researchers cannot choose cases that will be used as research themes.

Stake, in his book entitled The Art of Research (1995) explains that the main purpose of case study
research is to ” reveal the unique characteristics that exist in a case “.

Therefore, as already mentioned by Prof. Rahardjo, all matters related to the case must be
examined so that researchers can understand the case comprehensively.

Types of Case Study Research

Prof. Dr. H. Mudjia Rahardjo, M.Si, in CASE STUDY IN QUALITATIVE RESEARCH:
CONCEPTS AND PROCEDURE (2017) mentions five types of case study research, including:

1. Collective Case Study

Collective case study is a type of case study that examines more than one case. With the note
that these cases must be interconnected and researchers must master all of them. That way,
researchers can compare one case with another case.

2. Retrospective Case Study

A retrospective case study is a case study that allows for improvements or treatment in the case
under study. This treatment must be completed by other people who are truly competent in
that field, researchers only contribute input from the results of their research.

3. Prospective Case Study

Prospective case studies are generally used so that researchers can find out the direction of development
of a case. The follow-up to this case study is Action Research or Action Research
conducted by other experts.

4. Instrumental Case Study

Instrumental Case Study is a type of research that requires researchers to choose cases carefully.
That is, the researcher believes that he can gain in-depth knowledge of the case.

5. Intrinsic Case Study

In the latter case study, the intrinsic case study, the researcher may select cases based on personal
interest or interest in an issue. For example, juvenile delinquency, cyber
bullying , the single parent phenomenon , even the “ Citayam Fashion Week ”
phenomenon.

Sinaumed’s can learn more about these five types of case studies in the book Case Studies (Design &
Methods) written by Robert K. Yin.

Steps to Conduct Case Study Research

When Sinaumed’s chooses the case study research method, you must complete all the processes regularly and
continuously. The stages in the process of conducting case study research are:

1. Choose Themes, Topics, and Cases

In this stage, the researcher must be able to find cases that are part of the field being studied.
For example, currently you are completing your study in the Social Sciences major, then Sinaumed’s can
look for cases that occurred in government offices in the area where you live.

Why is that? Because logically, Sinaumed’s can only produce good research in the field you are
good at. You can get the case by reading books, scientific magazines, newspapers, or the
results of previous research.

It can also be through your own observations, based on the experiences you feel. For example
during an internship or taking care of administration in a government office or the results of discussions
with friends and supervisors.

If you want to find cases by reading books or previous research, then Sinaumed’s must first understand all of
its contents so that they can determine the main theme of the research. From this theme, it
will be narrowed down to several topics.

Furthermore, from the research topic, you can emphasize the object of study. That way, you
will get a case. From these three things, Sinaumed’s can formulate a research title.
So, the research title must be made after you get the theme, topic, and object of study.

2. Literature Review

Not only can this literature review broaden your horizons in the field that will be researched, it can also
sharpen the formulation of the problem that you will pose. Therefore, look for as much reading
material as possible. It can be in the form of relevant research and journals, scientific
magazines, books or newspapers related to the case.

In the process of collecting reading material, you must pay attention to two important aspects.
First, relevance to the case being studied and secondly, up-to-date. Ideally, the more
up-to-date the reading material is, the more you will know the most up-to-date developments in the field you
are working on.

3. Formulate Research Focus and Problems

The research focus really helps to focus Sinaumed’s’ attention on one point. Besides that, you
also have to be more careful when formulating the main problem to be studied. The problem is,
the formulation of this problem will make the problem you face clearer and avoid research results that are
“ordinary” or less in-depth or lacking in detail.

Therefore, case study research must be able to answer the questions “what”, “how”, and “why”.
The “what” questions aim to get you descriptive knowledge related to research problems, the “how”
questions get you to get explanatory knowledge, and the “why” to get explorative knowledge.

Simply put, this “how” question asks about the process of an event occurring while the “why” question looks for
reasons that cause an event to occur.

4. Data Collection

In case study research, the object of research must be able to describe himself in detail, so you get a
complete picture. In other words, the data that you collect will be studied as a unified and
integrated whole.

So, you can’t just understand the case being examined on the surface, but also on the inside.
That is why, the suggested data collection techniques in case studies are:

1. Interview
2. Documentation
3. Observation is involved
4. direct Observation,
5. Physical artifact.

In the process of collecting data, you also have to pay attention to three important things, namely
natural, holistic and in-depth. Natural here means that the process of collecting data takes
place naturally and in a real-life context. You don’t have to give any particular treatment to
the subject or the context in which the research takes place or you could say just let things happen
naturally.

Meanwhile, holistic means you have to be able to produce complete data from as much information or sources
as you can get. Then, depth means you have to be able to uncover the explicit and implied
meanings of all the data that has been collected.

For example, suppose you are compiling a research involving the Principal as a participant.
After conducting the interview, you will get information based on what the principal said.
Well, you should be able to catch the implied meaning of his words.

5. Completion of Data

After all the data that Sinaumed’s needs is collected, you have to refine it first. In that
sense, check all the data and see if you can answer the problem formulation that you specified or
not.

If so, then the data is considered perfect and you can proceed to the next stage. Conversely,
if you haven’t then you must return to the field and collect additional data to complete it.

6. Processing Data

Before doing the analysis, first process the data that is considered perfect. Check the
correctness of the data, arrange and classify based on the category that suits your research, and do coding
or coding, if necessary, correct interview answers that are considered unclear. The entire
process in this stage will help facilitate the process of data analysis.

7. Data Analysis

Data analysis can be regarded as the “core” of research. Therefore, it must be done correctly
and according to the instructions. Not a few researchers, both undergraduate, postgraduate, and
doctoral students, experience difficulties at this stage.

However, if done properly, data analysis will yield important information, namely research findings.
That is, if the data analysis fails, then the research is considered a failure. The
biggest difficulty faced by researchers in this stage is the data analysis ability of the researchers
themselves.

For your information , data analysis in case study research can only be done by the researcher himself
because only the researcher knows all the problems in depth. So neither friends, family, other
people, even the supervisor will not be able to complete this stage.

In order for you to complete this stage, you need broad theoretical insights, sufficient research
experience, clear lecturer guidance, and very strong interest. Without all of that, it is very
likely that your research will be difficult to complete or even fail.

Considering that this step is the essence of case study research, it is recommended that you read the book
Implementation of Case Study Research Methods with a Qualitative
Approach written by S. Arifianto as a complete guide.

8. Data Analysis Process

In principle, the process of data analysis is an activity that aims to give meaning to data by organizing,
grouping, sorting, coding, and categorizing it according to certain groupings. This needs to be
done so that researchers get findings from the formulation of the problem posed.

With so many processes going through, usually the data collected becomes scattered and must be simplified
again to make it easier to understand. Here are the steps that you can use as a guideline at
this stage:

1. Researchers must read the entire transcript to get general information
2. Collect all the general messages you get, then take the special (specific) messages
3. From the existing special messages, general patterns of data will be found, then the data can then be
   regrouped according to category, topology, and sequence of events.

9. Confirmability or Triangulation of Findings

So that the research findings from the data are not considered biased, then you have to do meeting
confirmation or triangulation. The trick is to report these findings to the people you
interviewed.

Many students who use the case study method skip this stage. Usually because of fear of
different confirmation results with research findings. In fact, a researcher must be honest so
that his findings can be scientifically accounted for.

10. Research Conclusion

There is one common mistake in this section that students keep making. Students often
summarize the statements in the previous sections. Ideally, research conclusions should contain
a synthesis or all of the statements previously described. Including descriptive descriptions
of the facts in the field that are in accordance with the research questions.

11. Research Report

The last stage of case study research is to make a research report. This report is considered
as a form of accountability for the research that has been done. Generally, this report is
written in a language that is easily understood by everyone.

One important thing that you should pay attention to when making a scientific report is to ensure that the
research that has been carried out meets the following requirements:

1. objective
2. Systematic
3. Follow the scientific method

Objective means that the data is actually obtained from the research subject, not from the researcher or
the view of the researcher. Systematic means the sequence or each part of the research must be
related to one another and become a logical continuity.

Meanwhile, following the scientific method means that all activities in the research that you carry out have
followed scientific procedures that have been agreed upon by scientists.

Benefits of Case Study Research

Even though it is considered weak, it does not mean that “case study” research has no benefits at all.
Lincoln and Guba, describe the benefits of this method as follows:

1. Case studies are the main vehicle for emic research that expresses the views of the research subject
2. Case studies provide a complete description that is the same as what is experienced by readers in their
   daily lives.
3. Case studies are very effective in showing the relationship between researchers and research subjects
4. Readers can gain stylistic consistency, factuality, and believability from case study research
5. This study presents the thick description needed for transferability assessment
6. Case studies are very open to an assessment of the context which later this assessment can play a role in
   the phenomena that exist in that context.

You can find other benefits of the case study research method in the book Understanding Case Study
Methodology, Grounded Theory, and Mixed-Method by Nuriman, S.Pd.I., M.Ed., Ph.D.

Challenges of Conducting Case Study Research

So far, according to Prof. Rahardjo (2017), there are at least three issues that will be a
challenge for researchers who choose the case study research method. These challenges
are:

1. Ensuring that the cases to be studied are considered academically “worthy”.
2. Finding relevant data for research purposes
3. What to do after all the data is collected

Case study is a research method that can be chosen by students or researchers to seek scientific truths
that are tentative or not absolute. In other words, this truth can still be tested, criticized,
or revised. However, the case study is a challenging research method.

Besides that, case studies are also very appropriate for discovering hidden things from social and cultural
phenomena and then spreading them until they become public knowledge.

When Sinaumed’s searches the internet for information about case studies, there may be differences between
this article and others. However, this difference is a natural thing because qualitative
research does not have standard standards.

The discussion on this case study research method has ended , I hope this is
useful and see you in another article!

For Sinaumed’s who want to find scientific work books, research methods, they can find them at
sinaumedia.com . Together with sinaumedia you can get #MoreWithReading
information

In the world of art, images that mean exaggerating or changing the shape of objects are usually called caricatures. The caricature itself comes from the word caricare, which is a word that comes from Italian which means to give a load or exaggerate. In simple terms, the meaning of this caricature is an image or depiction of a concrete object by exaggerating the characteristics of that object.

Generally, this media is used as a medium to convey messages or criticism in a simple way. Caricature is a unique and interesting painting, we can usually see it on the first page of a newspaper or magazine. The characteristics of caricature images generally use the character of a person who has an abnormal size in determining the body and head. Not only that, there is also an element of satire presented by the author regarding social issues or problems that never get a solution. So, who is curious about further discussions about the meaning of caricatures and the various things in them? Let’s see this article to the end.

Definition of Caricature

There are several reasons why a caricature has the meaning of an image which means exaggerating or changing the shape of an object. In terms, the notion of a caricature is an image that displays a known object and is generally intended to give a funny impression to those who know the object in the image. In general, these caricatures are used as a means of criticism of politicians and social media which seem more polite. Its funny and unique shape makes caricature images still in great demand by many people. Even though it looks quite simple, making a caricature is not easy.

Quoting from a book entitled 40th Oom Pasikom by GM Sudarta (2007), caricatures are images that are easy to remember accompanied by short satirical comments that are quite entertaining and rich in interpretation. According to him, the purpose of the caricatures is to encourage rethinking and re-creating reality to achieve a better life. This caricature can contain a message or satire that is humorous.

Meanwhile, quoted from the Big Indonesian Dictionary or KBBI, the definition of a caricature is a picture of ridicule that contains a message, satire, and so on. This caricature depicts a familiar subject and is generally intended to cause humor to those who know the subject. In addition, caricatures are often equated with cartoons because they are almost similar. However, the main difference between cartoons and caricatures is that caricatures do not form a story the way cartoons do. Where this caricature can be an element in cartoons, for example in editorial cartoons. The person who makes the caricature is known as a caricaturist.

History of Caricatures

After understanding the meaning of caricature, this time we will discuss about its history. Where the development of this caricature has started since the 16th century. Even though previously during the Ancient Egyptian Era, there had been found many kinds of animal drawings that had human-like behavior levels. However, the popularity of this work of art became popular in Italy during the Renaissance. At that time, caricatures were only made for fun. Several artists such as Carracci and also Leonardo da Vinci and several other artists deliberately created these images to entertain themselves and also their friends. Until finally, an artist named Pier Leone Ghezzi began to pursue this work of art and managed to create more than 2,000 works of caricatures.

However, the work of Pier Leone Ghezzi is not published publicly. His work became an entertainment for the elite at that time. After spreading widely in Italy in the 16th century, caricature art began to spread to Europe in the 18th to early 19th centuries. In the 18th century, caricatures began to develop in England, to be precise after the publication of several works by Ghezzi and also other Italian artists in 1744. Some cartoonists were quite famous at that time such as James Gillray, Thomas Rowlandson, and also George Cruikshank. At that time, they had managed to combine elements of caricature with cartoons, eventually producing a satirical cartoon.

However, in the 1830s, this type of work began to decline in England. Until finally it was exported to France in the weekly La Caricature and began to expand to the daily Le Charivari. With these two places of publication, France has succeeded in making France a center for caricature works of art. Until finally, the world of caricatures began to spread to other media, one of which is sculpture. The making of a caricature statue starts with a caricature statue by Jean-Pierre Dantan. The results of the artist’s caricature sculptures ultimately have a considerable influence on other artists. The artists create various types of unique caricatures in the form of head sculptures of world famous singers, writers, and figures.

Not only that, at the end of the 19th century, in 1868 in London to be precise, an artist named Thomas Gibson Bowles began to publish Vanity Fair, a magazine that contained political, social and literary issues. Until finally the magazine became famous because it contained caricatures with various shades of color depicting literary figures, kings, and politicians. Most of the published caricatures were drawn by Carlo Pellegrini, an Italian cartoonist. Carlo uses the pseudonym “Singe” which means monkey in French. Also “Ape” which in English means to work. Philosophically, these names have the meaning to reflect work that imitates an object but is not perfect.

Still in the 19th century, it turned out that the caricature works published by Vanity Fair had a major impact and influence on the work of Joseph Kepper, an Australian immigrant who published Puck magazine in New York, United States. Where the magazine began to be published in 1876 using German. After only half a year of publication, the magazine began to use English. The Puck magazine experienced success, until in the end many publishers followed suit. Therefore, in the 19th century, many publications published caricatures every day. In fact, a caricature that was published in Harper’s Weekly magazine also contributed to the collapse of political power at that time.

The next development was at the beginning of the 10th century. At that time, the development of caricatures began with the migration of Marius d Zayas, a caricaturist from Mexico who moved to New York. The artist began to develop a painting style known as an abstract caricature. At the beginning of the 20th century, caricature underwent quite a dramatic development. Precisely after the end of World War 1. Along with the development of film, photography, and magazines. Along with this, a new genre emerged called theatrical caricature. Al Frueh was one of the first artists to introduce the genre by publishing Stage Folk and a collection of his caricatures in the Art Deco style, published in 1922.

Since then, the caricature began to develop. Then at the end of the 20th century, to be precise in the late 1960s and early 1970s, caricatures with the political genre began to become popular again. At that time, Steven Heller who was the senior art director at The New York Times said that this period was a very important period in the world of 20th century caricatures. At that time, several polemics began to occur, such as the Vietnam War, the Watergate scandal, culture, feminism, and civil rights which became the subject of discussion which in the end played a role in the birth of political caricatures.

Artists such as David Levine, Robert Grossman, and Edward Sorel pioneered this type of political caricature. Their caricature works have been published in The New York Review of Books magazine, Esquire, New York, to various other types of media. Until the 1980s, Spitting Image television broadcasts also showed various kinds of caricatures in the form of dolls that were aimed at making fun of politicians and party leaders in the Margaret Thatcher era. The broadcast began airing from 1984 to 1996 which was pioneered by Roger Law and Peter Fluck. Then in the 1970s, he made caricatures that were published in The Sunday Times Magazine, The New York Time, and various other international media.

Caricature Function

The function of the caricature itself is to create public opinion. Not only that, caricatures also function as images of joy. Related to creating an opinion, caricatures can also lead someone’s opinion to be pro or con against an issue. In this way, caricatures become an effective tool to generate opinions because they are widely published in various media.

In addition, caricatures are also used as a means of entertainment. Where the pictures produced by a caricaturist with exaggerated forms can make other people entertained. More than that, caricatures also function as imaging. Where this caricature can be used as an imaging medium for one’s character. The following is an explanation of the function of the caricature itself, including:

1. Generate New Opinions

As a medium for social criticism, it’s no wonder that caricatures can create a new opinion in society. For example, a picture of an enlarged stomach can be used as an opinion to convey the message that the person has eaten people’s money and so on. Therefore, there are also many cases of complaints arising from caricature images that are considered to be harassing or offensive to state officials.

2. Depicting Happiness

Like cartoons, caricature images are also used as entertainment media and have quite high humor values. The humor usually appears in the form of satire or satire. Thus, the humor is not merely humor, but also contains an allusion to the person addressed in the caricature image.

3. Describing the Image of a Person

The creator of the caricature or caricature image must be able to create or visualize the person being drawn so that it is exactly the same and similar to the original. Therefore, in enjoying caricature images, we must be able to recognize who is in the caricature images.

Even though it began to be used as a means of conveying social criticism to the government, now the use of caricatures does not stop here. With the development of the times, caricatures can also be used as gifts and also as mementos for various events. As well as wedding gifts, graduations, birthdays, and more.

Caricature features

Caricature images certainly have certain characteristics. The following are some of the characteristics that describe a caricature image, including:

a. Displays the shape of the human head in a larger size than usual.
b. There are several changes in the anatomy of the body. That way, the image will look like a cartoon image. However, the caricature itself is more similar to the shape of the original face.
c. We can find it in print media such as magazines, newspapers, and posters.
d. Caricature images generally allude to a particular event.
e. Caricature images are very closely related to the value of humor or entertainment.

Caricature Type

Caricatures come in various types that can be adjusted to consumer tastes. The following are the types of caricatures that you can find.

1. Journalistic Caricature

Journalistic caricature is a type of caricature that is used to interpret news in graphical form complete with a critical point of view.

2. Reality Caricature

This type of caricature usually discusses several issues related to everyday life.

3. Political Caricatures

This type of political caricature is a caricature related to political issues or some facts that exist in real life. The purpose of this caricature is none other than to exaggerate certain features or certain situations to communicate certain criticisms.

How to Make Caricature Artwork

One of the most important things in making a caricature is the object’s resemblance to the original. Here are some ways to make caricature art.

1. Theme Selection

The choice of theme really influences the process of making this work of art. Usually the theme taken is socio-cultural, political, religious, economic, and so on. The object of the image can be a character that is currently being discussed by the general public. In addition, the selection of objects must also be considered properly. For example, the character that becomes the object may not corner race, ethnicity, religion, or other sensitive matters.

2. Creative Process

This art image is a medium for conveying messages that is quite simple and violates anatomy. To achieve this simplicity, artists need to study carefully and diligently and humorously. In the creative process, knowledge and techniques are needed so that images filled with satire can impress people. So that the message conveyed can be received by the community. The things that need to be prepared in the creative process are:

a. Photo of the face of the character to be drawn.
b. Recognize the character of the character to be drawn.
c. The message that will be conveyed does not contain SARA.
d. Contains a sense of humor.
e. Media used manually or computer.

3. Paying attention to expressions

In making caricatures, expression is absolute. This will be the main attraction for the audience. Excessive expression in a caricature will make it look different from other images. The painter can also display it on the face as well as other body parts, so that it will seem more unique and harmonious.

4. Adjusting the Media or Target

The next step is to adjust to the media or target of the image created. The target can be a newspaper or magazine that matches the message of the caricature.

This is an explanation of the meaning of caricatures, types, characteristics, functions, and also how to make them. Hope it is useful.

Candid Is – Does Sinaumed’s often use the term candid in everyday language? Well, this candid term is actually included in the field of photography but now it has entered into slang which is often used by young people. Basically, candid photography is a style of taking someone who doesn’t seem aware of the camera’s existence. This photo-taking style is also still popular among young people and think that being candid is very suitable for uploading on an Instagram account to make it look more aesthetic . So, what exactly is candid? Is candid different from the term paparazzi that is often mentioned in western countries? What is the right technique so that we can take good candid photos? Well, so that Sinaumed’sTo understand these things, let’s look at the following review!

What is Candid?

The word “candid” is actually a foreign word from English so it is not included in the Indonesian entry. If interpreted in Indonesian, the term “candid” which is included in the realm of photography has a definition of ‘natural or original with all things made up’. In the context of photography, this candid includes a photo style with an object (a person who wants to be photographed) not knowing when and where the photographer will take the photo. That is, someone who is about to be photographed will behave as natural as possible, while the photographer will take the picture in secret. That’s why, in candid photos, the person being photographed is not looking at the camera, but rather looking away with a more natural expression.

According to the OXFORD dictionary, the term “candid” has a definition in the form of ‘ Photograph is one that is taken without the person knowing that they are being photographed ‘. That is, the object to be photographed is not aware of when and where the photographer will take it. Please note, that in applying this candid technique, you don’t just have to “snap” it. Must pay attention to the right moment, especially on facial expressions and behavior of the object.

As the times progress, the style of this photo will also develop. Currently, the candid photo style is often directed first, so that later it will look as if it is really candid. Reporting from katadata , the term “candid” was first disclosed by London Graphic around 1929, which was then used to refer to a photo belonging to Erich Salomon. Erich Salomon is actually a photojournalist who often secretly takes pictures of officials, both at trial, party meetings, and in the lobby.

The use of this candid technique is most often used for journalistic purposes. This is because through this technique, the photographer can get photos of the actual incident, without any engineering or taking sides. Just a little trivia , the main focus of this candid technique is facial expressions, behavior, to funny and embarrassing scenes from the object. Especially on facial expressions that can have their own “story”.

The difference between Candid and the Paparazzi

Basically, candid and paparazzi don’t really have any difference , because both are related to each other. Yep, candid is a technique of taking pictures or taking pictures using a camera device against living objects without their knowledge. This technique is often used by paparazzi, especially when stalking famous artists to public officials. Why do the paparazzi do this technique? Because famous artists and public officials are sometimes reluctant to be interviewed or photographed.

As the times progress, candid techniques are no longer used on well-known artists or public officials. Even we as ordinary people can still use this photographing technique. Not infrequently, wedding events also use this candidi technique, especially to photograph the expressions of the bride and groom who are smiling, worried, happy, or moved when the wedding process takes place. The tool does not have to use a camera, but can still use a smartphone camera.

Tips for Getting Candid Photos

Actually, to get candid photos through this technique, it’s not that difficult. It’s just that, to find a photo object that has a facial expression “full of stories” is not easy. A surefire way to get candid photos that are “full of stories” is to come to an event or festival that is full of people. The more people, the more facial expressions with their respective stories. Reporting from photography.lovelybogor , there are several tips for getting candid photos, namely:

1. Take a camera wherever you go. If you don’t have an adequate camera, just bring a smartphone camera.
2. Go to events or festivals that are full of people. Usually, in the event, unique events or scenes will appear.
3. First do a scan of the surrounding environment about small things that can be used as photo objects. For example: people yawning, people laughing, people who are entertaining small children, people daydreaming, and so on.
4. Use the AUTO mode so you don’t have any difficulties in the process of taking photos.
5. Don’t use flash because it will surprise and be recognized by the target as a photo object. If you want light, just set the ISO on the camera.
6. Since this candid technique focuses on the story of the object in the photo, focus only on facial expressions, behavior, and funny scenes.
7. Feel free to press the shutter button and shoot. In applying this technique, it is better to produce lots of photos that can later be deleted than to miss the moment that happened.
8. When you want to take a picture, don’t face the light. Although in its application, this candid does not require complicated techniques, but of course you have to consider the darkness of the light.
9. If using a camera, set it at ISO 400 or just use Auto mode. Through these settings, later the shutter speed can move quickly and is very useful for moving objects.
10. If you want to make a person’s object your object, make it a habit to photograph it from the waist, OK? If you use a standard position that is at eye level, it will actually make the object conscious.
11. Use a zoom lens if the object is far away. The use of this zoom lens will also have the opportunity to make objects less aware that they are being photographed as targets.
12. Avoid taking photos from behind which will result in back photos. It’s best to take photos from the front or side because they can show natural emotions and facial expressions.
13. Must be patient to wait and observe objects specifically, so as not to miss funny and interesting scenes.
14. Never feel afraid that the object will be angry because it was photographed secretly. If Sinaumed’s is the type of person who doesn’t feel comfortable, after taking pictures of people, just allow the person concerned that you have taken the picture and show how it went.
15. In order to further accentuate the emotional side and facial expressions of objects, just use the B&W alias black and white effect.
16. Pay attention to the color of the object and its background. The color between the object (usually the clothes) and the background must match so that candid photos are still interesting.
17. Constantly practicing by taking to the streets directly to “hunt” moments.

So, that’s a review of what candid is and the right way to apply this photo technique. Is Sinaumed’s interested in taking photos in the field using this candid technique?

Source:

https://photography.lovelybogor.com/

Also Read!

• 9 Best Photo Editing Applications You Must Try!
• 19 Image Capturing Techniques in Photography
• Definition of Social Media Engagement and How to Calculate It
• What does the word celebrity mean ?
• Rows of Informatics Social Impacts that Need to be Known
• Benefits of Social Media for Everyday Life
• Definition, History, Function, and Development of Social Media
• POV Differences in Fictional Stories and Social Media
• What Is RGB In Design Terms?

Campaigns are one of the activities that often occur in this world, including in our country, Indonesia. In Indonesia alone, campaigns usually occur once every five years when a leader changes. When that moment occurred, the people who were running for election, be it the mayoral election, the regent, the DPR, to the President all simultaneously carried out a campaign to gain as much support as possible from various circles of society.

Not only campaigning on the streets, these politicians also campaign on television, social media, appear on YouTube, to rent large stadiums with a capacity of thousands of people such as the Gelora Bung Karno Stadium or GBK to campaign. Usually the higher the level of the election, the bigger the scale of the campaign. For example, the 2019 presidential or presidential elections.

You remember, how excited the moment was. Not only were the streets filled with banners, billboards and flags bearing the symbols of the parties supporting each presidential candidate, but on social media the supporters were no less excited.

Unfortunately, campaigns that should be an arena to seek votes and be carried out peacefully, often turn into an arena for heated debates between supporters and turn into an arena for accusing and slandering one another. The sad thing is, on social media, the people are even divided into two camps.

Talking about campaigns, you must have seen people campaigning. You may also have participated in a campaign in one of the general elections that have been held in Indonesia. However, do you actually know the true meaning of the campaign itself? Not know? Here’s the explanation!

Campaigns Are a Form of Communication

As previously discussed, campaigns are activities that are quite common in Indonesia. Not only do we see people campaigning, we even occasionally participate in campaigns to support a candidate, be it a candidate for mayor, governor, or president. Usually, when campaigning people will wear various attributes related to the candidate we support.

Starting from campaign t-shirts which are often distributed free of charge by the party, hats, to scarves. Everything is used, to show our support for someone. However, regardless of whether you have joined the campaign or not, do you know the meaning of the campaign itself?

Basically, a campaign is communication between one or several specific people with the aim of influencing many people. During political campaigns, for example, prospective leaders will usually deliver speeches, promises, and the results of their thoughts in front of many people. The goal is only one, to strengthen support and so that there are more and more people who support it to reach a certain position.

Campaigns are usually only carried out by one person and usually this activity is only carried out by those who nominate themselves. The goal is for more and more people to know and believe in it, and support it. However, behind a candidate, there are many more people working behind the scenes to win over that candidate.

Not infrequently party members also hook the people to help campaign in the area where they live so that people in that area will also support the candidate for the leader that is carried out by the party.

Campaign Types

So far, campaigns have only been identified with politics. Yes, compared to other groups, people from political parties are the ones who carry out campaign activities the most.

But actually, the campaign can not only be done by people who come from the political elite. Everyone can do the same thing, because basically a campaign is an activity of communicating to influence more people to get a certain goal or position.

This type of campaign is not just a political campaign. For those of you who don’t know, the actual campaign also varies and is divided into several types. So how many types of campaigns are there actually? Let’s find out together!

Goal-Based Campaigns

Every decision, or activity carried out must have its own purpose. So is the campaign. Based on the purpose, the campaign itself is divided into four types, namely social campaigns , whisper campaigns , promotional campaigns , and the last is political campaigns . For more details, here is the meaning of these campaigns!

Social Campaign

Social campaigns are campaigns whose purpose is to spread social messages that are unprofitable or non-commercial in nature. People who carry out social campaigns do not get any benefit from the campaign they are doing, and they also don’t want anything from the campaign.

Social campaigns usually arise from personal unrest and aim to increase public awareness of various social problems that are currently happening.

For example, campaigns about waste, especially plastic waste, are currently being carried out. This plastic waste campaign aims to reduce the current plastic waste so that the Earth can be a better place without garbage around us.

People who do this campaign, do not get any benefit. On the other hand, it is not uncommon for him to spend a lot of capital so that campaigns like this can run and public awareness can be higher.

Whisper Campaign

Whisper in Indonesian itself means to speak in a low voice, so that only certain people can hear it, while a campaign is a communication activity carried out by a person or a group to gather support from more people.

If these two definitions are put together, then a whisper campaign is an action carried out simultaneously to fight something. To prevent this action from being detected, information and calls to action are carried out by broadcasting hearsay.

Promotional Campaign

If a social campaign is non-commercial in nature and the person doing it doesn’t get any benefit, a promotional campaign is just the opposite.

Promotional campaigns are activities carried out in order to increase sales. Usually promotional campaigns are carried out by product companies to boost sales. This action is clearly done to get as much profit as possible. The more profit, the better.

Political Campaign

So, we have discussed this campaign since earlier. Basically, a political campaign is a campaign that is carried out to many people or the general public to share various information about the candidate for the leader that is carried by a party.

The information itself usually consists of messages, thoughts, and programs that will be made by prospective leaders if they succeed in advancing to power. Political campaigns are carried out by politicians and parties during the change of leadership in the government.

The campaign was carried out to attract as many supporters as possible. The more supporters, the more votes will be obtained during the general election. Unfortunately, it is not uncommon for this political campaign to be carried out in a dirty and dishonest way.

Campaign Based on Orientation

Apart from campaigns based on their type, campaigns are also differentiated based on their orientation. For this one, campaigns are divided into three types, namely product-oriented campaigns , candidate-oriented campaigns , ideological or cause-oriented campaigns . Here’s the full explanation!

Product Oriented Campaigns

Product Oriented Campaign is an activity carried out by a company for commercial purposes. As the name implies, this campaign is oriented towards the products made by the company.

The objectives of the campaign itself vary. In addition to boosting sales of a product, this campaign is also carried out by a company in order to build an image.

Again, with a good corporate image, the public’s response to a product will also be good, so that it is expected to increase sales of these products in the future.

Candidate-Oriented Campaign

If the first campaign is product oriented, then the Candidate-Oriented Campaign is person-oriented. This type of campaign is usually carried out for political purposes and aims to gain support from the wider community.

Ideological or Cause Oriented Campaigns

This type of campaign can be considered unique because it is not oriented to a person or product. When compared to the previous two campaigns, this campaign is not aimed at making a profit. Whether it’s political gain, or money.

Ideological or Cause Oriented Campaign is a campaign that has a clear goal of changing a rule in society that has been rooted for a long time. This campaign involves all groups and is carried out by social institutions without expecting any profit.

Campaign Based on Media

As you know, a person or company or a group organization that is campaigning will do a lot to achieve their goals. One way is to appear in a lot of media. The following are the types of campaigns based on the media used!

Live Campaign

As the name implies, direct campaigns are a type of campaign that is carried out live and face to face. In this campaign, the main character, candidate or candidate will attend and meet the community to convey programs and messages to attract community support.

This type of campaign, usually, is carried out in stadiums, fields, buildings or places that can be accessed by everyone. Usually the candidate will go on stage and speak in front of many people.

Apart from being carried out in places that can be accessed by many people, it is not uncommon for candidates to also do blusukan alias going down to outskirt or remote areas to meet the community. This activity was carried out to attract support from people who are difficult to reach because of their location far from the city center. Unlike campaigns in stadiums, blusukan campaigns are usually only carried out by the candidate and some of his closest people.

Electronic Campaign

If the campaign is direct, the candidates will meet their supporters in real time , then the electronic campaign is carried out by utilizing electronic media.

In the past, this campaign was only carried out via television and radio. As time goes by, technology and smartphones are getting more sophisticated. Now, candidates don’t just appear on TV or radio, they also appear on various YouTube channels and podcasts .

In Indonesia, campaigns using media in the form of YouTube and podcasts are carried out to attract support for young people, considering that young people are the ones who access YouTube and podcasts the most .

Print Campaign

After direct campaigns and electronic media, campaigns are also carried out through print media. Although considered a bit out of date, print media campaigns are quite common in Indonesia.

In the past, campaigns were carried out by posting campaign messages and candidate photos in newspapers. Now, political parties use posters, leaflets, brochures, and even put up billboards with pictures of candidates and their programs in the city center and strategic places that are passed by many people. The goal is for the candidate to be better known by the public from all walks of life.

Techniques in Conducting Campaigns

For us ordinary people or people who have never participated in a campaign, then maybe it’s just about speaking or speaking in front of many people to spread their influence. Even so, conducting a campaign also cannot be arbitrary. The campaign must also have a technique so that the end result can be satisfying. Here are some techniques in conducting campaigns.

1. Participation

A candidate who has good communication, will not just talk and let the audience just be listeners. Instead of forcing the audience to be listeners, they will also let the audience participate. This participation itself usually allows the audience to speak and be heard by the candidate.

In a way, participation is a basic technique in campaigning, especially if the campaign being carried out is a face-to-face campaign or in person and involves a large crowd as an audience or listener.

Although at first glance, this technique is so simple, but the effect is excellent and can enhance the candidate’s image. The audience will feel very valued because they are not only forced to listen but are also given the opportunity to be heard and convey their grievances.

Candidates who perform this technique well will give the impression that he is a good leader because he is willing to listen to the people.

2. Association

Besides participation, association is also a technique that is no less important. This technique is a technique in which the candidate relates an event that often occurs in his campaign to attract the attention of the public.

Usually the events that occur are major events that harm many people. The candidates will share their point of view as well as the solution to the problem. This technique can be said to be very powerful, because apart from being able to increase public confidence, it can also be a weapon to reduce public trust in other candidates who become opponents.

3. Integrative

Integrative is a technique where the candidate will involve the audience . Not only by letting them become listeners, candidates will also use words like we, us, and other words that show similarities between the audience and the candidates. Apart from showing similarities, these words aim to unite all parties in the same vision and mission.

4. Reward Techniques

Reward technique is a technique in which candidates influence the audience by giving gifts or rewards . Compared to other techniques, this reward technique is actually a bit tricky .

In Indonesia itself, this technique is still often done even though it is secretly. Usually the reward itself is in the form of basic necessities such as vegetable oil, rice, and various other needs. But this technique can also be referred to as bribery.

5. Provide Empathy

This technique is also common in campaigns. Usually candidates will try to understand and put themselves in the position of the audience . Not only that, they also usually offer sympathy either words or help needed.

The goal is to build a good image in front of the audience . With a good image , the audience will choose the candidate in the election.

6. Ice Sculpture Setup

In this technique, the candidate will make a speech using words that are pleasing to the ear, so that those who hear them feel comfortable. They will also use good descriptions and describe various good programs that he will carry out when he takes office. This is to foster public trust in order to support it.

7. Coercion

In a way, this is the worst technique in conducting campaigns. This is because this technique involves an element of coercion. The candidate will put pressure on society to get them to support him. This made people feel very uncomfortable and frightened. Even if they do offer support, they do so out of compulsion.

Running a campaign looks easy at first glance. However, this is actually difficult to do. The hardest part wasn’t gathering the people, but getting them to believe and finally vote for someone.

 

Camouflage is one of the things that animals usually do in the wild. Every living creature will definitely struggle and try to adapt to its environment by adapting. Camouflage as a way of adaptation that animals do to survive, avoid predators or when they want to prey.

Camouflage is a change in shape, appearance, attitude, color and so on to be different so that you are not recognized. In addition, camouflage can also be referred to as a method that allows an organism or object that is usually easily seen, to be camouflaged or difficult to distinguish from the surrounding environment.

For more details, here’s an explanation of camouflage to examples of animals that can camouflage.

Definition of Camouflage in Animals

Camouflage is the behavior of animals looking for places that are the same color as the animal’s body color. This is so that he is not seen by his enemies. By being in a place with the same color, the animal hopes that it will be difficult for the enemy to find it.

In addition to animals that have body colors that are similar to their environment, there are also animals that can actually change their body color or shape. Some octopus species can even change as many as 30–50 different forms.

There are also sharks and birds whose body colors differ on the back and chest to be able to hide by taking advantage of sunlight. This ability to camouflage animals inspired army clothing used to hide from enemies.

Camouflage Function in Animals

Camouflage serves to disguise the presence of an organism with its environment. Animals can camouflage in their natural habitat and are often conspicuous outside their natural habitat.

In forest species, especially mammals, they have spots or stripes to help them camouflage. For example, leopards, jaguars, cheetahs and tigers have patterned bodies. When they hide in the right environment then camouflage will occur.

They are invisible because they blend in with their environment, so they can pounce on their prey unnoticed. Other examples are green snakes that live in trees with lots of green leaves, green grasshoppers that live in leaves, to polar bears that seem to blend into the white plains of ice in their environment.

When in the right environment, these animals can camouflage perfectly. However, camouflage will not work if they are in a completely different environment to the color, shape and pattern of their bodies.

Examples of Animals that can Camouflage

There are several animals with camouflage abilities, including the following:

1. Octopus (Octopus)

Besides having eight suction arms that do not let go of its prey, this octopus is also good at camouflage. Camouflage is done to avoid predators as well as to defend yourself from enemies.

Although octopuses are usually pale gray or white in color, these colors can change according to the environmental conditions around them. This camouflage ability itself comes from flexible color sacs that are able to change the thickness of the color and shadows in the epidermal tissue.

2. Leaf tail gecko

Leaf tail gecko or commonly called Satanic Leaf Tailed Gecko has a habitat in Central and East Africa. This gecko from Madagascar can grow up to 9 cm in length.

It is an animal that is active at night (nocturnal), so during the day it tends to be quiet or passive by sticking close to the trees. This animal was first discovered in 1888 ago. Although it had disappeared, the creepy gecko was reportedly found again in 1998 in Madagascar.

3. Potoo Bird

The Potoo bird (Ncytibius Grandis) is a bird that is very good at camouflage. These nocturnal animals have fur colors that vary from gray to brown. It allowed him to be seen faintly among the trees in the wilderness. The Potoo bird has habitats in the forest areas of southern Mexico, northeastern Guatemala and parts of Central America such as Brazil and Bolivia.

4. Green frog

This frog has very good camouflage abilities like the long-horned frog (Megophrys nasuta) on the island of Borneo. He has muscular legs stout, head flatter than the width of the body.

His body shape also makes it easier for him to camouflage on green leaves and tree trunks to wait for passing prey. With a green body texture, of course, it makes it easier for him to hide or disguise himself in the leaves.

5. Leopard

This animal is also known as the tiger branch because of its ability to climb. Large leopards have a body length of one to two meters.

6. Leaf fish

The leaf fish comes from the Amazon River which camouflages like a dead leaf, starting from its body shape to its movement which slowly oscillates with the current on the surface of the river.

This leaf fish preys on smaller small fish by attracting the attention of prey through an organ on its chin that resembles a worm. When the prey is approaching, super fast (less than a quarter of a second) it extends its mouth, sucks the victim and returns to its original position.

7. Praying mantis

The praying mantis has a very unique camouflage. Not only to outwit predators, but these animals are also very clever in deceiving potential prey. In addition to its body shape which can resemble leaves or twigs, its body movements also follow the movements of twigs or leaves blown by the wind.

8. Katydid (leaf locust)

The “withered leaf” grasshopper is an interesting creature and the evolution of natural selection has endowed this animal with the ability to imitate withering leaves to outwit predators.

9. Dead leaf butterfly

Dead leaf butterflies are amazing creatures to observe up close. This illustrates the intricate details adaptation obtains through natural selection, which is the driving force of evolution. So these details help the butterfly avoid predators by mimicking dead leaves.

10. Phyllium giganteum

This insect has an elongated, stick-like body and wings greatly reduced or absent altogether. This insect does not have a tympanum and a sound producer. In addition, these insects are slow-moving plant eaters, usually found in trees or shrubs and are active at night (nocturnal).

11. Seahorse

Seahorses swim in an upright body position. The head is up and the tail is down. How to swim seahorse is different from other fish. Vertically up. Seahorses swim under the influence of the air bubble control system. Seahorses move up and down in the water by changing the air content in their air sacs.

The movement is also quite slow because it is only done using the dorsal fin or dorsal fin. The size of the dorsal fin is relatively very small, while the pectoral fins are used to maintain balance.

Due to the relatively small size of their fins, seahorses don’t like to swim far. This marine biota prefers to anchor itself to the substrate by using its tail which functions as an anchor. This tail is attached to seaweed, coral reefs or other objects in the environment.

If the air sac is damaged, the seahorse cannot regulate its body’s buoyancy, causing the seahorse to lose its buoyancy balance and sink to the seabed. This condition is fatal and can cause death. Seahorses come in a variety of colors, depending on the location where they live. Types that live in shallow waters around seaweed and sea grass have a brownish yellow color.

The seahorses that live in deep waters between sponges and sea plants, are generally orange to red in color. Most types of seahorses are amber in color that live around brown sea plants. Some species can change color to contrast with their environment.

The various colors and unique shapes are the main attraction as aquarium ornamental fish. However, the basic color of the seahorse varies from predominantly white to earthy yellow. Sometimes it has light and dark spots or lines. When feeling threatened, seahorses will change their body color to match their environment.

These changes slowly occur throughout his body depending on the intensity of the light. Seahorse is one of the animals that often and very easily changes color. The color difference in seahorses is not a sex difference. The change in seahorse body color is related to reproductive behavior and camouflage to avoid danger.

Difference between Camouflage and Mimicry

Survival in the environment requires adaptation of all species. These adaptations are physiological, morphological, anatomical or behavioral. Most species prefer to get the best of the other through predation or other means.

Therefore, animals in particular had to develop many adaptations to survive. That’s what life is worth, and it’s not a sweet journey to survive and thrive in the world.

Camouflage and mimicry are two of the morphological adaptations shown by animals. Although both are morphologically developed for survival, there are some major differences between camouflage and mimicry.

Camouflage

Camouflage is a method of external coloring found in most animals that blends specifically with the appearance of the environment. The coloring patterns that exist on the animal’s body are very similar to the environment in which it lives.

Camouflage is an adaptation to avoid being noticed by other animals, especially from predators for prey animals or vice versa. Camouflage has three main ways to achieve it known as Mimesis, Crypsis and Dazzle. In animals with mimetic camouflage, the animal can be seen as another object. Leaf insects would be the best examples for understanding the mimesis.

Certain animals are nearly unrecognizable when displaying crisis camouflage. The cheetah of the savannah has spots on a golden-brown background, which blend into the environment in such a way that the predator cannot be seen by prey animals.

The animal changes its body color to a snow-white coat in winter to appear like snow. However, these animals can be seen when their shadows are cast. Because of this, some animals have adapted to taking extra precautions with flattened bodies and blending colourations, so that the shadows disappear. The flat-tailed horned lizard of the desert is a great example of vanishing a cryptic animal in disguise.

Zebra colouration is an example of the third type of camouflage, namely dazzle. Zebras cannot be seen properly even as they move through the wilderness. The camouflage phenomenon has made animals protected and not noticed or disturbed.

Mimicry

Mimicry is a type of camouflage, mimesis that confuses other animals with its appearance. Mimicry is a kind of action that mimics real animals like other animals. It involves various techniques of impersonating other people by mimicking their external appearance, voice, smell and behavior.

Usually, the mimicry deserves protection from predators by resembling a dangerous animal. However, mimicry has three main aspects known as defensive, aggressive and reproductive.

The warning colors present on some non-venomous colubridae snakes have a pattern that is exactly the same as that of kraits. Sometimes, predatory animals have the appearance of harmless animals, making it convenient to approach prey animals. The zonal tailed eagle looks like a turkey vulture and also inhabits its surroundings. Then, the eagle eats the vulture all of a sudden. The coloring and behavioral tactics of a hawk are examples of aggressive mimicry.

Reproductive mimicry can be observed in animals as well as plants. The flowers of some plants resemble leaves or are of no use to consumers, so they are safe until reproduction is complete. Mimicry has been a tactic used by animals and plants to maintain their lives by confusing others.

From the explanation above, it can be concluded that the difference between camouflage and mimicry is as follows:

1. Camouflage is basically a coloring tactic to go unnoticed or protected, whereas mimicry is a tactic to confuse other animals.
2. Camouflage sometimes hides animals, whereas mimicry never hides animals or plants.
3. Camouflage is usually applied to animals, but mimicry can also be found in plants.
4. Camouflage has no hidden dangers for certain animal consumers, while aggressive imitation always has hidden dangers.
5. Camouflage usually resembles the environment, but mimicry resembles that of other animals.

Reasons Animals Change Their Body Color

There are several animals that have other reasons to change their body color, namely:

1. Demonstrate a power struggle by changing colors

For example, like a chameleon that has two opposite states. When two males meet each other, there will be a fierce fight. In this case, the show changes color.

Weaker male chameleons, often smaller and paler in color. Usually will admit defeat by stopping to change color first.

2. Attract the attention of the couple with color

When the animal changes its appearance it is usually to impress the female during courtship. However, no matter how brilliant it looks. Females are usually not interested and they will use their color to tell the males.

For example, in chameleon animals, when a female chameleon has mated with another male chameleon, she will refuse by changing her color to be very dark and very aggressive. Male chameleons can be violent, so it is important for females to avoid them.

It turns out that many animals use camouflage to avoid enemies, Sinaumed’s. By knowing about the camouflage, it is easy for us to know and examine a particular object.

Those are some things about camouflage in various kinds of animals.

Calipers – Is Sinaumed’s still unfamiliar with vernier caliper? Perhaps Sinaumed’s is no stranger to rulers, clocks, and weight scales which are measuring instruments, as well as vernier calipers used to measure the outside or inside diameter of an object. If a ruler is to measure a flat surface, then a vernier caliper can be used by Sinaumed’s to measure the length of objects that are not just flat. 

Humans definitely need a more detailed length measuring tool to measure the length of an object shape. So to solve this need, a vernier measuring instrument is needed which has its own characteristics in its use in measuring an object. In the study of physics, this measuring instrument has even been introduced since junior high school. 

Sinaumed’s doesn’t need to worry about difficulties using this measuring instrument. Watch this article to the end because it discusses caliper measuring devices. The following is an explanation of the meaning, function, types, parts, how to read, and examples of solving calculations using caliper.  

DEFINITION OF MEASURING INSTRUMENT SORONG TERM

Calipers are a measuring tool that can be used to determine the length, outside diameter, and inside diameter of a particular shape. Calipers can also be used to measure the depth of a hole or certain geometric shapes, such as a tube. Sinaumed’s needs to underline that even though he can measure the diameter of an object’s shape, the caliper is only intended to measure objects that are relatively small in size.  

This happens because the units are limited and usually objects that cannot be measured with a ruler. Compared to a ruler, caliper has a higher level of accuracy. The level of accuracy in question is the form of the smallest scale value that can be measured by a caliper that is more detailed or accurate. The smallest scale of the vernier caliper is 0.01 cm or 0.1 mm, while the smallest scale ruler is 0.1 cm or 1 mm. 

This is what shows the advantages of vernier calipers compared to a ruler for measuring the shape of objects that are not in a flat plane. Its detailed and accurate size makes the vernier caliper a measuring tool that workers in the engineering field rely on, moreover, it is relatively small and easy to carry around. 

The vernier caliper was first discovered by a French mathematician who is also an engineer named Pierre Vernier who was born on August 19, 1584. He published the invention of this measuring instrument in 1631 which became an accurate measuring instrument, namely vernier calipers or by another name Vernier calipers . The scale on the vernier caliper is named after the name of its inventor, with the term Vernier.  

SHORT TERM FUNCTION

In practice, calipers have functions that really help humans to measure the length of an object. This measuring instrument was indeed created to answer problems that were previously unresolved, such as being able to measure the shape of objects other than flat surfaces like a length measuring instrument using a ruler. Because in fact we also need measuring tools that are more precise and accurate. The following are the functions or benefits of the caliper that Sinaumed’s needs to know:

• Serves to measure an object from the outside by means of being flanked
• Serves to measure the side in the form of objects which are usually in the form of holes like in pipes by stretching them out
• Serves to measure the depth of a gap or hole in an object shape by plugging or piercing the measuring instrument
• Used to measure the thickness of an object
• Serves to measure the diameter in the form of objects using fixed jaws and upper sliding jaws
• The function is to measure the depth of an object shape using the bottom measuring rod, for example the depth of a tube, a small hole, or a relatively small difference in height
• It has two scales, namely the main scale and nonius

TYPES OF SHOES

Of the various functions that the vernier caliper has, this tool also comes with various types. So Sinaumed’s can use several types of calipers as needed. The following are the types of caliper that Sinaumed’s needs to know so that they can be used as a reference if you want to use this measuring instrument:

1. Caliper Analog Or Manual

This type of calipers is usually used for practicum in schools or school laboratories. Because it is only for practical purposes, how to use it is quite difficult, which is still done manually, so it requires more accuracy when using it. Then to find out the measurement results, Sinaumed’s needs to calculate it first. 

2. Digital shovel

This type of caliper has been developed from the previous type which was still analog or manual. Sinaumed’s may find it difficult to find digital calipers in schools or in school labs. This caliper has a screen that can display the value of the measured object size without having to calculate it manually first. 

This digital caliper will greatly facilitate and speed up when measuring the shape of objects, for example in large quantities. However, in terms of price, digital calipers are more expensive than analog types. 

3. Calipers shove a watch or clock

The vernier caliper is a type of vernier caliper that can be read using an analog gauge needle that is attached to the face or with a stopper. This vernier caliper uses a measuring hour instead of a nonius scale when interpolating the index line to the measuring rod scale. 

4. Altitude calipers

A height caliper is a type of slide rule that is used to measure height. This vernier caliper has measuring jaws that move vertically on a rod that is scaled perpendicular to the anvil. The measuring jaws of the calipers are parallel to the reason so that the measuring line is perpendicular to the surface where the foundation is placed. That is why the use of this caliper requires a flat reference surface, such as a flat table surface. 

PARTS ON THE GLOVE TERMINAL MEASUREMENT

In order to be able to use this measuring instrument, Sinaumed’s certainly needs to know the parts of the calipers and their functions. If Sinaumed’s understands the parts of the caliper, it will be easy to use it to measure the diameter or shape of a particular object. The following are the parts of the vernier caliper that Sinaumed’s needs to know in order to be able to use it:

1. Deep Jaws

Consisting of sliding jaws and fixed jaws which function to measure the inside such as the diameter of the hole or gap of an object shape. 

2. Outer Jaws

It consists of two jaws, sliding and fixed jaws which function to measure the outside, for example the diameter, width or length of a certain object shape. 

3. Stalk Depth Measure

This section serves to measure the depth of the hole of a particular object

4. Main Scale

This section serves to state the main measurement results which are usually expressed in units of cm or inches, usually the main scale length is 15 to 17 sm. 

5. Nonius Scale

This section of the caliper serves to add an extra level of accuracy to measurements that are usually expressed in inches or mm.

6. Locking Bolt

The locking bolt on the caliper serves to hold the jaws in place so that the object being measured can be held or not released and the scale does not shift while being measured.

HOW TO USE AND READ THE SORONG TERM MEASUREMENT

After knowing the meaning, function, and types and parts of the caliper, Gremeds needs to know how to measure and read the measurement results on this calipers. If Sinaumed’s succeeds in measuring the diameter or depth of an object, but cannot read or interpret the results, it will be useless. Here’s how to read the measuring results on caliper: 

1. First, prepare the object or objects to be measured, such as marbles, coins, or others
2. After that, open the sliding jaw on the caliper to the left until it is really tight so you can produce an accurate size
3. Make sure again that both jaws are closed and the scale reads zero. Sinaumed’s needs to pay attention to this so that there are no measurement errors or commonly called zero errors
4. Loosen the locking bolt and pull the sliding jaw to the right, until the object you want to measure can be placed between the two jaws.
5. After that, place the object between the two jaws and make sure again that the position is appropriate and correct
6. Pull the sliding jaw to the left until it clamps the object to be measured, then rotate the locking bolt until you hear a click sound
7. After that, pay attention to the line that is squeezed between the upper and lower scales or the nonius scale. Find the number that connects straight to the line from the nonius scale
8. Now, calculate the measurement results obtained by adding up the two numbers, then that is the diameter of the object that Sinaumed’s is looking for

PRINCIPLES OF HOW THE SORONG TERM WORK

The main principle when using a vernier caliper is that if the key on the vernier caliper is loosened, the nonius scale board can move as needed when measuring the shape of a particular object. Then to measure objects, they will be clamped between the two clamps or jaws that are on the calipers as accurately as possible or in the right position. 

The results of the size of the object can be determined directly by reading the main scale to one-tenth of a cm or 0.1 cm. After that, add the readings on the nonius scale to one thousandth of a cm or 0.001 cm. Calibration of the calipers is carried out by pushing the sliding jaw to touch the upper jaw. 

It is said to have been calibrated perfectly if the sliding jaws are in the right position at zero, that is, the zero on the main scale and the zero on the nonius scale totally coincide with one another in a straight line. Then the caliper is ready to be used to measure objects. In practice the working principle, calipers have advantages and disadvantages when used to measure certain objects. 

Following are the advantages and disadvantages of vernier calipers that Sinaumed’s needs to know:

1. The advantages of the shove caliper

• Has a better reading accuracy, namely the reading accuracy ranges from 0.05-0.01 mm
• Can measure the outside diameter easily, i.e. how it is sewn 
• Can measure the diameter of the inner side easily, namely by stretching.
• Can measure depth accurately
• Cheap and affordable prices compared to other measuring instruments with the precision and accuracy of the results

2. Disadvantages of shoves

• Cannot measure objects that are large in size
• Expansion can occur in the measuring instrument material if not treated
• Due to the shape of the sensor that is in direct contact with the workpiece, it will allow scratches or impacts to appear which can cause unevenness on the two sensors or both jaws in the caliper.

If Sinaumed’s decides to buy a caliper because of the need for its use, then Sinaumed’s needs to pay attention to the maintenance of this measuring instrument. Even though the physical tool is a small caliper, it must be maintained so that it lasts longer even though it is often used. The factor that usually causes equipment damage is the temperature instability of the storage room and the place where the caliper is stored. 

Incorrect storage methods may allow the calipers to expand or contract, get bumped or scratched. So store it in a place where the temperature is stable, for example a room or a special place using a storage box for certain measuring instruments so that it doesn’t get scratched or expands easily. When finished using clean the tool and put it back in place. 

PROBLEMS EXAMPLE

If Sinaumed’s already understands the explanation of the vernier caliper above, it’s time to learn to solve this measuring instrument problem. Here are some examples of questions about measuring using calipers in physics lessons:

1. Example Question 1 

What is the measurement result in the example question 1 image above in centimeters?

Discussion:

• The main scale reading is 10 cm (the number 10 is obtained because it is exactly opposite the zero on the vernier scale on the right)
• The reading of the Vernier scale or nonius scale is 0.02 cm (obtained from the second line after zero on the Vernier scale, which is exactly straight with the line next to it).

So, the measurement result in the sample question 1 image above is 10 cm + 0.02 cm = 10.02 cm

Or 100.2 dmm

2. Sample Question 2

What is the result of the final calculation of the measurement of the sample image in question 2 above in millimeters?

Discussion:

• The main scale reading is 1.1 cm or 11 mm (one line after the 1 on the main scale directly opposite the zero on the vernier scale to the right).
• The reading of the Vernier scale or nonius scale is 0.65 mm obtained from the line of the Vernier scale which is exactly straight with the line above it, which is between 6 and 7. 

So, the measurement result in the sample question 2 image above is 11 mm + 0.65 mm = 11.65 mm

Or 1.165 cm

3. Sample Question 3

What is the final calculation result from the measurement in the sample question 3 image above in centimeters?

Discussion:

Blue circle shows 5, 3 so many cm, we will get this much on the red circle Red circle shows 5 cm So the result is 5.35 cm

Book & Article Recommendations

Now that’s an explanation of the caliper measuring tool, starting from the definition, function, types, parts, how to read, and examples of solving calculations using caliper. Is Sinaumed’s still having trouble understanding how to use it? Calipers are indeed not the same as other measuring instruments which may be easier to use and can immediately show the results of their measurements. So, if you still need references for Sinaumed’s to learn about how to use calipers, you can visit sinaumedia’s book collection at www.sinaumedia.com .  

Sinaumed’s will find many reference books on Physics textbooks which will make it easier to understand how to use calipers and other measuring instruments in the study of physics. Apart from that, Sinaumed’s will also find books that explain, discuss, and practice examples of calipers and other physics lessons. The following is a recommendation for sinaumedia books that Sinaumed’s can read to understand theoretical physics in junior and senior high schools or the equivalent so that it is easier to learn and understand them: Enjoy studying. #Friends Without Limits

Book Recommendations:

Business Management – Business management is needed for those who have a business. Most people really want to have a personal business. This is not surprising, considering that everyone’s interests are different. However, opening a business is not that easy. There must be careful planning to support the progress of the business.

To run a business requires planning. In the sense that management is needed so that the business runs smoothly and achieves the target. There are so many examples, those who open a business without a proper plan end up breaking down in the middle of the road. Most of the time the capital does not return, goods accumulate, and what’s worse, you can get into debt too.

Usually this happens due to lack of anticipation of the loss factor. The factor of lonely consumers is also often ignored, so these new business actors are more focused on profits.

Even though for the initial capital, there must be several pockets. In the sense that there must be capital for spending on goods, capital to cover profits that have not been maximized, and others. The planning needed is in the form of business management. A plan that is carried out by optimizing all resources in order to achieve appropriate business targets.

To make a business plan is also not as difficult as imagined. Not even until you have to go to school again to get the knowledge.

Learning business planning can be started with easy exercises. For example estimating capital requirements, expenses and income from selling small items such as yellow rice. Henceforth, let’s learn about the notion of business management.

A. Definition of Business Management

In general, business management means planning, execution and monitoring activities in a business or business. All of these activities aim to make the business achieve its target.

Another understanding of this activity can also be a business that is deliberately carried out based on a plan in order to achieve a sales target.

This means that without management activity, it is very unlikely that sales profits will be obtained. Management applied to a business includes everything needed to achieve sales targets.

Starting from planning, controlling, action , and finally evaluation. Based on the four management activities, the progress of a business can be controlled, whether you want to move slowly or fast.

Referring to the above understanding, it can be ascertained that business management is the most important element that determines the development of a business. Naturally a good business is determined by good management as well.

Meanwhile, bad business is generally run based on poor management. Usually the running of the business also does not receive thorough supervision.

A business that consists of various important components must have a good management. This is because if one component fails it will interfere with other components because they are mutually supportive and complementary. Learn more through the book Introduction to Business Management .

Based on these facts, of course, the business that is currently owned can be reviewed. If an inappropriate plan is found, it can be re-made based on an even better plan. Because if you force it to work, what you will get is only losses and losses.

Read more: Definition of Management

B. Business Management Functions

After previously discussing the meaning of business management, what follows is an explanation of the functions of management that are applied to businesses. You will understand how important it is to study management after getting to know its functions.

Through the process of planning, organizing, directing and controlling the existing business in a company, the goals to be achieved are also affected. Sinaumed’s can find a deeper discussion of this in the Business Management book below.

This will be the basis for understanding the importance of having business management for those of you who will or already have a business. The following are some of the functions of business management that you should know:

1. Planning

The first function of business management is planning. Before building a business, of course, business planning is needed such as marketing, product promotion, products sold, financial accounting and archival documentation, and others. This planning must be well documented because it will become a benchmark for future business activities.

A common mistake that business owners usually make is not having a record-keeping process. Even though the correct recording or bookkeeping process can make it easier for you to control existing financial data. help you also make a business plan according to existing capital.

The main reason business people don’t keep records is because they don’t understand accounting. In addition, they also consider bookkeeping to be a hassle and take a lot of time. Even though it is completely untrue, bookkeeping is an important element in running a business.

2. Organizing

Organizing is closely related to human resources, aka workers. After planning is made, the next step is to create a working group. This work group contains people who are given the same portion of tasks. Such as administration, marketing, field, and others.

The division of work groups like this to facilitate the work process. The process of assessing work results is also easy. Leaders will easily assess whether their workers have worked according to their expertise or not. Good
organizing will support the achievement of business goals. If the team cannot work properly, the leadership can replace it immediately so that the business does not suffer losses.

3. Staffing

Staffing includes all company-owned resources such as machines, raw materials, supporting facilities, and others. Resources must be regulated in their use and adapted to business needs. This can only be done if the company uses good management. If there is no management, the use of resources can exceed priorities and cause capital to swell.

Things like this often result in financial losses for companies. Finally, the existing business was threatened with bankruptcy.

4. Directions

The fourth function of management is directing which is closely related to direction. Here the actions of the leader hold an important position as an encouragement for the team to work according to plan.

It is not uncommon for workers’ morale to drop during the course of planning. If this happens, the leadership must immediately come down to provide understanding and direction. Because inappropriate work performance and progress greatly affect the company’s income.

Directing is very important because it is closely related to adherence to planning. Work that is in accordance with the planning directions will make the business reach the target. But keep in mind to avoid reprimands that can make workers lose their will to work.

5. Controlling

Controlling is monitoring whether the work system has been implemented properly or not. With controlling will be visible important points that must be evaluated and recorded. At the same time, you can see the existing obstacles.

Controlling does not have to be done directly by the leader, but can also be done by the team leader. Later the leader will ask for a report directly from the team leader. Based on the report, the leadership can take the steps taken for the next planning.

C. Business Management Planning

Planning is needed to make your business run smoothly and achieve the set targets. Without planning, your business will run without proper control. Existing capital can be used up just like that without proper planning. There is even the possibility of running out of capital to bankruptcy.

This is because in managing a business operation, it is believed that there will always be problems related to decision making both strategic and operational. Various examples can be found in the book Financial Management and Business .

The planning that should be applied to your business is also not complicated. There are several plans that can be used when starting a business, such as:

• Determine the goals and targets to be achieved by the company.
• Arrange the steps according to the target in order to achieve the goal.
• Determine the human resources and other resources needed.
• Set work standards to achieve target goals.

D. Important Elements in Business Management Planning

In order for the planning to be carried out properly, specifications for the complementary elements of the plan are needed. Here are some important elements that must be considered in a business management plan.

1. Clear Business Description

A business must have a clear description so that consumers understand the type of business you are. Your business must be clear in what field. Whether culinary, fashion, services, wholesale needs, or something else.

If your business type is not clear, consumers will be confused when looking for the product they need. They do not know the product specifications produced by your company.

Business description is very closely related to the company’s brand. You can start by paying attention to the name used for your business. A company name should be easy to remember and represent the type of business and related products being sold.

Then the company logo which is usually installed together with the company name. Logos also usually use images that are simple and easy to remember. The color on the logo is also generally the typical color of the company. It may seem insignificant, but in fact, the company’s name, logo and color are the first things consumers remember when shopping.

A business also needs a business address so that consumers are not confused. An address is also needed for the requirements to set up a business. In the future, the address will be used as a place to send and pick up goods. Consumers will also give a positive value because the company exists physically.

Then also product specifications must be clear. Indeed, there are many companies that produce several products, but usually they remain the same. For example, businesses engaged in accessories.

In addition to various types of handicrafts, there are also accessories in the form of bracelets, necklaces and rings. There are also types of silver accessories in the form of women’s jewelry. Isn’t it clear that there are many but similar products?

A clear business description will make it easier for you to market your product. Because consumers also know the type of your business as well as the types of products produced.

2. Perform Competitor Analysis

Knowing competitor products will make it easier for you to determine the type of product to be marketed. It could be that the product issued is of the same type, but must have better quality.

If a competitor’s product is better than your company’s product, it means that there must be an increase in quality in order to be able to compete.

There is nothing wrong with learning the marketing techniques launched by competitors. You can innovate yourself in terms of marketing so that consumers want to buy the products issued.

You can also study how competitors coordinate their workers. Maybe your competitors are implementing a discipline that can be applied in the company. In other words, having competitors means an opportunity for your business to be even better.

3. Have a Marketing Strategy

A business will be blunt if it doesn’t have a mature marketing plan. The initial step of marketing can be done by analyzing the product that consumers need. Then the marketing strategy can be launched through the right promotion.

This promotion is in the form of an introduction to the business brand as well as the products issued. Various promotions can be carried out, ranging from discount promos, to selling products with prizes.

This promotion also usually uses the media, meaning you have to start learning about digital marketing as well. Digital marketing is a marketing technique that uses internet-based media.

The marketing strategy in business management must be made effective and on target. Where this has an effect on creating customer value and building profitable customer relationships, as discussed in the Marketing Business Management book .

4. Financial Reports

The thing that is often overlooked by a business is financial records. Though bookkeeping is important to run a business. Good bookkeeping will later become a reference for company activities.

For example, how many stocks are there, how many stocks are issued. Likewise, recording of the delivery of goods is very important.

Besides that, bookkeeping is also needed to record the stock of existing resources. production of finished goods is more orderly and controlled when referring to existing records.

So as to avoid using excessive raw materials. It can also be anticipated if raw materials start to run low, and production can continue without a hitch.

Financial reports start from the company’s financial records. How much initial capital, and how much expenses are needed. Good financial records can prevent companies from going bankrupt.

From the financial reports it can be seen the benefits generated. Has the capital been used properly, have the sales proceeds covered the initial capital back, and is there a lack of capital?

Financial reports will facilitate control of the company’s financial activities. So that if production is known to exceed the initial capital it can be stopped first. Neat financial records are expected to prevent companies from going bankrupt.

5. Maintain Product and Service Quality

One thing that must always be maintained and improved is the quality of products and services. These two elements are closely related to marketing. If the quality of goods deteriorates, consumers will be disappointed and sales will decline.
Likewise with services, services that are fast in response and friendly will make consumers comfortable when shopping.

E. Components of Business Management

As for what is meant by the business management component is the parts whose activities must be based on a management system. Each component has a different function. The following are the components in question.

1. Financial Management

Financial management is management that regulates the company’s finances. By using this component, it is hoped that the company’s finances can be stable and used for the right purpose.

2. Marketing Management

This component is in the form of planning and monitoring activities on marketing activities. The purpose of marketing management is control over product marketing.

With so much business competition today, many companies are trying to find new marketing plans. As one of them is business management which has an environmentally friendly concept that Sinaumed’s can learn from the book Green Business Business Management with an Environmentally Friendly Concept .

3. Production Management

Production management regulates the production process of goods in the company. Of course, this also includes control over the feasibility and function of production machines. Supervision of production operators, and the process of making products to completion.

4. Distribution Management

This business management component is in charge of overseeing the distribution activities. This management activity is intended to ensure the condition of the product is good and distributed quickly.

5. HR Management

This management regulates all the activities of workers in the company. This includes regulating the portion of responsibilities, fields of work, as well as employee discipline. To carry out all the points above is not easy. The sustainability of a business besides depending on management is also influenced by commitment.

How each element in management synergizes with each other to carry out the plan. Especially the cooperation between leaders and workers.

Business planning in the form of management, finance, development, to marketing must be planned as well as possible. Because good planning in a business is the main thing supporting success.

Good business management will be able to bring the company in a better direction. Business planning can be described as functioning well if it can still run with all the obstacles that exist. Strategies in business must also be made with the aim of increasing the company’s competitiveness. Of course, with the aim that the company can survive in the midst of intense competition.

Recommended Books & Articles Related to Business Management

 

Definition, Types and Forms of Business Entities in Indonesia – A business entity is an organizational and economic unit that has the aim of obtaining profits or profits and providing services to the community. There are various types of business entities in Indonesia.

For those who don’t know what a business entity is, they often equate a business entity with a company, even though the reality is very different. The main difference is that a business entity is an institution, while a company is a place where the business entity manages various factors of production. The following is a more complete explanation of the definition and types of business entities in Indonesia, Sinaumed’s:

A. Definition of Business Entity

A Business Entity is a juridical (legal) and economic entity that uses capital and labor to seek profit. There are several things needed to set up a business entity, including products and services that will be sold or traded, how to market the products or services that will be traded,

Determination of the cost price and selling price of products or services, the need for labor, internal organization, spending, and the type of business entity to be selected. Examples of the most familiar bodies encountered include:

1. PT Kimia Farma Tbk

It turns out that this pharmacy, which has many branches, belongs to the state. PT Kimia Farma Tbk. is one of the oldest pharmaceutical companies in Indonesia, founded in 1817. Now Kimia Farma has produced many products that help people’s daily lives, ranging from medicines, multivitamins, and cosmetics.

2. PT Kereta Api Indonesia

PT Kereta Api Indonesia is a BUMN that provides rail transportation services. PT KAI’s services include passenger and goods transportation services. Founded on September 28, 1945, PT KAI continues to develop its performance in providing safe and inexpensive transportation for the community.

3. PT Indofood Sukses Makmur Tbk

If the above is a BUMN, then the following is a company with private ownership. Indofood was first established in 1968 with the initial name Lima Satu Sankyu. PT indofood is the originator of the legendary instant food from Indonesia which is also well-known abroad, namely Indomie.

For Sinaumed’s who want to set up a business such as PT, CV, Firma, Foundations, Cooperatives, and consulting companies, there is a Practical Guide to Establishing Various Business Entities that can help you to better understand issues of licensing, employment, and many more.

B. Types of Business Entities

Apart from form, business entities are also grouped by type. The following are the types in question:

1. Kinds of Business Entities Based on Their Activities

Business activities can vary. Below is a business based on the type of activity:

• Extractive is the activity of taking what has been produced by natural resources. For example: forest products, marine products, and others
• Agrarian , namely carrying out types of activities related to agriculture;
• Trade is the activity of buying and reselling an item without changing its form. Example: rice trade is carried out by someone by buying rice in a rice-producing area,
• Industry is the activity of processing raw materials and auxiliary materials into semi-finished goods or ready-to-use goods. For example: shoes, clothes, and so on
• Services are activities that provide services and facilities in order to meet needs. Example: freight forwarding services, banking services, and others.

With the various types of business entities that exist, especially in Indonesia, there are also differences between the styles and characteristics of each of these business entities. Learn the various types of businesses in a practical and complete way through the Super Complete Guide to Establishing Pt, Cv & Other Business Entities.

2. Types of Business Entities Based on Capital Ownership

Capital plays a big role in the establishment of a business. Without sufficient capital, a business will not run optimally. The capital of a business also varies depending on who the owner is.

• State Owned Enterprises (BUMN) , where the capital owner is the government or the state
• Private Owned Enterprises (BUMS) , namely company capital owned by private parties. In this case, it can be in the form of national private companies and foreign parties
• Regional Owned Enterprises (BUMD) , namely the ownership of the business is in the hands of the local government;
• Mixed Business Entity , which is a business whose capital is owned by the government and the private sector.

3. Types of Business Entities Based on Country Region

Economic globalization has caused many businesses to be established abroad or foreign businesses to be established within the country.

• Domestic Investment , where the company’s capital ownership is in the hands of the people of their own country.
• Foreign Investment , is a foreign-owned company operating in Indonesia or within the country.

C. Forms of Business Entities in Indonesia

There are many types of business entities that we often encounter, such as PT, CV, or Perum. Below are the forms of business entities in Indonesia , including:

1. Cooperative

Cooperative is a business entity based on the principles of kinship. This economic organization is operated for the common good. Cooperative is a business entity (economic organization) owned and operated by its members to fulfill common interests in the economic field.

There are also those who say the notion of a cooperative is a legal entity formed on the principle of kinship where the goal is for the welfare of its members. In this case, cooperatives are formed where their activities are based on the principles of the people’s economic movement.

Cooperatives can be established as individuals or cooperative legal entities. This business entity collects funds from its members as capital in running a business according to shared aspirations and needs in the economic field. Based on Law no. 25 of 1922 concerning cooperatives explained that cooperatives are open, democratic and independent. Cooperatives have common characteristics, including:

• The owner can be an individual or a cooperative legal entity
• Cooperative authorities and policies are determined through member meetings
• The highest power in cooperative life is the meeting of members
• The management is responsible for the management of the cooperative
• Members are responsible for all obligations and risks that occur
• There are organizational tools
• It is an economic institution
• Act as the backbone of the country’s economy
• Act as a dynamist of the economy of society and the state
• Serves to provide services to members and the community
• Serves to improve human resources in society
• Functioning as a government partner in achieving development goals
• Cooperative capital consists of own capital and loan capital.

The function of the cooperative itself includes building and increasing the economic potential of its members and society in general, so that social welfare can be realized. Cooperatives have an active role in improving the quality of life of their members and the community.

Serves to Strengthen the people’s economy as the basis for the strength and resilience of the national economy where cooperatives are the foundation. Function Realizing and developing a better national economy through joint ventures based on the principle of kinship and economic democracy.

2. BUMN (State Owned Enterprises)

a. Perjan (Company Office)

Perjan is a BUMN whose budget is included in the State Budget (APBN). Perjan has a goal of making the community prosperous through dedication and service. This is done without neglecting the essential points, effectiveness, economy and good service. Currently BUMN does not have a contract. There is no business entity that can be classified as a contract because previously business entities have been transferred to become legal entities or business entities. Here are examples of perjan that have changed shape:

• Perjan Kereta Api to become Persero Kereta Api.
• Perjan Pegadaian, which was once a public company, has now changed its form again to become a limited liability company.
• The work of the Children’s and Maternity Hospital is our hope, the work of Dr. Cipto Mangunkusumo, Dr. Hospital. Kariadi, Perjan Hospital Dr. M. Djamil, and Dr. Perjan Hospital. Mohammad Hoesin changed his status to a Public Service Agency.
• Perjan Radio Republik Indonesia and Perjan Televisi Republik Indonesia became Public Broadcasting Institutions.

b. Persero (Company Company)

A state-owned company that has the form of a limited liability company. The company aims to pursue profits by owning shares wholly or partially (with a minimum of 51%) with ownership in the name of the Republic of Indonesia. In establishing a Persero, the Minister proposes such an undertaking to the President, complete with studies that have been based on various considerations. The company’s establishment aims to provide goods or services that have more selling value but still have good quality. Generally, the Persero is engaged in production, and aims to make a profit. Examples of PT Telkom, PT Bank Mandiri, and PT Pos Indonesia. The characteristics of the Persero include the following:

• Civil law entity in the form of PT
• Business relations are regulated under civil law
• Led by a director
• The government acts as a shareholder
• Part or all of the capital is separated state property
• Aimed at cultivating profits
• Does not have state facilities
• The employee is an employee of a private company.

c. Perum (Public Company)

Perum is a company that is wholly owned by the state. Perum has a goal of benefiting in general terms, both in the form of services and goods. General company activities must also pay attention to quality and profits with the principle of company management.

In forming a Perum, coordination is needed between the Minister of BUMN, the Minister of Finance and the president. The Minister of SOEs proposes to the President on the basis that has been reviewed with the Technical Minister and the Minister of Finance. Perum functions as a business organizer for the benefit of the public with quality goods and or services but prices remain affordable to the general public. This is still processed by a good company system. Example: Pawnshop, Shipping Corporation, and others. The characteristics of a Public Company are as follows:

• Incorporated
• Business relations are regulated under civil law
• All capital belongs to the government from separated wealth
• Engaged in the field of vital services
• Aims to serve the public interest
• Allowed to cultivate profits
• Led by a director
• The employee has the status of an employee of a state company
• Has its own name, wealth, and freedom
• The annual report is submitted to the government.

Find a more complete explanation of the various types of business entities in Indonesia, how to set them up and various alternative solutions for dealing with cases that may occur in the process of establishing a business entity through the book Smart, Easy and Wise Tips for Setting Up a Business Entity.

3. BUMS (Private Owned Enterprises)

As the name suggests, BUMS is a business entity whose capital is owned by the private sector. BUMS was established with the aim of seeking profits in developing the business. BUMS has two types, among others, domestic private business entities and foreign private business entities.

Domestic private business entity is a business entity whose capital is owned by the domestic community. Meanwhile, foreign private business entities are private business entities whose capital is owned by people who are not Indonesian citizens.

Article 33 of the 1945 Constitution regulates sectors that can be managed by the private sector, such as managing non-vital and strategic economic resources, or those that do not affect the lives of many people. The following are the types of BUMS which can be distinguished by several forms of business entity:

1. Commanditaire Vennootschap (CV)

CV is a form of partnership formed by two or more people with some members having unlimited responsibility and some others having limited responsibility. CV is divided into two types, namely active partners (complementary) and passive partners (limited).

Active partners are partners who manage a company and also have the right to enter into agreements with third parties. Meanwhile, passive partners are partners who only provide capital but do not interfere in the management of the company. It can be said that passive partners only play a role in providing capital.

Advantages Capital CV is bigger than a firm, Capital requirements are easily met, Company management can be divided, Risks are shared, Decisions are taken together, Able to seek credit from banks Disadvantages Occurrence of disputes, Decisions cannot be taken quickly, If one member resigns or dies, the company disbands, other members will be dragged down when a member acts outside the provisions.

2. Sole Proprietorship (PO)

PO is a form of business owned by one person. POs generally have small capital, limited types of products and production quantities, few workers, relatively simple production equipment and technology. An individual company is a business entity or company that is owned, managed and led by an individual. So that the responsibility for the company’s activities and risks is borne by the individual.

Pros:

• Easy to manage
• Free to move
• Only the owner has the right to obtain business profits
• Low tax
• Company secrets known only to the owner
• Low organizational costs
• Decisions are taken quickly and leaders are more motivated if the profits are large.

While the drawbacks are:

• Leadership responsibilities are unlimited
• Limited capital
• Not guaranteed the survival of the company
• Limited leadership skills
• Losses are borne alone.

b. Firma (Fa)

Firma is an association between a person and another person (or more) to run a joint business with the aim of sharing the profits derived from the partnership.

It can be concluded that the Firm has at least two members. These members will be responsible for the company and submit capital according to what is stated in the deed of establishment of the firm.

If bankrupt, all members are responsible until the capital is also insured.

Excess :

• Capital requirements are easily met
• Management of the company can be divided, shared risk
• Decisions are taken together
• Able to seek credit from the bank

Lack :

• Disputes occur, The distribution of profits and losses is regulated in the agreement, Decisions cannot be taken quickly, If one member resigns or dies, the company disbands, Other members will be dragged down when a member acts outside the provisions

c. Limited Liability Company (PT)

PT is a type of business that is protected by law with capital consisting of shares. A person can be said to be the owner of a PT if he owns as much shares as he has invested.

According to Law No. 40 of 2007 which regulates PTs, it is stated that a limited liability company is a business entity in the form of a legal entity established based on an agreement and conducting business activities with authorized capital which has been entirely divided into shares, or it can also be referred to as a partnership. capital.

In running a PT, owners of share capital can sell to other parties. This explains that it is very possible to own a company without dissolving or re-establishing it. Because the establishment of a PT is based on an agreement, it requires a minimum of 2 people to create a PT. The notary must know the agreement in making PT and make a deed to get approval from the Minister of Law and Human Rights. The characteristics of a Limited Liability Company are as follows:

• It is a legal entity because it was established with a notarial deed, permission from the minister of law and human rights, announced in the state news
• It consists of three types of capital, namely statute capital, issued capital, and paid-up capital
• There are three types of bodies that determine the survival of the company, namely the GMS, the board of commissioners and the board of directors.

The advantages are limited liability, capital requirements are easily met, business continuity is guaranteed, trusted by third parties in terms of credit, efficient leadership, the fate of workers and employees is considered. Disadvantages Lack of concern from the Persero to the PT, The amount of costs in the PT and There are difficulties leading the PT.

d. Joint Ventures

A joint venture is a collaboration of several companies from various countries to become one company to achieve a concentration of economic power. The joint venture must have a legal entity PT or Limited Liability Company in the Industrial sector. The joint venture is led by a Board of Directors who are elected by the shareholders.

Thus the info, hopefully useful, Sinaumed’s!

Also read the following article related to “Form of Business Entity in Indonesia” :

• Types of Sole Proprietorship
• Definition of Goods Market
• Definition of Request and Offer
• Definition of Money
• Definition of Inflation
• Definition of Banks
• Economic Principles
• Definition of Scarcity
• Definition of Macroeconomics
• Microeconomics
• Economic Recession
• Economic growth
• Economic Globalization
• People’s Economy
• Economic agents
• Economic Problems in Indonesia
• Economics
• Types of Economic Systems
• People’s Economy

Source: from various sources
Author : Atap
Editor : Ahmad

Bung Tomo Biography – Friends of Gramed, do you know this hero? His name is indeed very popular among the people, especially Surabaya, as well as heroes from other areas, such as Thomas Matulessy, Ki Hadjar Dewantara, Prince Diponegoro, Prince Antasari, and Tuanku Imam Bonjol.

Sutomo or better known as the people’s nickname as Bung Tomo is a hero who is known for his role in the Battle of November 10, 1945. At that time, the people of Surabaya fought against the Dutch who piggybacked the Netherlands Indies Civil Administration (NICA).

Sutomo was able to inflame the spirit of the fighters to defend Indonesia’s independence. His figure is attached as a patriot who always dares to fight against the invaders. He fought on the path of agitation and propaganda.

His speech succeeded in inflaming the enthusiasm of the youth and students to work hard on the battlefield in Surabaya. He also played a role in the disarmament of the Japanese, then sent most of the weapons to Jakarta.

To get to know this figure more clearly, let’s look together at a brief explanation of Bung Tomo’s biography below.

Bung Tomo Family History

Bung Tomo was born in Kampung Blauran, Surabaya on October 3, 1920 with the name Sutomo. He is the eldest of six siblings. His younger siblings are respectively named Sulastri, Suntari, Gatot Suprapto, Subastuti, and Hartini.

His father’s name was Kartawan Tjiptowidjojo, a middle-class aristocrat who had worked as a government employee, private company staff, tax office assistant, and employee of a Dutch import-export company. Kartawan claimed to have blood ties with several followers of Prince Diponegoro who were buried in Malang.

Sutomo’s mother was named Subastita, a woman of mixed blood from Central Java, Sundanese and Madurese, the daughter of a local distributor of Singer sewing machines in the Surabaya area, who before moving to Surabaya had been a municipal police officer and a member of Sarekat Islam (SI).

Sutomo married Sulistina, a former nurse for the Indonesian Red Cross (PMI) on 19 June 1947. This couple was blessed with four children, each named Titing Sulistami (born 29 June 1948), Bambang Sulistomo (born 22 April 1950), Sri Sulistami (born 16 August 1951), and Ratna Sulistami (born 12 November 1958).

Career in Bung Tomo’s Life

1. Youth Career

• Members of the Class I Indonesian Scout Movement (the first for East Java, while the second for all of Indonesia);
• Secretary of the Greater Indonesia Party (Parindra) Branch Branch in Tembok Duku, Surabaya circa 1937;
• Freelance journalist for the Soeara Oemoem Daily in Surabaya in 1937;
• Editor of the People’s Defenders Weekly in Surabaya in 1938;
• Chairman of the Indonesia Raya Youth play group in Surabaya in 1939;
• Journalist and corner writer for the Daily Express in Surabaya in 1939;
• Assistant correspondent for Poestaka Timoer Jogjakarta Magazine for Surabaya under the care of Anjar Asmara in 1940;
• Deputy editor-in-chief of the Indonesian language section of the Domei News Agency for all of East Java in Surabaya in 1942–1945;
• The chief editor of the Antara News Agency in Surabaya in 1945.

2. Career during the Physical Revolution Period 1945–1949

• General Chairman of the Indonesian People’s Rebel Front (BPRI) from 12 October 1945–June 1947 (merged into the Indonesian National Armed Forces);
• Member of the Advisory Board of the Commander in Chief General Sudirman;
• Chairman of the Arms Production Coordinating Board throughout Java and Madura;
• Appointed by President Soekarno as a top member of the Indonesian National Armed Forces (TNI), together with General Sudirman, Lieutenant General Oerip Soemohardjo, Commodore Soerjadarma, and Admiral Nazir. He was given the rank of Major General of the Indonesian Army with the task of coordinating the army, navy and air force in the field of information and war equipment;
• Member of the Joint Staff of the Armed Forces of the Republic of Indonesia;
• The Chairman of the Army Committee in charge of the field of railroads and intercity buses, with the task of coordinating all land transportation equipment in the territory of the Republic of Indonesia (RI) and directly responsible to the Commander in Chief of the TNI;
• Made the first RI military call-in announcement broadcast.

The Central Role of Bung Tomo

The central role of Bung Tomo’s struggle in the Battle of 10 November 1945 began with the arrival of the British and the Dutch on 25 October 1945. The troops who were members of the Rehabilitation of Allied Prisoners of War and Internees (RAPWI) were part of the Allied forces that won the Greater East Asia War over Japan.

The aim of RAPWI is to assist in the rehabilitation of prisoners of war and the presence of internees in disarming the Japanese army. The Allied troops had previously landed in Jakarta on September 15, 1945 or less than a month after the Proclamation of Indonesian Independence was declared by Soekarno-Hatta on August 17, 1945.

The arrival of Allied troops to Surabaya made the city’s atmosphere tense. Friction began to occur with youths and fighters who were determined to defend Indonesia’s independence, including the incident where the Dutch flag was torn at the Yamato Hotel on September 19, 1945.

The incident sparked further polemic. On October 27, 1945, British troops began to occupy government buildings in Surabaya, resulting in a series of conflicts that lasted several days.

On October 29, 1945, President Soekarno came to Surabaya to stop the fighting. Bung Karno’s presence resulted in a ceasefire agreement between the Allies and the fighters in Surabaya on October 30, 1945.

However, it turned out that an incident occurred on the same day and killed the commander of the Allied forces in East Java, namely Brigadier General Aubertin Mallaby. Mallaby’s position was replaced by Major General Robert Mansergh of the British 5th Division Commander.

On 9 November 1945, Mansergh issued an ultimatum to the people of Surabaya. The contents of the ultimatum include:

• All Indonesian leaders in Surabaya must report themselves;
• All weapons owned by the Indonesians in Surabaya must be handed over to the British;
• Indonesian leaders in Surabaya must be willing to sign a statement of unconditional surrender.

However, the warning was not welcomed by the fighters and all walks of life. The next day, November 10, 1945 at 06.00 WIB, no one from the Indonesian side came to surrender.

This of course sparked anger from the Allies, who then bombarded Surabaya. The great war was unavoidable, known as the Battle of November 10, 1945. The city of Surabaya was bombarded by the combined British and Dutch forces. There were also casualties.

However, the battle is remembered as a symbol of the resistance of the Indonesian people against the occupying foreign troops. This event is the date on which Heroes’ Day is celebrated every November 10.

The Battle of Surabaya which took place from late October to late November 1945 is undoubtedly one of the major battles in modern Indonesian history. The battle involved a combination of the People’s Security Army (TKR) and people’s militias on one side and British and Gurkha troops on the other.

One of the important elements behind the persistence of the fighters and the people of Surabaya in surviving is their strong enthusiasm and belief in defending Indonesia’s independence. It is formed by those who are able to invite and mobilize the masses.

The role of the leaders of the people’s struggle in Surabaya can be seen through their very persuasive speeches to mobilize the masses. From the Indonesian government in Surabaya, there were Resident Sudirman and Governor Surio, while from the center of society emerged a central figure, namely a former journalist named Soetomo, who is familiarly called Bung Tomo.

Many people believe that the Battle of 10 November 1945 is an icon of the revolution for Indonesian independence, while Bung Tomo is an icon of the Battle of 10 November 1945.

“Allah is the Greatest! Independent!” are the closing words of his speech that are still often remembered by people.

Indonesian youths working at Japanese radio stationed in Surabaya took over the radio facility shortly after independence was proclaimed. One of the groups that participated was the Leaders of the Indonesian People’s Rebellion (PPRI), led by Bung Tomo.

PPRI intends to broadcast “toontoetan we, the people of Indonesia, especially the initiative to implement the Peace of Indonesia, which is currently being disturbed by NICA and its accomplice”. PPRI has a “revolutie-zender” (revolution transmitter) called Radio Rebellion.

PPRI also asked for support from the international community. To reach a foreign audience, PPRI asked Indonesians who could speak foreign languages ​​to register as PPRI members.

Radio broadcasts of the Bung Tomo Rebellion reached beyond Indonesia, including Thailand and Australia. These broadcasts succeeded in encouraging the international community to put pressure on the Dutch and the British to relax their attacks, and even brought various forms of assistance to the people of Surabaya.

Youth and students were one of Bung Tomo’s main targets. When the battle for Surabaya broke out, he asked the youths of Surabaya not to leave the city. He also asked for additional troops for Surabaya.

His request was answered because not long ago the TKR headquarters in Yogyakarta sent a commander and more than twenty cadets to help the fighters in Surabaya.

Bung Tomo Rebellion Radio also asked for medical support for the victims of the Surabaya battle. This call in the air was greeted by other Republican sympathizers in the form of hundreds of nurses who came voluntarily and a number of doctors. Likewise, when the publisher asked to be supplied with food, in a short time food aid came.

Bung Tomo succeeded in persuading the masses because he understood how to get the people of Surabaya to participate in the battle. His egalitarian attitude or “leadership without hierarchy”, typical Surabaya rhetoric, and his call for takbir were able to capture the aspirations and enthusiasm of the masses, especially youth, Islamic groups and the grassroots.

It is not surprising that in the Battle of November 10, 1945 it was also known as jihad fi sabilillah . The fighting spirit of the Indonesian people has soared with the existence of Bung Tomo’s fatwa.

His speeches often open with the musical tune “Tiger Shark”. This may be aimed at attracting Surabaya’s educated youth who are familiar with Western pop culture.

Besides the cry of “freedom”, the closing of his speech was takbir. This shows that he views the war as having a spiritual meaning, a medium to attract the attention of Muslims throughout East Java.

Bung Tomo “was not a religious fanatic”, but at the same time “thought Islam was very important”. He is not a soldier who carries weapons to fight the enemy. However, his biggest contribution to Indonesia during the battle in Surabaya was seen more as a propagandist in his radio studio, compared to fighting on the street.

Between 1950–1956, Bung Tomo was included in the Cabinet of Prime Minister Burhanuddin Harahap as Minister of State for Former Armed Forces/Veterans, concurrently Minister of Social Affairs (Ad Interim).

Bung Tomo later became a member of the Constituent Assembly representing the Indonesian People’s Party since 1956. He became the people’s representative until the body was disbanded by Sukarno by Presidential Decree 1959.

Sutomo strongly protested Soekarno’s policies, including taking him to court, even though he ultimately lost. As a result, he slowly withdrew from the world of politics and government.

At the beginning of the New Order, Bung Tomo re-emerged as a figure who initially supported Suharto. However, since the early 1970s, he began to criticize Suharto’s programs, including one of the projects to build the Taman Mini Indonesia Indah. As a result, he was arrested and imprisoned for a year on 11 April 1978 on charges of subversive acts.

After getting out of prison, Bung Tomo seemed no longer interested in being vocal with the government and chose to use time with his family to educate his five children.

• 6 Very Inspiring Heroes of Independence
• Biography of Cut Nyak Dien: A Female Hero Feared by the Dutch
• Biography of Ir. Sukarno, the proclaimer of Indonesian independence
• Biography of General Soedirman, the Great General of the TNI
• Pattimura Biography: The Story of Kapitan Pattimura and Maluku
• Biography of WR Supratman, the creator of the song Indonesia Raya

National Hero title

On October 7, 1981, Bung Tomo died in Padang Arafah while performing the pilgrimage. Unlike the tradition of burying pilgrims who died in the holy land, Bung Tomo’s body was brought back to Indonesia.

In accordance with his will, Bung Tomo was not buried at the Heroes Cemetery like other figures, but at the Ngagel Public Cemetery in Surabaya.

Bung Tomo’s name was then officially confirmed as a national hero at the commemoration of Heroes’ Day in 2008 at the Merdeka Palace. At that time, it was his wife who directly received the decree number 041/T/Year 2008 submitted by the President of Indonesia, Susilo Bambang Yudhoyono.

Giving the title of national hero to Bung Tomo, as well as ending the prolonged polemic that had arisen at that time. This appointment was based on pressure from various parties, including GP Ansor and the DPR’s Golkar Party faction.

The proposal to give Bung Tomo the title of national hero was once submitted to the government, but did not receive approval. However, Bung Tomo’s extended family on the other hand also never had a problem with this title.

The Minister of Communication and Informatics (Menkominfo), Mohammad Nuh, explained that there are several procedures that must be passed before a fighting figure gets the title of national hero. Among these procedures were proposed by a group of people to the provincial government, the proposals were then forwarded to the Ministry of Social Affairs.

After arriving at the Ministry of Social Affairs, the proposal is submitted to the team giving the award for national services to be followed up. If deemed fit and according to the requirements, the character will get the title of national hero.

Apart from that, the president on the other hand also has the prerogative to give a title to someone who is considered to have contributed to the nation and state. However, everything still has to go through the procedures and mechanisms that apply.

Well, that’s a brief explanation of Bung Tomo’s Life History and Struggle . Appreciating the services of heroes, like Bung Tomo, is not only by remembering and thanking them in their hearts, but also by emulating their attitudes and actions.

Sinaumed’s can visit sinaumedia’s book collection at www.sinaumedia.com to get references about other heroes, starting from their life background, education, and struggle history.

The following is a recommendation for sinaumedia books that Sinaumed’s can read to learn about the history of the Battle of November 10, 1945 so that they can fully understand it. Happy reading.

Author: Fandy Aprianto Rohman

Book Recommendations & Related Articles

Packaged cooking oil or bulk oil is included in the nine staple foods (sembako) that are often used by
Indonesian people. It is an organic liquid which is insoluble in water but still soluble in
organic solvents.

Usually, the cooking oil used for frying food belongs to the group of oils that will not harden if allowed
to dry in air (non-drying oil). Well, in Indonesia there are two types of non-drying cooking
oil, namely packaged cooking oil and bulk cooking oil.

The second type is more widely used by the public because the price is cheaper, but in terms of quality, it
is still below packaged cooking oil. Therefore, the government banned the sale of bulk cooking
oil directly to consumers in 2015.

Unfortunately, until now there are still those who still use bulk cooking oil for economic reasons or
because they do not know the dangers. So, in this article we will discuss cooking oil further,
including its dangers to the health of the body.

Definition of Bulk Oil

Bulk oil or bulk cooking oil is a product derived from palm oil that is not pure and is sold to consumers in
plastic packaging without a brand or label.

Even though it is only a derivative product, bulk cooking oil has gone through the stages of refining,
bleaching, and deodorizing. However, in terms of quality, it cannot be compared to packaged
oil.

The reason is because in bulk cooking oil there is a higher content of fatty acids which causes this oil to
spoil more easily. According to tempo.co , bulk cooking oil contains:

• Saturated fatty acids: myristic 1% – 5%, pamitic 5% – 15%, and stearic 5% – 10%
• Unsaturated fatty acids: oleic 70% – 80%, linoleic 3% – 11%, palmitoelic 0.8% – 1.4%

If you look at the SNI standard requirements, it seems that bulk cooking oil does not meet the peroxide
number criteria. According to the standard, the maximum peroxide value in good cooking oil is
10 mek.02/kilogram.

Bulk Cooking Oil Manufacturing Process

Bulk cooking oil is produced from used cooking oil with a traditional manufacturing process that is not as
good as premium cooking oil. In the manufacture of bulk cooking oil, the refining process is
only carried out with a pressure of three bars. In fact, ideally it should be done with four
bars because the higher the pressure level, the better the quality of the oil produced.

Then, in order to reduce production costs and reduce selling prices, bulk oil producers only carry out the
process of separating solids and liquids for only ten hours. Meanwhile, premium cooking oil
producers do it for twenty hours.

When used, in plain view the results of frying between bulk cooking oil and premium cooking oil are indeed
similar. However, when viewed from the refining process, the quality and free fatty acids in
bulk cooking oil can make a difference.

In terms of safety, bulk cooking oil is clearly more susceptible to contamination due to the distribution
process which uses tanks, drums, conductors, and plastic bags. The result could be that during
storage, there are insects or rats that enter the storage area. Or it could also be that the
storage area is damaged, rusty, and dirty.

The danger of using bulk cooking oil for
too long

Because bulk cooking oil does not have quality in accordance with the existing standard requirements, it
means that there is no health guarantee in it at all. Here are some risks that might arise if
you consume too much fried food with bulk cooking oil.

Free Radicals in the Body Increase

Research published in the journal of the National Institutes of Health states that bulk cooking oil that
has reached its boiling point can lead to the formation of free radicals in the body.

Too many free radicals can cause oxidative stress to damage cells in the body.

In this study it was also shown that the bodies of mice that consumed bulk oil that had been heated three times
experienced changes in condition and body tissues as well as changes in antioxidant enzymes.

Antioxidants themselves have an important role in the immune system. So if there is a change
it can affect the system. Not enough to stop there, through this study, it was discovered that
there was damage to the colon and liver of the rats that were the subject of the study.

Increases the Risk of Breast Cancer and
Cholesterol

In a study published in the Journal of Chemical Education, Medan State University , it turns out that bulk
oil contains compounds that have carcinogenic properties during the frying process.

In addition, the nutrients, vitamins, minerals and nutrients in bulk cooking oil have apparently undergone
changes that can endanger the health of the body. If used for a long time, bulk oil can cause
various health problems. Such as food poisoning, cholesterol, diabetes, cardiovascular disease,
to breast cancer.

Bulk Cooking Oil Is Vulnerable to Damage

As previously mentioned, the distribution of bulk cooking oil from producers to consumers is done
traditionally using equipment such as conductors, drums, and so on. This method can actually
reduce the quality of bulk oil, you know .

In 2017, Eva Yulia et al conducted a study to see the quality of bulk cooking oil circulating in
traditional markets in the Jabotabek area in closed and open storage. From the results of this
study it was found that:

1. The smell of bulk cooking oil stored using closed and open storage for 2 weeks is still normal.
   However, after entering the third and fourth weeks, the smell turns a bit rancid.
   Well, this slightly rancid smell appears due to contact between oxygen and bulk oil which then
   causes an oxidation process.
2. The color of bulk cooking oil in closed and open storage for 2 weeks was yellow and pale yellow
   (normal). After the third and fourth week, the color changes to yellow-brown.
   The color of the oil can indeed change depending on the carotene pigment dissolved in it.
   If the color turns dark, you can be sure that the oil is damaged and should not be used
   again.
3. The moisture content of bulk cooking oil that is stored in a closed manner is of good quality, while
   oil that is stored openly does not meet national requirements. This is because water has
   ingredients that can trigger the growth of enzyme-producing microbes. These enzymes can
   hydrolyze fat and cause rancidity in oil.
4. In general, the peroxide value of bulk oil that is stored closed meets the requirements, but that
   which is stored openly does not meet the requirements. The peroxide value itself is a value
   that can be used to determine the degree of damage to an oil or grease.

Generally, the peroxide value can increase due to the oxidation process, temperature, and light.
So, because in traditional markets, bulk oil is usually exposed to direct sunlight, so the
temperature is higher. In addition, before being packaged and sold to consumers, the oil is
allowed to open, thereby affecting the temperature.

Characteristics of Good Quality Cooking Oil

From the explanation above, it can be concluded that there are many risks that threaten the health of the
body in bulk cooking oil. This means, you have to be smart in choosing quality oil.

However, what are the characteristics of good quality oil? To find out the quality of good
cooking oil, there are 5 things that you can use as a benchmark, namely color and level of clarity, aroma,
consistency, composition, and smoke point when used. To make it clearer, see the full
explanation below:

Color and Clarity

Actually the first thing you should see when choosing cooking oil is not the brand label on the package,
but the color and level of clarity of the oil. It is recommended to choose oil that is clear,
clean, and not concentrated.

As for the color, choose a brownish yellow but still look bright. Never choose cooking oil
that is dark brown in color because that color indicates that the oil has been used for frying.

Also avoid oils that are too white in color because it is possible that the oil has been mixed with additional
oil lightening chemicals which are harmful to the body.

Aroma

Good quality cooking oil usually has a fresh aroma, not overpowering, and does not smell rancid.
The fresh aroma of cooking oil can indicate the quality and time of production.

If the aroma is not pleasant, it means the oil has been damaged. Usually bulk oil processed
from used cooking oil can be detected by its aroma.

Avoid buying oils that smell rancid or fishy because the quality of the oil is certain to be damaged.
If you eat foods that are fried using oil like this, it is likely that your health problems will be
disturbed.

Consistency

This level of consistency needs to be considered carefully because it relates to quality. Good
quality cooking oil is definitely not thick and rather thick, some of which even looks like water.

Oil that is not too concentrated will not be absorbed into the food during the frying process.
Conversely, if it is too thick, the food will look greasy and if consumed will cause a sore
throat.

In general, the thicker the cooking oil, the quality needs to be questioned because it could be that the
oil has been used many times. In addition, quality oil usually does not freeze easily because
it contains a small amount of saturated fat.

Composition

The easiest way to determine the quality of cooking oil is to look at the composition table on the cooking
oil packaging. Every time you choose cooking oil, try to read carefully what the ingredients
are in it.

Usually, quality cooking oil has several other ingredients such as vitamins and various sources of
nutrition so that the oil becomes more nutritious. Now even many manufacturers are adding omega
6 to their products.

Ideally, the more complete the nutritional value in the oil, the higher the price and the safer it can be
ensured. Even so, you still have to limit its use, okay!

Smoke Point When Used

The smoke point is, in short, the highest temperature that cooking oil can reach before it starts to burn.
After burning, the enzymes and nutrients in the oil will be lost.

If you consume oil that has exceeded its smoke point (burns) for a long time, you will most likely
experience various health problems. Then how to see the smoke point?

Unfortunately, the smoke point can only be seen when you use oil for frying, and the average smoke point for
cooking oil on the market is 230 degrees Celsius.

Usually, it reaches its smoke point after two to three uses, more than that the oil gets hot and smokes
faster. This indicates that the content in it has changed and damaged.

Types of cooking oil that are safe for the
health of the body

Actually, frying is not a recommended cooking method because it can have a bad effect on health.
However, who can resist fried food? Therefore, you can reduce the bad effects of
cooking oil by choosing the type of oil that is safe for your health, including:

Olive oil

Olive oil has long been believed to be an oil that has many benefits. And that is indeed the
case because olive oil contains fatty acids and antioxidants which are very good for the health of the body
and skin.

In the book Benefits of Olive Oil – One Oil, Many Benefits Made Astawan, Tutik Wresdiyati, Nurayla Arnas Nasution
said that olive oil can act as antimicrobial, anticancer, antihypertensive, antidiabetic, anti-aging, even very
good for beauty.

Even consuming two tablespoons of olive oil every day for a week can reduce the oxidation of bad cholesterol
(LDL) and increase antioxidant compounds, especially phenols in the blood.

The smoke point of olive oil is also high and the content of vitamin E and antioxidants in it do not break
down quickly. However, food fried using olive oil will taste strange if you are not used to
it.

Coconut oil

92% of coconut oil is saturated fat so it will be more stable when heated and the fatty acids do not easily
turn into free radicals. However, high saturated fat content like this still needs to be
watched out for.

Because if it is used too often it will increase cholesterol levels in the blood, both bad cholesterol (LDL) and
good cholesterol (HDL).

Avocado oil

Avocado oil is an oil that contains high amounts of monounsaturated fat, so it is more stable when used for
cooking. In addition, the fatty acids will not easily split when heated.

That’s not enough, avocado oil also has a high smoke point and doesn’t break down quickly when heated.
Most importantly, this type of oil can help increase levels of good cholesterol (HDL) and lower
levels of bad cholesterol (LDL).

Canola oil

Canola oil is a cooking oil with a high smoke point and contains a fair amount of monounsaturated fat.
However, its use must be done carefully, because it contains omega 6 fatty acids which are quite
high, if consumed too much will endanger the health of the body.

Mustard oil

The next good cooking oil is palm oil. This oil contains quite a lot of saturated fat oil, so
it is stable when heated and can be used for frying. However, if the amount that enters the
body is too much, it will have a negative impact on health.

Therefore, you should limit the use of palm oil when frying and make sure you eat foods that contain balanced
nutrition.

This is the discussion about bulk oil and the types of cooking oil that are safe for consumption.
If you want to find various kinds of books about nature, then you can get them at
sinaumedia.com . To support Sinaumed’s in adding insight, sinaumedia
always provides quality and original books so that Sinaumed’s has #MoreWithReading
information.

Author: Gilang Oktaviana Putra

Reference:

Eva Yulia, Ade Heri Mulyati, and Farida Nuraeni (2017), Quality of Bulk Cooking Oil in Traditional Markets in the
Jabotabek Area in Various Storage

Building Space – When talking about geometric shapes, the thing that comes to Sinaumed’s’ mind is the cube and square shapes which are also part of the Mathematics subject matter. Yep, these spatial shapes have been introduced to us since childhood , you know , especially when we were still in grade 2 elementary school. That’s why, we often don’t feel foreign and find it easy to guess what types of spatial shapes are around us, because the brain has already processed them. in quite a long time. This material was not immediately finished, because when I was in junior high school (SMP) I also studied it. Even now, exam questions for CPNS also use this geometric material, of course at the C3 question levelyes…

Then, build that space what is it? What are the other types of geometric shapes other than cubes and squares? What are the properties and formulas for calculating the types of geometric shapes? So, so that Sinaumed’s doesn’t feel confused for a long time, let’s look at the following review!

What is Build Space?

Since the geometry material is included in Mathematics, specifically in the Geometry chapter, then of course there will be formulas and their completion processes. Just a little trivia , the reason why the Geometry chapter is taught from an early age is because some of the indicators can be found in everyday life, as well as real examples of objects.

Geometry which is part of Mathematics as a whole discusses how the shape and size of an object with a certain regularity. When introduced to students at the elementary school education level, it is only limited to knowing how a ball and what is not a ball are; what is the shape of a triangle and what is not a triangle; what is the shape of the tube and what is not the tube; and others. Then, in the following classes, the material will be further developed by starting to draw spatial shapes to calculating volume using formulas.

Basically, this geometric shape is a 3-dimensional shape that has volume. According to Sri Subarinah (2006), a spatial shape is a 3-dimensional geometric shape with boundaries in the form of flat planes and curved planes. Meanwhile, according to Sumanto et al (2008), argues that a spatial shape must have certain characteristics, starting from the presence of sides, edges, and vertices.

It should be noted that these sides, edges, and vertices are generally only owned by geometric shapes with 3 dimensions, right? The sides (planes) are part of the geometric shape that separates the inside and outside. Then, the edge is the meeting line between the two sides of the geometric shape. Furthermore, there is a corner point which is usually at the end or corner of this geometric shape which is the meeting point between the three ribs. So, based on these definitions, it can be concluded that,

“A spatial shape is a three-dimensional geometric shape that has certain properties, namely the presence of sides (planes), ribs, and vertices.”

Of course, this spatial structure has various types, not just cubes and blocks. The division of the types of geometric shapes is based on the shape of the plane, whether flat or curved. But usually, learning these types of geometric shapes does not apply to flat planes and curved planes, so students are only asked to “memorize” them. When in fact, it would be easier if you divide it on the shape of the field.

In a flat plane shape, there are 4 types of shapes, starting from cubes, blocks, prisms, and pyramids. Meanwhile, in curved plane shapes there are 3 types of shapes namely cylinders, cones, and spheres. Examples of these types of geometric shapes can be easily found around us. For example, the shape of the cube is dice and Rubik’s toy. Then, an example of a block shape is a jenga toy cardboard box. Meanwhile, an example of a cone shape is a birthday hat and an ice cream cone .

Building Space Parts

1. Side (Field)

The alias side of this field becomes a field in the geometric shape that separates the inside from the outside. This side has 2 forms, namely the flat side and the curved side.

2. Ribs

Namely a line segment formed by the intersection of two facets that meet. Ribs can be straight lines or curved lines. Ribs that lie on one side of the plane and do not intersect each other are called parallel edges. Then, ribs that intersect but are not on one side of the plane are called crossed edges.

3. Corner Point

Namely the meeting point between three or more ribs in a geometric shape.

4. Diagonal Side

Namely a line segment that connects two vertices that lie on different edges on one side of the plane.

5. Diagonal Space

Namely the area of ​​the line that connects two corner points, each of which is located on the top side and the base side.

6. Diagonal Field

Namely the field that is bounded by the presence of 2 pieces of diagonal side and opposite. Usually found in cubical and rectangular shapes.

7 Types of Building Spaces and Their Formulas and Properties

Build a Flat Side Room

1. Cube

Properties of the Cube

• Has 6 sides: abcd, adeh, bcfg, cdgh, and efgh.
• Has 12 ribs.

Base ribs: ab, bc, cd, and ad.

Top rib: ef, fg, gh, and eh.

Straight ribs: ae, bf, cg, and dh.

• Has 8 vertices: a with g; b with h; c with e; d with f.
• It has 12 diagonal sides: ac and bd; eg and fh; af and b; ch and dg; bg and cf; ah and de.
• There are 4 space diagonals: ag and ce; bh and df.
• There are 6 diagonals: abgh, acge, adgf, bche, bdhf, and cdef.
• The sides of the plane must be square with the same size.

Examples of Cube Nets

The cube shape has more than four grid patterns. Well, here is an example of a grid pattern on a cube!

Formulas and Example Questions

Surface Area of ​​a Cube = 6 x S² Circumference of Cube = 12 x S Volume of Cube = Area of ​​base x height = S² x S = Sз

1. It is known that a cube has a side of 10 cm. What is the total volume of the cube?

Answer: 

Given: side = 10 cm

Wanted: volume of a cube

Solution : Sз = 10 x 10 x 10 = 1,000 cmз

So, the volume of the cube is 1000 cmз

2. Blocks

Beam Properties

• Has 6 sides: ABCD, EFGH, BCFG, ADEH, ABEF, CDGH.
• Has 12 ribs: (AB, EF, CD, GH) (BC, AD, EH, FG) (AE, BF, CG, DH)
• It has 8 vertices: A, B, C, D, E, F, G, and H.
• Has 12 diagonal faces: (AC, BD, EG, FH) (AF, BE, DG, CH) (AH, DE, BG, CF), which is AC ≠ AF ≠ AH
• There are 4 space diagonals: AG, BH, CE, DF
• There are 6 diagonal planes: ACGE and BDHF, AFGD and BEHC, BGHA and DFED.
• The sides of the plane are rectangular.

Examples of Beam Nets

The block room shape has more than four grid patterns. Well, here’s an example of a net shape pattern on a beam!

Formulas and Example Questions

Block Surface Area = 2 x {(pxl) + (pxt) + (lxt)} Block Volume = (pxlxt)

1. A cuboid has a length of 7 cm, a width of 4 cm and a height of 5 cm. Calculate the volume of the block!

Answer: 

Given: length = 7 cm, width = 4 cm, height = 5 cm

Wanted: the volume of the block

Completion

Block volume = (pxlxt)

= ( 7 x 4 x 5) = 140 cm3

So, the volume of the block is 140 cm3.

3. Prism

Basically, this prism becomes a geometric shape bounded by two parallel planes (the base plane and the top plane), while the other planes intersect according to the parallel edges. These other planes are called vertical planes. Then, the distance between the two planes (the base plane and the top plane) is called the height of the prism. According to Sa’dijah (1998), this prism is a polyhedron with two sides facing each other.

Prism Types

If seen from how the shape of the base field, the prism can be divided into 3 types, viz.

1. A triangular prism, which is a triangular prism.
2. Quadrilateral prisms and so on, ie those whose base is rectangular or so on (pentagon, hexagon, etc.)
3. Parallelepipedal prism, namely the base plane in the form of a parallelogram.

Examples of Prism Nets

Since there are many types of prisms depending on the shape of the base, the following examples of nets are triangular prisms.

Prism properties

• It has a base plane and a top plane that are parallel in shape and congruent.
• It has a parallelogram-shaped side plane.
• All the ribs are parallel and the same length.
• All the diagonals are parallelograms.
• In an n-sided prism, the number of diagonal fields is n/2 (n-3)
• In an n-sided prism, the number of space diagonals is n(n-3)

Formulas and Example Questions

Area of ​​the sheath of a regular n-sided prism = (surrounding the base of the n-sided) x (length of the vertical edge) Prism Surface Area = (base area + casing area + base area) 2 Prism volume = block volume (pxlxt) Prism volume = base area x height

1. There is a pentagonal prism with a base area of ​​50 cm and a height of 15 cm. What is the volume of the prism?

Answer:

Given: area of ​​base = 50 cm, height = 15 cm

Wanted: prism volume

Completion

Prism volume = base area x height

= 50 cm x 15 cm = 750 cm

So, the volume of the pentagonal prism is 750 cm.

4. Limas

A pyramid is a geometric shape that is bounded by the existence of a (n) side and several triangles with common vertices outside the plane of the (n) side. Well, consider the following example of a pyramid image! The red lines in the middle (t) are called the height of the pyramid, while the T point above is called the peak point.

Almost the same as a prism, this pyramid also has several types based on the shape of its base. Especially in triangular pyramids, because the upright sides are triangular, the pyramid does not have an upper side, but has a vertex. The main elements that are owned by pyramids are the corner points, edges, and contents.

Types of Limas

1. Arbitrary pyramid, namely a pyramid whose base is in the form of an arbitrary n-sided shape and the vertex is also arbitrary.
2. Regular pyramid, which is a type of pyramid whose base is in the form of a regular n-sided shape. The projection at the apex coincides with the center of the base plane.

Properties of Regular Plumes

• In a regular n-sided pyramid, the base will be a regular n-sided. Then, all the uprights are the same length, with all the perpendiculars congruent, and all the apothemes are the same length. It should be noted that the apothem is the distance between the apex and the base.
• Has a pyramid height which is the distance from the apex to the projection which is located at the base of the pyramid.
• It has the apex of the pyramid, with the meeting point of the vertical side planes in the shape of a triangle.

Consider the example of a rectangular pyramid and the following description of its properties!

Has 5 vertices = A, B, C, D, and T Has 5 sides = 1 base (ABCD) and 4 upright (TAB, TBC, TCD, TAD) Has 4 base ribs = (AB, BC, CD, DA) Has 4 upright ribs = (AT, BT, CT, DT)

Examples of Limas Nets

Sinaumed’s must have understood that there are several types of pyramids depending on the shape of the base. That is why the nets can also be different from one another. Well, here is an example of a rectangular pyramid net.

Limas Formula

Surface Area = area of ​​the base + sum of the area of ​​the perpendiculars Limas volume = ⅓ x base area x height

Build a Curved Side Room

1. Tube

Examples of cylindrical objects around us are drink cans and pipes. Soenarjo (2008), argues that this cylindrical shape has the same circle at the top and bottom. Then, according to Soewito, et al (1992) also stated that this tube has a simple closed surface whose boundaries are also part of the tube itself and the base is a circle. Yep, a cylindrical shape is seen as a special prism with a circular base.

Tube properties

• It has 3 sides, namely the top side, the base side, and the tube blanket.
• It has no vertices because its shape is a circle.
• The top and bottom planes, which are circular in shape, must have the same size.
• There is a curved side called a tube blanket.
• There is a tube height which is the distance between the top plane and the base plane.
• Has 2 curved ribs.

Tube Nets

If Sinaumed’s looks at the following figure, it will be clear that the tube net is composed of a rectangle and two circles.

The formula for calculating tubes

Cylinder Volume = πr²t Surface Area = 2π xrxt + 2π x r²

2. Cones

Examples of objects in the shape of a cone shape are birthday hats, ice cream cones, oil cones, and many others. Sumanto, et al (2008) stated that this cone is bounded by a circular base and a curved side. This curved side is in the form of a blanket that is conical towards the top, the higher it is, the smaller or sharper it is.

Cone Properties

• Circular pedestal.
• It has 2 sides, namely the circle below and the curved plane (cone blanket).
• There is a conical blanket in the form of a curved side.
• Has 1 curved rib.
• Has a high point.
• There is a cone height which is the distance from the apex to the base.

Cone Nets

If you pay attention, these conical nets look like pizza slices and are small round shapes …

Cone Calculating Formulas

Cone Volume = ⅓ x π xrxrxt Cone Surface Area = π xrx (r + S)

3. Ball

The existence of this curved side shape must have often been encountered by Sinaumed’s around the neighborhood, even with the same name. Yep, this spherical shape also includes three-dimensional shapes that are part of Geometry.

Ball Properties

• It only has 1 side, which is a collection of points equidistant from the center of the ball. This side of the ball is also called a ball blanket.
• Has no ribs.
• Has a ball radius that connects the center point of the ball to the surface point. The radius of this ball is written as an “r”.
• The diameter is twice the radius of the ball.
• Has a spherical chord in the form of a line space that connects 2 points on the ball.

Ball Counting Formula

Surface Area of ​​Ball = 4 x π x r2 Sphere Volume = (4/3) x π x r3

Also Read!

• The Inventor of Mathematics and His Complete Biography
• Understanding Ratio and Its Use in Mathematics and Accounting
• Understanding Associative Properties in Mathematical Counting Operations
• List of Most Often Used Mathematical Formulas
• Definition, Questions and Discussion, and History of Infinite Limits
• Square Circumference Formula with Questions and Discussion
• Definition, Concept, and Properties of Inverse Matrix
• Definition and Steps to Determine Rotational Symmetry of Various Flat Shapes
• Definition and Properties of Multiplication Matrix
• Definition of Variables, Constants, and Tribes
• Definition, Properties, Functions, and Logarithmic Formulas
• How to Solve Equations with the Distributive
• The Concept of Limits of Algebraic Functions
• History of the Pythagorean Theorem

The Budi Utomo organization is one of the witnesses to the struggle of the Indonesian people. What is the Budi Utomo organization? This article will discuss the learning background, goals and founders of the Budi Utomo organization.

Budi Utomo Organizational Background

The background for the formation of the Budi Utomo organization came from Dr. Wahidin Sudirohusodo. He is a Javanese doctor who comes from Surakarta. He was a person who used to actively propagate the founding ideals of the organization.

He wanted the Java region to have an association aimed at advancing education. In addition, the purpose of the association is to finance children who cannot go to school but have the potential and will. This idea was welcomed by students from STOVIA, Batavia, especially by Soeradji, Gondwana and Soetomo.

After going through a series of discussions, on May 20, 1908, an association was founded. The association was named Budi Utomo. There are nine people who were included in the founding figure of Budi Utomo’s organization.

However, along the way, many figures joined the Budi Utomo organization. Such as Soewardi Soerjaningrat (Ki Hajar Dewantara), Tjipto Mangoenkoesoemo, Tirto Adhi Soerjo, Raden Adipati Tirtokoesoemo, Prince Noto Dirodjo and so on.

The Budi Utomo organization played an important role in starting the era of the national movement at that time. This was before the emergence of several other organizations. Budi Utomo’s organization ended in 1935, after this association merged into the Great Indonesia Party or Parindra led by Soetomo.

The Founding Figure of the Budi Utomo Organization

Budi Utomo is an organization at the beginning of the movement that occurred in Indonesia. Budi Utomo is the first modern organization established in Indonesia. The founder of the Budi Utomo organization was founded by students from STOVIA or School tot Opleiding van Inlandsche Artsen.

Budi Utomo’s organization has become a forum for struggle. The goal is to free people from existing misery. This organization was founded by 9 figures.

The 9 figures include Soetomo, Mochammad Saleh, Mohammad Soelaiman, Goenawan Mangoenkoesoemo, Gondo Soewarno, R. Angka Prodjosoedirdjo, Mas Goembrek, Soewarno and Soeradji Tirtonegoro.

1. Soetomo

After that, Soetomo founded an association. The name of the association is Budi Utomo. Apart from being an association, Budi Utomo is used as a student organization.

The reason is, at that time the Netherlands strictly prohibited all kinds of political organizations. That is why Budi Utomo was made a student organization. After graduating from STOVIA in 1911, Soetomo continued to work as a doctor who had to move places when on duty.

Apart from Budi Utomo’s organization, Soetomo also founded other organizations. The organization is ISC or Indonesische Studie Club. The organization gave birth to weaving schools, cooperatives, credit banks and so on.

Soetomo later died on May 30, 1938. He died at the age of 50 because he was too busy with various organizational activities. As a result, his physical condition continued to succumb and he died.

2. Muhammad Saleh

“Loyal and quiet”, was Soetomo’s impression of Mochammad Saleh. Mochammad Saleh is a person who always works according to what is decided by the meeting. He manages household affairs in an orderly manner.

This makes the work of Budi Utomo’s organization always right and advanced. “People don’t know the hardships that are in our way.” Soetomo said that sentence.

Mochammad Saleh is someone who always works class. However, always remain gentle. Both in his behavior and in his sweet speech.

Mochammad Saleh devoted himself to working as a private doctor in the Probolinggo area. The temperament that has been attached to him that makes him have a big influence. It is also the reason he is loved by the people around him. Mochammad Saleh died on March 2, 1952, when he was 63 years old.

3. Mohammad Soelaiman

His father often preached from one village to another, all the way to the Banyumas area. His father died when Soelaiman was still small. This made him live with his two younger siblings under the care of his mother.

The simple outlook on life is firmly embedded in Soelaiman’s soul. Soelaiman is a person who respects others and respects his elders and each other. That’s what makes him close to various circles.

Soelaiman graduated from ELS or Europeesche Lagere School at the age of 16. He realized that the confines of colonial society could only be penetrated by improving the quality of the Javanese people. This quality improvement is obtained from education.

Based on that, he was determined to enter STOVIA or School Tot Opleiding van Indlansche Artsen on March 1, 1903. He left Purworejo and entered Weltevreden, Batavia. He is known as someone who is very intelligent, even nicknamed en lopende wordenboek or a walking dictionary.

Soelaiman was also often involved in discussions about nationalism and the turmoil of a movement. That is what made him listed as one of the founders of the Budi Utomo organization as deputy chairman. When the first congress of the Budi Utomo organization was held from 3 to 5 October 1908 in Yogyakarta, Soelaiman also attended and participated.

4. Goenawan Mangoenkoesoemo

He is considered very consistent in his stance. In fact, he became the mover and motivator of the Budi Utomo organization. In organizational activities, Goenawan has a good character and sense of language.

This is one of the reasons why Budi Utomo’s organization is well appreciated. Both with friends and foes. Goenawan is known as a figure who loves freedom and justice. The similarities in spirit, vision, political views and explanations were always in line with and compatible with the views of his best friend, namely Soetomo. Everyone has acknowledged that Goenawan has the ability to convince people of the ideas and opinions given by him. All the ideas, opinions and ideas that he worked on for the betterment of the Budi Utomo organization.

5 . Gondo Soewarno

At the beginning of the establishment of the Budi Utomo organization, Soewarno got a position as temporary secretary in the Budi Utomo organization. He issued two statements about the Budi Utomo organization. However, none of them has a date when the statement was issued.

The first statement, which is entitled “Progress for the Indies”. It appeared in the Dutch newspaper, Bataviaasch Nieuwsblad. The statement was released in the newspapers on July 17, 1908.

Then it was followed in the newspaper De Locomotief, on July 24, 1908. The second statement from Soewarno was entitled “Circular Letter”, this was published in the Dutch weekly Java Bode, on September 7, 1908. The statement came out on the steps; Sept. 5, 1908.

Soewarno is a figure who is known to be quiet. Even more reserved than Soerdji and Mochammad Saleh. However, behind his quiet nature is stored his great power as a thinker.

Soewarno was proficient in writing and speaking Dutch. His main expertise is in the arts. The various skills he has are of course useful for Budi Utomo’s organization.

6. R. Figures Prodjosoedirdjo

Then Doctor Angka attended HIS or Holland Indische School for seven years. During school time, he got a good achievement. This made him continue his studies at the Hoogere Burger School or HBS, for about 5 years.

After that he continued his education as a native doctor at the School Tot Opleiding van Indlansche Artsen or STOVIA. Doctor Angka has always devoted himself as an educator and a people’s doctor.

In 1967 Doctor Angka then took the time to write silat about the establishment of the Budi Utomo organization. He wrote a letter to answer the letter from Prof. Sardjito who said that the Budi Utomo organization was founded by students from STOVIA, according to the incident he witnessed on May 20, 1908.

Doctor Angke died in Purwokerto, in 1975. At that time he died at the age of 88 years. Then he was buried in the family Pesarean.

7. Mas Goembrek

The sixth Wuku commonly called Gumbreg. Goembrek spent his childhood clearing out schools in the Kebumen area. He also followed his father who was appointed as Wedana of Kebumen in 1886 – 1897. He attended the Europeesche Lagere School located in the capital of the Residency of Purworejo, at that time he was boarding at his uncle, who was the Regent of Purworejo RMT Tjokronegoro III.

Then in 1901 Goembrek completed his education at ELS. At that time, his father wanted Goembrek to become a praja commander. This was because at that time, medical education was not a special thing for the parents of the Pangreh Praja circle.

There are other things that make medical education not much in demand. Such as geographical location which is quite far away, high school and boarding fees, and uncertainty about the future success of a doctor. Things like that became Gombrek’s father’s consideration.

It’s different from being the Pangreh Praja. Only by taking the klein ambtenaar or lowly employee exam. At that time, the children and grandchildren of the regent’s descendants and their social status will be guaranteed.

However, Gombrek still joined STOVIA in 1900. While at STOVIA Goembrek felt that there was an orthodoxy system of succession of regents based on heredity. Through this, he then joined the Soetomo group which entered STOVIA the following year.

They discussed state and national issues with each other. Gombrek played an important role in approaching the district heads. This was done to support the Boedi Oetomo organization.

8. M. Soewarno

While studying at STOVIA, M. Soewarno was active in a movement. He did it together with his fellow students at the native medical school at that time. Then he was one of the founders of the Budi Utomo organization.

Among other friends, M. Soewarno is a class of students who entered earlier. Within the management of the Budi Utomo organization, M. Soewarno’s name was listed as a commissioner or general assistant. He served with other commissioners, such as Soeradji, Mochammad Saleh and Goembrek.

9. Soeradji Tirtonegoro

The people in question are the Bumiputera people who can only use Javanese for their daily lives. Soeradji was the one who suggested two names for his association. The first name that was proposed was Eko Projo.

The second name that was proposed was Budi Utomo. After that, Soetomo chose the name Budi Utomo for the name of his organization. One of the figures in the Budi Utomo organization was born in 1887, in the village of Uteran, Ponorogo Regency.

Soeradji’s father was Tirtodarmo, he was a retired head teacher at the People’s School. Just like Soetomo, Soeradji managed to become a doctor. After that he participated in the struggle for Indonesian independence.

In addition, he is a person who cares about things that smell of humanity. On September 17, 1946, he founded an organization. The organization is called the Indonesian Red Cross or PMI.

The Indonesian Red Cross was founded in the Klaten area, Central Java. Thanks to his services and dedication to the people, Soeradji earned a title. The title is Raden Tumenggung Tirtonegoro. Then he died on December 13, 1959, and was buried in Mlati, Yogyakarta.

Budi Utomo’s Organizational Goals

The Budi Utomo organization held its first congress in October 1908, in Yogyakarta. The purpose of establishing the Budi Utomo organization was sparked in this first congress. the goal is to live life as a respectable nation. The focus of this organization’s movement is in the fields of teaching, education, and culture.

That is a complete review of Budi Utomo’s organization. Find more information at www.sinaumedia.com. sinaumedia as #FriendsWithoutLimits always presents interesting articles and recommendations for the best books for Sinaumed’s.

Author: Wida Kurniasih

Source: from various sources

• • What is the Relationship between Spices and Colonization in Indonesia?
  • Purpose of Rengasdengklok: Chronology and Important Figures
  • Definition of Periodization: Purpose, Types and Influencing Factors
  • Definition of Chivalry Theory & Inventor of Chivalry Theory
  • Persian Theory as the History of the Entry of Islam in Indonesia

sinaumedia Literacy – In general, moss plants can grow easily in wet and humid places. Moss plants are autotrophic because they have cells with plastids that produce chlorophyll. The body of the moss is covered by a waxy cuticle which can reduce excessive evaporation on its body, thus allowing it to adapt in an environment that is not too wet. Moss plants are classified as spore-forming cormophytes, because these plants produce spores as a breeding tool. Check out a more complete explanation of the following bryophytes, Sinaumed’s!

DEFINITION OF MOSS PLANTS (BRYOPHYTA)

Mosses have plastid cells that can produce chlorophyll A and B, so they can make their own food and are autotrophic. Mosses belong to the kingdom plantae, which includes all organisms that are multicellular and differentiated, eukaryotic, with cellulose cell walls. Organisms belonging to these plantae are almost entirely autotrophic (can make their own food) with the help of sunlight during the photosynthesis process. There are several structures in mosses, including:

• Columera, is a network that cannot be involved in the formation of spores.
• Setae (stem)
• The apophysis is widened at the tip and can be equipped with a spore box at the transition.
• The vaginula is a root covered with remnants of the archegonium wall.
• Caliptra (cap) which can originate from an upper archegonium wall to become the hood of the spore box.

CHARACTERISTICS OF MOSS PLANTS (BRYOPHYTA)

Moss plants undergo alternation of generations (metagenesis). In this process of metagenesis, mosses experience two phases of life, namely the gametophyte (haploid) phase and the sporophyte (diploid) phase. Mosses live in colonies. Not vascular because it has no true leaves, stems, or roots. Its habitat is in places that are damp and protected from sunlight such as forest floors, tree trunks, walls, and wells. There are also those that live in wet places and are able to live in water like spaghnum. Moss plants have several characteristics, including the following:

• The cells that make up the body have cell walls composed of cellulose. Multicellular. Does not have vessels like xylem and phloem.
• Water enters the body of the moss by imbibition, while the results of photosynthesis are distributed by diffusion, capillary action, and by cytoplasmic flow.
• The cell wall consists of cellulose.
• Experiencing metagenesis
• Is a transition between Thallophyta and Cormophyta
• The outer surface of the body is covered with a waxy coating which is useful for holding back water ingress and reducing evaporation.
• The root is a pseudo root (rhizoid) which consists of several layers of parenchyma cells and is shaped like hair/threads. The root also serves to attach the moss.
• The zygote develops into an embryo and remains in the gametangium of the female. Sperm are produced by antheridia and ova by archegonia.

Stems and leaves have a different arrangement, namely:

• Small in size and rarely reaches 15 cm
• A layer of skin cells, some of which form epidermal rhizoids, rhizoids that look like threads that function as roots and absorb food from water and mineral salts
• The inner skin layer is composed of the cortex, a central cylinder consisting of elongated supporting cells or parenchyma, not containing xylem and phloem
• The central cylinder consists of parenchyma cells which are useful for transporting water and mineral salts.
• Growth in moss is elongated
• The gametangium arrangement (archegonium or antheridium) is typical, often found in ferns (pteridophyta), especially the archegonium. Archegonium is the female gamete which is shaped like a bottle and contains ovum cells, while the antheridium is the male gamete which is round in shape and contains spermatozoid cells.
• The leaves are one layer of cells thick, except for the midrib, which is more than one layer. Leaf cells are small, contain chloroplasts arranged like a net and are narrow and elongated

In studying the stems and leaves of other plants as well as other aspects of plants, the book Plant Anatomy is the right choice because it discusses various aspects of plant composition in a clear and concise manner.

The sporophyte (sporogonium) consists of:

• Seta or tank
• Vaginula, ie feet covered with archegonium walls
• The apophysis, that is, the dilated end of the seta or cistern, is the transition between the seta and the spore box
• Kaliptra or hood, which originates from the upper archegonium wall and will become the spore box cap
• Columella, tissue that does not take part in spore formation
• The reproductive system is metagenic, namely reproduction alternates between sexual (gametophyte) and asexual (sporophyte). Sexual reproduction forms male and female gametes within the gametophyte, whereas asexual reproduction by haploid spores forms within the sporophyte.

In studying the characteristics, structure, and anatomy of plants. You can make the book Plant Anatomy by Sri Mulyani ES as a reference where it discusses the organs that make up plants, namely roots, stems, leaves and flowers.

LIFE CYCLE OF MOSS PLANTS (BRYOPHYTA)

The life cycle of a moss plant is metagenic, as it alternates between sexual and asexual reproduction. Initially the sporophyte produces spores which will become protonema, from this protonema the gametophyte is formed. This gametophyte generation has a single chromosome cell called haploid (n) and this gametophyte produces gametangium (reproductive organs) called antheridium in males and archegonium in females. Gametangia are protected by special leaves (bract).

The antheredium is round and produces flagellated sperm (anterezoid and spermatozoid), while the archegonium is shaped like a bottle which has a wide part called the stomach and a narrow part called the neck. Fertilization of the egg by anterzoid produces a zygote with two chromosome cells or is called diploid (2n).

This zygote is the beginning of the sporophyte again. Then the zygote divides into an adult sporophyte which already has legs to attach to the gametophyte, seta, and capsule at the ends. This capsule is where spores are produced through the phases of meiosis. After the spores are ripe and removed from the capsule, then the moss life cycle repeats again from the beginning.

CLASSIFICATION OF MOSS PLANTS (BRYOPHYTA)

Moss plants (bryophyta) are divided into three classes, namely mosses (bryophyta), liverworts (hepaticophyta), and hornworts (anthocerotophyta).

LEAF MOSS (Bryopsida)

Moss is a type of plant that is often found in humid areas. In general, one individual moss produces a different type of gamete so that it can be distinguished which is the male individual, which is the female individual.

However, there are also mosses that produce male gametes (anteridium) and female gametes (archegonium) in one individual. In the sporophyte phase, moss plants will produce spores as a means of reproduction. If the moss spores reach a suitable environment, they will grow into protonema. This protonema eventually grows into a new moss plant. Examples of moss plant species are Polytrichum juniperinum, Pogonatum cirratum, and Aerobryopsis longissima.

Bryophyta has a total of approximately 10,000 species of mosses which are divided into three orders, namely Bryales, Sphagnales, and Andreales. Mosses are easier to identify because they are often found in slightly open places. Mosses can grow on barren soils that periodically experience drought, on moving sand, among grasses, on rocks, tree trunks, in swamps, and a little in water.

Most of these mosses grow in swamps which form clumps or pads which from year to year appear to be expanding, while the lower part that is in the dead water turns into peat which forms peat soil. This type of soil is useful for loosening the medium in potted plants and can be used as fuel. Because the habitat is very wide, the body also has a variety of structures. The following are the characteristics of moss leaves:

• The gametophyte thallus cannot be distinguished between leaf and stem structures
• The gametophyte talus has radial symmetry
• Archegonium and antheridia form at the tips of the gametophytes between the leaves, and then grow sporangia
• The sporophyte thallus is a sporangium that rests on the stem end of the gametophyte thallus
• Gametophytes grow upright or creep
• Develops from protonema
• It has multicellular leaves, stems and rhizoids
• The leaves consist of only one layer of cells with a central rib, arranged in a circle or spiral
• The archegonium is attached to the top of the capsule and forms the calypra
• The lower capsule has stomata and is photosynthetic
• No elaters were found, the capsule had a columella, broken with peristome teeth
• During capsule development, the stalks (seta) slowly increase in length.

HEPATICOPHYTA

Liverworts or Hepaticopsida have a body shape like a sheet with many indentations and resembles the shape of a heart. Because of its shape, liverworts were once thought to help treat liver disease. Liverworts have a body with root, stem and leaf structures, so they are often considered a transitional group from Thallophyta to Cormophyta plants. Moss Liver habitat is on moist mineral soil on mountain slopes or on hills. This moss can also grow on a dense forest floor.

Liverworts are not ideal for growing on peat soils which are acidic and have few nutrients. There are exceptions to the genus Plagiochila sp which can be found growing in peat swamp forests. Examples of liverworts Riccardia chamaedryfolia Pellia endivifolia Scapania nemorosa Jungermannia sp. Haplomitrium sp. Marchantia polymorpha Monoclea forsterii Sphaerocarpos texanus. The following are the characteristics of Sinaumed’s’ liverworts:

• The gametophyte thallus cannot be distinguished between leaf and stem structures, while the roots are rhizoids
• The gametophyte talus is dorsiventrally flattened
• On the dorsal surface of the gametophyte are formed archegonium and antheridia which are shaped like an umbrella
• The sporophyte talus is very small, so it is almost invisible.

HORN MOSS (Anthoceropsida)

Hornworts or Anthoceropsida have long, pointed sporophytes that can grow up to 5 cm in height. The hornwort sporophyte consists only of sporangia and has no setae. Mature spores are released by the sporangium which breaks or opens, starting from the tip of the horn. Gametophytes, which generally have a diameter of 1-2 cm grow horizontally and are sometimes attached by multiple sporophytes.

Hornworts are often the first species to colonize an open, moist area. Hornwort (Anthoceropsida) habitat is on hills or on mountain slopes on moist mineral soils. Hornwort is not good at growing in areas that are acidic and have few nutrients, for example peat soil. Many hornworts live on the shores of lakes, ditches, and rivers. Features of Hornwort:

• The roots are still rhizoids, the gametophyte thallus cannot be distinguished between leaf and stem structures
• The gametophyte talus is dorsiventrally flattened
• Creation of gametangia (antheridia and archegonia) on the dorsal surface of the gametophyte talus
• The sporophyte talus resembles the shape of a slender (small) horn or needle, and its growth occurs due to the division of the ground cells in the leg region.
• The body structure of the hornwort is in the form of a thallus, but the sporophyte is in the form of an elongated capsule. Hornworts have cells that only consist of one chloroplast.

In distinguishing the life cycle of mosses, the cells and tissues in them are one of the factors. In studying tissue in plants, the Textbook of Plant Tissue Culture can be used as a reference by Sinaumed’s.

ROLE OF MOSS PLANTS (BRYOPHYTA)

Several species of moss plants have an important role in human life, including:

• Prevent soil erosion: Soil erosion can also be prevented by the presence of moss. The good water-absorbing properties of moss help the soil to maintain its density and not easily erode.
• Reducing the danger of flooding: Moss also plays a role in preventing floods, because rainwater that falls is well absorbed by moss plants.
• Increase water sources: The benefits of moss plants are also felt when the dry season comes. This season, which has the potential to become a drought, poses a threat to the lack of water availability for humans. Moss helps to overcome this, because moss speeds up the process of absorbing water during droughts so that it is able to maintain the availability of groundwater or well water.
• Supplying oxygen: Moss is also part of the plant that has a green substance. Like other plants, mosses also carry out photosynthesis. One of the results of photosynthesis is to produce the benefits of oxygen for humans.
• As an ingredient for making skin medicine, this was the first time this was done in China, where in ancient times Chinese people used moss to make traditional concoctions to treat skin diseases.
• Materials for making eye medicines; Moss has good properties that can be used as an antibacterial. This property is used by the medical world to treat several eye diseases.
• As a cure for hepatitis: Not only for the eyes, diseases that attack the liver such as hepatitis can also be treated with drugs made from the type of moss marchantia polymorpha.
• As an antiseptic drug: Moss is also used as an antiseptic substance that helps kill germs. Antiseptic substances are often found in the manufacture of health soaps and also mouthwash mouthwash. To make an antiseptic substance, you need a moss of the frullania tamaricis type.
• Medicine for heart disease: Cratoneuron moss can be processed into a drug that can normalize heart rate.
• Pneumonia medicine: Moss does play an important role in the medical world. Not only eyes, skin, liver, to the heart. Moss is also useful in making medicine for pneumonia.
• Treating burns and external injuries: Have had burns or external injuries from falling or being scratched by a sharp object. For the Chinese people, when they experienced something similar, they used moss to overcome it. Now the medical world is making it more sterile, the antiseptic properties of the canocphalum type moss are used to treat burns and external wounds.
• Anesthesia is needed in the medical world, especially for surgery. The anesthetic used by medical professionals is also made from moss with the type of rhodobryum giganteum.
• Medication for Hypertension: This type of liverwort is not only used as an anesthetic, it is also used as a medicine for high blood pressure. The sedative properties of moss can be used as a medicine to control blood pressure.
• Overcome snake venom: Moss can also remove snake venom. The moss used is marchantia polymorpha.

In studying the benefits of other plants, as well as the structure and function of the tissues in them, the book Structure & Function of Tissues in Plants is here to explain the ins and outs of plants in depth.

Thus the Definition, Characteristics, Life Cycle, Classification and Benefits of Moss Plants (Bryophytes) in Everyday Life. Hopefully useful Sinaumed’s!

On the Edutore Youtube Channel, various topics are discussed, ranging from unique general knowledge such as “Why are the brake lights red”, learning English with Captain J, to studying with Edutore which contains discussions of questions such as synonyms, antonyms and other CPNS questions. Check the YouTube account directly, click here .

Levels of Brand Loyalty – Hi, Sinaumed’s, this time we will discuss about brand loyalty . Is that brand loyalty ? Brand loyalty is often referred to as brand loyalty. This means a concept that describes the loyal attitude of consumers towards a particular brand so that it benefits the company. Brand loyalty is important in the world of marketing . Surely those who have been in business are no stranger to discussions related to brand loyalty . This is due to a brandcan show the commitment of consumers to buy a product. For example, several brands such as Louis Vuitton, Burberry, Dior, and others that tie the hearts of the upper middle class. Wow, that’s cool, now for more details, let’s see the explanation below!

Definition of Brand Loyalty

Brand loyalty is taken from English. Brand means brand, while loyalty means loyalty. In language, brand loyalty means loyalty to a particular brand or brand.

In terms, many brand loyalty is defined by experts in the field of marketing and branding . David Allen Aaker defines brand loyalty as a measure that describes the bond between a customer and a brand. This professor in the field of marketing and brand strategy stated, the size of this bond can predict the possibility of whether a customer switches to another brand or not when a competitor offers changes, such as price, for example.

Loyal customers will not switch to other brands easily. Whatever happens, it has to be the brand. Using a certain brand that they like is a fixed price for them.

On the other hand, John C Mowen and Michael Minor define brand loyalty as the level that describes a customer’s positive attitude towards a brand , builds commitment, and has a tendency to buy again in the future. The researchers in the field of consumer behavior concluded this after taking two approaches, namely behavioral and attitudinal .

The behavioral approach can be seen from the behavior of customers who purchase products repeatedly without involving feelings in them. While the attitudinal approach can be seen from repeated purchases because of feelings of liking for the brand.

Thus, brand loyalty can be defined as a pattern of behavior that is owned by consumers after purchasing a brand with a particular brand. Behavior shown by consumers tends to display a willingness to buy the product again. The strength of the relationship between consumer relative attitudes and repeat purchases can be used as a parameter to measure the level of brand loyalty .

Loyal customers will generally continue to purchase products with certain brands even though there are many lures offered by other brands . Starting from more affordable prices, more attractive packaging, better taste, and more. If many customers fall into this category, then the brand has a strong brand equity .

Brand Loyalty Levels

1. Switcher or Price Buyer

This level is the most basic level of the five existing levels. Consumers who are at this level are not the main target of your product. This type of consumer is not a loyal buyer, they even tend to be disloyal because they are ready to switch to another brand when there is a more attractive offer.

Your brand has no significant effect on consumers at this level. What they are after is not a brand . What they are after is a brand that provides the greatest benefit to them, one example is a product that offers the most competitive price.

2. Habitual Buyers

Buyers who are at this level of brand loyalty buy your product or brand based on habit. They buy your brand because they are satisfied or at least not disappointed by your products and services in previous purchases. As long as nothing is fatal, this type of consumer will remain loyal to the brand you are building.

This is not without reason. Switching to another brand certainly requires a greater effort . If they want to switch to another brand , at least they have to make quality observations, review from other consumers, do calculations, to build trust in brands that are not yet known.

3. Satisfied Buyers

Buyers at this level actually include consumers who are loyal to your product. They are satisfied with what you provide. However, the possibility to switch to another brand is still open, even though the possibility is not big.

In addition, buyers at this level may think that switching to another brand is actually detrimental to them. If they decide to switch to another brand , at least they will need switching costs or switching costs in the form of money, time, effort, performance risk, and trust that has been built. Of course this is not a cheap consequence.

This phenomenon is well aware of by competitors. Competitors usually bear the switching costs by providing the lure of enormous benefits to satisfied buyers . They consider these costs as compensation costs that must be paid so that buyers want to try the products they launch.

4. Liking the Brand

The next level in brand loyalty is liking the brand or liking the brand . Buyers at this level are preferred consumers who really like your brand . At this level, consumers already have a strong emotional bond with your brand .

Consumer preferences can be based on the associations formed, for example experience in using the brand , quality that meets expectations, and symbols. Even so, the feeling of liking is difficult to identify specifically because this feeling is the result of an accumulation of various causes. Consumers at this level can be said to have become friends with your brand .

5. Committed Buyers

Buyers who are at this level of brand loyalty are the most loyal buyers. By using products that use your brand , buyers at this level grow a sense of pride. Not only that, they choose your brand as proof of their identity.

The existence of your brand becomes important in their lives. Therefore, buyers at this level have very strong trust in your brand . Competitors are of course very difficult to attract committed buyers to want to switch to their brand .

Their loyalty is not enough until loyalty. With pleasure, they will recommend your brand to people in their circle . Telling about your brand is a pride so they will do it with pleasure.

Brand Loyalty function

Brand loyalty can be a strategic asset in benefiting a company. However, brand loyalty must be managed properly if you want to achieve this profit point. Following are some of the functions of brand loyalty so that it can become a strategic asset for a company:

1. Reduced Marketing Cost (reduction of marketing costs)

Brand loyalty can help a business in reducing marketing costs. This is because customers stick with the product, rather than looking for new customers. The characteristic of reducing marketing costs is that there are customers who buy a product because it is cheap.

2. Trade Leverage (increased sales)

If a product’s brand loyalty increases, sales will also increase. Buyers will tend to buy a product because of habits and beliefs. This is what is expensive from a brand, namely the confidence of buyers to continue to repeat a product from the same brand.

3. Attracting New Customers (attracting new customers)

Many customers who believe and are satisfied with a brand can invite other new customers. Usually these consumers will start recommending brands that they believe in to those closest to them. In addition, the more enthusiasts in the product, it will attract new customers to buy a product.

4. Provide Time To Respond Competitive Threats (opportunity to respond to competitive threats)

High brand loyalty to consumers will tend to benefit entrepreneurs in product adjustments due to competition. These consumers will give time for a company to update either product adjustments or neutralization when new competitors arise. In addition, high brand loyalty will not easily shift consumer confidence in a product.

How to Increase Brand Loyalty

Given the importance of brand loyalty to form bonds with your consumers, it is very important to increase it. By increasing brand loyalty , you can save on marketing costs and of course increase sales. Here are ways you can increase consumer brand loyalty to your brand :

1. Understanding Consumer Needs and Desires

Understanding your market segment is an obligation so that marketing can run effectively and efficiently. It is unlikely that you will offer baby clothes to teenagers who still like to play online games . Baby clothes should be marketed according to the market segment, for example mothers who have just given birth or middle-aged mothers who are about to have grandchildren.

After understanding who your market is, it’s important to understand their needs. The best intention in doing business is to help people meet their needs. If you offer something that is not needed, people will think twice about buying your product.

A businessman or marketing needs to understand the character and needs of consumers. People won’t care what you sell. But they care more about who can help them meet their needs.

Each type of consumer has certain criteria in choosing a product. Your products and brand will be easily remembered by consumers who feel they need your product. The better your efforts to solve consumer problems, the higher your chances of increasing brand loyalty .

2. Increase Brand Engagement

The bond between the consumer and the brand has a very important role in business continuity. This bond is called brand engagement which discusses how consumers have an emotional bond or feel a need for your brand . Please note, most consumers buy products not determined by their conscious minds, but mostly driven by subconscious minds.

You can level up brand engagement by providing discounts, information, tips, entertainment, free knowledge, and more. What you offer should be conveyed in a two-way discussion. The length of the interaction can foster an emotional bond.

3. Ensuring the Brand Remains Consistent

Maintaining brand consistency with consumers is one of the ways you have to do so that brand loyalty increases. On the other hand, talking about a brand cannot be separated from the products it supports. Thus, maintaining brand and product quality is the right way to ensure brand consistency .

You need to maintain product and service quality at the same time. What consumers love is the good experiences and memories they have had in the past. When they return to buy your product, they have the hope that they will be served as well as before or even better.

Not only that, all team members or even influencers who carry your brand name are your brand ambassadors . Carrying out routine joint evaluations so that they maintain their own good name is certainly an important thing to do. Their attitudes, speech, and behavior are a reflection of the values ​​that your brand carries .

4. Introducing Brand Values

Brand values ​​are the values ​​that are carried by your brand while running a business. These values ​​are what you practice and pass on to your staff and customers throughout your business. Introducing brand values ​​is important because consumer trust will arise after knowing how your product is, how you work, and how you serve consumers.

All of these things are proof that you have value. Why are brand values ​​so important? Because brand value can explain that you can or can’t provide the best quality to them.

5. Creating Attractive Logos and Colors

Logos and colors have an important role in a business. Both seem to explain how your business is growing. A good logo usually makes an impression on potential customers’ memories because it’s easy to remember.

6. Inviting consumers to continue buying

Inviting consumers to continue buying is an important thing for you to do. Everyone has a tendency to like being special. You can offer discounts, giveaways , member cards, certain rewards to maintain ties with them.

Conclusion

From the entire discussion above, we can conclude that brand loyalty is very important in the business world. This relates to consumer trust, giving rise to a deep commitment to repeat purchases of products or services from a particular brand. In addition, this attitude of commitment will also build consumer habits that can unknowingly benefit the company.

Over time, this loyalty forms a trusting attitude towards a brand, where the brand is believed to be able to meet consumer needs. Nancy Giddens (2002), also gave a consistent opinion that brand loyalty is a consumer choice for certain brands that are difficult to replace with other brands. Therefore, brand loyalty is very helpful in marketing a company.

Brand loyalty with a high level can make the company have good trust in the hearts of consumers. So that consumers automatically come to a brand without having to be influenced excessively. Wow, it must be nice, Sinaumed’s, if you can attract customers like that.

Brand equity is – Sinaumed’s, do you know the reason why people line up for goods that are expensive and still sell well in the market? Well, there is a long process to be able to achieve something like that, one of which is increasing brand equity .

We can take the example of Apple products which are in great demand when launching new products. However, make no mistake, competing brands, such as Samsung, Xiaomi, and other mobile phone brands may also have launched products that are no less sophisticated than the iPhone or Apple products. However, enthusiasts and queues from competing brands have never exceeded Apple products.

So what is brand equity itself? and how important is the role of brand equity for the success of a business? How to build good brand equity? Everything you want to know about brand equity will be discussed further in the article below.

Definition of Brand Equity

You need to know that brand equity is one of the important things in a business. Brand equity or it can also be said as brand equity is the added value that a company has when compared to its competitors. Brand equity is also influenced by the perceptions and experiences of consumers.

Building brand equity is important and needs attention for business activists because surely every company will try to have positive brand equity. If a company has superior brand equity , then consumers also have confidence in the products they make.

Consumers will choose products from that brand compared to other products out there and are willing to pay high prices for the company’s products or services even though they can get the same thing from other brands.

However, a business also needs to provide value to its customers, not just products. Brands that carry values ​​will be closer to their consumers and superior to their competitors.

Basic Elements of Brand Equity

One of the most difficult things to do when increasing brand equity is to maintain the stability of consumer trust in the long term. Therefore, there are several basic elements in an effort to build brand equity , the following are the basic elements of brand equity:

1. Brand Awareness

The first element is brand awareness , which is the level of consumer recognition of the brand. In this stage, consumers will be familiar with a product. When consumers are familiar with the product, it is hoped that there will be an incentive to buy the product.

There are several ways you can do to increase brand awareness to consumers, such as providing free trials, sponsorships, or even event marketing and doing product placements in several places.

If you are new to starting a business or just starting out, you can increase brand awareness by creating a website, creating an Instagram account, writing a blog on topics related to your product.

2. Brand Associations

The next element in brand equity is brand association , this is the stage where your product sticks in the minds, minds and hearts of consumers. Brand association can be regarded as a connection between a brand and its concept so that it is easy to remember.

This association can be a name, logo, concept or emotion related to the experience when someone interacts with the product.

An obvious example is when you want to buy mineral water, the first brand that comes to your mind is Aqua. The reason is, aqua itself is a translation of water, so remembering it is not difficult. Another example is when you talk about instant noodles, the first brand that comes to your mind is Indomie. So, it can be said that this Indomie brand replaces the word instant noodle itself.

Brands with high equity can occur if they have positive associations from consumers. How a company positions their brand among its competitors. Brands that are positioned correctly will appear competitive and attractive in the eyes of consumers.

3. Perceived Quality

Apart from using a strategy, as a businessman you also need to give consumers an impression of marketing products. You need to find out if they are satisfied or disappointed with your product and find out the reasons so you can improve the quality of future production. Because perceived quality is related to products/services to get a positive impression you need to strengthen quality and customer experience .

4. Brand Loyalty

Brand Loyalty or loyalty to a brand is a positive perception in the minds of consumers on certain products. This perception will create loyalty, so consumers will continue to buy and use the products you create.

Brand loyalty refers to consumer loyalty to products from a brand. When it reaches this stage, consumers will find it difficult to switch to other products even though they are lured by low prices and so on.

Long-term relationships with customers will also be relatively more durable. If you launch new products, consumers are happy to choose their favorite brand instead of competitors

5. Property Brand Assets

Brand equity can increase positively if a brand continues to produce new innovations that keep up with the times. This is done to build a positive image in the eyes of consumers that a brand must actively pay attention to user behaviors in a flexible manner.

An example that we can take is the Nokia brand cellphone , which is the king of the cellphone market, which ultimately did not develop and collapsed because of competitors. This is because Nokia rejects Android and still insists on maintaining Windows. Meanwhile, user behavior will change over time, so innovation and brand flexibility are also needed.

Benefits of Building Brand Equity

Not only is it able to increase sales value and product marketing traffic, brand equity can also contribute many other benefits to the company. The following are the benefits of brand equity:

1. Able to survive in the midst of competition

When a brand or product has gained great trust from customers, this will make it a stage against existing competition. If we take a real example, the Iphone and Samsung brands are still equally in demand by gadget lovers even though there are already many brands that have sprung up. This is because both brands have earned the full trust of their users.

If you create a strong brand, you will also be able to get royal customers. You don’t need to move too much and walk as usual with whatever happens including increasing business competitors, but you already have loyal customers.

2. Getting Loyal Consumers

By increasing brand equity you will get loyal customers. If brand equity is formed consistently, consumers will increasingly trust and be loyal to the brand. Several studies have shown that more than 59% of consumers repurchase the same brand they trust.

This is because brand equity makes consumers believe in the quality of the products that appear. Even though some brands have expensive product prices, many loyal customers are still looking for them.

3. Increase Customer Retention

Customer retention is the company’s efforts to retain consumers. In this case, brand equity is able to increase consumer confidence in a brand, so that it makes them interested in buying other products with the same people because they have realized the superiority of the product they have previously purchased.

We can see a real example from Apple again. If someone already uses an iPhone, then he will also tend to buy other Apple products such as the Apple Watch, MacBook, iPad and iPod.

4. Price is not a problem

As explained above, the effect of brand equity on consumer loyalty is positive, so consumer loyalty will also be formed. Therefore, this can make consumers put aside the price issue. They will believe that the price increase will be proportional to the quality that will be issued.

The products issued by Apple always sell well at high prices, such as cell phones worth dozens to tens of millions of rupiah, which are willing to be searched for and queued for long. Companies will continue to compete in increasing brand equity because price is no longer a problem for consumers.

5. Can do product differentiation

Many companies with brand equity are able to compete in the global market because they present product differentiation. Differentiation is generally a differentiator in similar products between one company and their competitors. The high status of the company’s brand equity is able to have a positive impact on product differentiation activities which will affect promotion and market segmentation.

6. Increasing the existence of the company

The last benefit is that it can increase the existence of the company. Increasing customer demand and loyalty will have a big impact on the company. It will be better if the company continues to innovate, so that it remains superior to its competitors.

How to Build and Increase Brand Equity

To obtain the above benefits, the company will carry out various effective methods to build good brand equity in the eyes of consumers. Here are ways to build brand equity that you can see:

1. Create a strong brand identity

The steps you can take are to build brand equity by establishing a strong identity for your brand. Create a standout identity and determine what your brand looks like from a consumer perspective.

Brand identity must be in line with the product being carried. What is the target market like, and why do they need that product compared to other similar products on the market. A strong brand identity will make consumers closer to the brand.

2. Improving Customer Experience with product trials

Understand what consumers need and want, then adjust it to the standards of the products and services you provide. Companies must work hard to ensure consumer satisfaction and have a pleasant shopping experience, so that consumers will come back for more.

To find out if your product falls into that category, you can find out by improving customer experience . Improving customer experience can be done by providing free trial products so that the public can immediately assess the quality and superiority of your product compared to competitors’ products.

3. Deliver Brand Values

Communicate brand values ​​to consumers. Brand identity must also have a relationship with the brand value that is being carried. Consumers will tend to more easily build bonds with brands that have the same values. For example, a company that is committed to being green will easily attract bonds with consumers who also support those green values.

4. Execute an effective marketing strategy

How does your product reach customers? How do you convince customers that your brand is the best choice? This may indeed be a task that must be carried out by the marketing team.

Apply the right marketing strategy to market the brand. Think about how to effectively reach customers because every business has a different approach, according to the type of industry and target market.

Execute an effective marketing strategy to reach the right consumers. Choose media to carry out promotions, make offers and promos to attract buyers.

Examples of Brands Successfully Implementing Brand Equity

1. Starbucks

This coffee shop brand from America has successfully opened its outlets in several countries. Even in Indonesia, Starbucks has counted 440 outlets widely spread in densely populated urban areas, even on several tourist islands.

Starbucks managed to hook its target market in Indonesia. Even though they sell drinks starting at IDR 40,000, many people still prefer Starbucks over other coffee shops with lower prices. In fact, many of them become loyal consumers, why?

Of course there are many factors that influence it, one of which is the existence of the brand. The Starbucks brand itself is a selling point . It doesn’t always have to be about coffee, they ‘sell’ the convenience of being a meeting place for the community. This is what makes it superior to competitors.

2. Coca-Cola

What’s the first thing you call when you want to buy a soft drink? Coca cola, the most popular brand of soft drink in the world. Coca Cola is also known to be very iconic because of its unique marketing campaign. It has a profit margin of 26.7% as of June 2020. Even Coca Cola can replace the mention of soft drinks with Coca Cola.

3. Hansaplast

Who doesn’t know this plaster brand? Brand awareness of the hansaplast brand is very good, for example if we have a small wound on our hand or foot, we will automatically ask to take or buy hansaplast even though it is not certain that what is given or what is bought is the hansaplast brand but we are used to mentioning all brands of plaster instant wound called hansaplast. Even though hansaplast itself is a brand of instant wound plaster, not the term for the plaster.

4.Google

Google controls 9-% of the world’s search engine market sector. About more than four billion people worldwide use Google. Maybe you searched for this article also from Google. If you get lost somewhere, then the first thing you search for is Google. If you want to see a recipe, then you will search for it on Google. In fact, Google can also be a personal assistant.

5. Apples

Apple even surpasses Google in terms of brand equity. Most of their positive reputation is built on excellent electronic-type products such as iPhone, Mac, iCloud, and so on. For example, every time Apple releases an iPhone product, people will be excited and hunt for it even though the price is exorbitant. People will be more confident if they take out a cellphone with the Apple logo on it and that is the effect of the high brand equity built by Apple.

Sinaumed’s, that’s an explanation of Brand Equity , starting from the elements, how to build or improve it, to examples. Hopefully all the discussion in this article is useful and can also add insight to Sinaumed’s.

Brand ambassadors are – So far, we often see artists or actors who introduce themselves as brand ambassadors or brand ambassadors for a brand, organization or institution. They will then usually introduce organizations or brands whose function is to represent the public with various advantages and other positive things.

Interestingly, usually the salary of a brand ambassador (BA) is very high, so it is not surprising that many people are interested in becoming a BA from a well-known brand. But what is meant by a brand ambassador, what are the responsibilities and how much is the salary? The following is a more complete explanation.

Brand Ambassador is a Public Figure of a Brand

Before the internet era, word-of-mouth marketing or word-of-mouth marketing techniques was sufficient to then support a company’s marketing efforts. Now, word-of-mouth marketing has undergone many changes and modifications in new forms.

We live in a time when business on social media is growing rapidly. Then word of marketing techniques began to enter the era of using BA. But what exactly is a brand ambassador?

BA is someone who promotes a brand and its products to their network with the aim of increasing brand awareness and driving sales.

According to Referral Rock, BA is someone who loves your brand, wants your brand to be successful, actually uses your product. If the company chooses the brand ambassador, then it will promote your brand continuously according to the agreed and determined time.

Overall, they must agree according to the contract and choose your brand, either offline such as seminars and exhibitions or online through social media. Since this then calls for appearances on social media, events, shows, and more, they should then always choose your brand over a competitor’s brand.

Usually, a BA is someone who is well-known such as a public figure, actor, model, or musician with tens of thousands to tens of millions of social media followers.

In general, a brand ambassador is an influencer or someone who is known by many people and is paid to then receive an endorsement for a product. You can then call it influencer marketing.

Because you then collaborate with them, the message from the brand will then spread widely with their equally wide network. It didn’t end there. Just being famous is not enough.

A brand ambassador as a brand ambassador who will become the face of a brand. Hence the ‘face’ of a brand. That is why they must then be able to convey things about a product, service and brand that you have.

Ideally, these brand ambassadors are the lighteners in their communities. They must then be able to use the networks and relationships they already have to market a brand through word of mouth marketing tactics.

There are several reasons that make a Brand Ambassador for a company, including the following.

• Serves to protect the company’s reputation, when there is negative information related to a brand. In this case the brand ambassador will then provide a positive experience to those who are able to raise the prestige of the company again.
• Functions can increase traffic to the company’s site, because most of them will then include backlinks and references to the company’s site.
• Serves to help companies grow. The positive referrals that come from them will then have a big influence on sales and product knowledge for the community.

4 Types of Brand Ambassadors

Although it has been stated that brand ambassadors are people from influential circles, it turns out that brand ambassadors can be categorized into several types.

1. Influencer Brand Ambassador Program

As the name suggests, through this program you will work with someone who has a big influence in society or also known as an influencer, who will then become your company’s brand ambassador.

When carrying out a collaboration with the influencer, the sponsored content will be uploaded consistently for a certain period according to the agreement. Rewards for an influencer then earn income or fees and get a free product which is then intended for promotional purposes.

They have a voice that society can hear. Because of its broad influence, the form of corporate cooperation with a brand ambassador is fairly strict. The company then hires them professionally with transparent transactions and high expectations.

In carrying out their duties, they will then be directed directly by the company’s CRM or Customer Relationship Management Team. This team will then plan the program, prepare all requirements, and manage the brand ambassador program so that it runs according to company goals.

Several types of this first type of brand ambassador include celebrities, bloggers, and YouTubers.

2. Affiliate Brand Ambassador Program

Brand ambassadors as the second type then use affiliate marketing and both parties, both companies and brand ambassadors, will then benefit from this collaboration.

When doing this collaboration, the company will then collaborate with someone, usually a blogger or influencer, who will promote a particular product or service. The brand ambassador will then market the company by sharing links about the company on their social media or website.

In return , the affiliate marketer or affiliate marketer will then receive a commission every time he succeeds in making a purchase through that link. Sales made by the brand ambassadors themselves can then be tracked via affiliate links.

This program is the best method used to increase sales because companies only need to pay affiliates when brand ambassadors make sales.

3. Informal Brand Ambassador Program

Informal brand ambassadors can be anyone who likes your company’s products and services. Most of them originate from fanatical fans of a particular brand who freely and consciously promote the products of that brand to others.

This type of brand ambassador itself is the result of customer satisfaction with the company’s services or products. In this program there is no formal agreement which is then enforced and usually no payment is given to the brand ambassador for promotion.

Even though they are unpaid, informal brand ambassadors are happy to share stories about your company’s services or products because they are loyal customers who are enthusiastic about the services or products that are then created by a company.

Slowly, if their influence is big enough for a brand, they can become part of the micro-influencers.

4. College Brand Ambassador Program

College brand ambassadors are students who are appointed to promote a company’s products and services to other fellow students. They can then sponsor a brand on or off campus by giving away free souvenirs, organizing promotional events, putting up company posters, or posting content on social media.

College brand ambassadors are then very suitable for brands that have a target demographic of university students who are mostly between 18-25 years old.

Brand Ambassador Duties and Responsibilities

How to become a brand ambassador is actually not difficult. Below are some of the duties and responsibilities of a brand ambassador that you need to know about.

• Understand the vision and mission of the company.
• Represent the brand in a positive way.
• Helping various content creation, such as writing review articles, blogs, and captions.
• Participate in a marketing event.
• Work with marketing and sales teams to conceptualize campaign strategies.
• Build brand awareness through word-of-mouth marketing.
• Building a positive opinion about the brand in its network.
• Provide advice and insight regarding a new product or service
• Promote a brand through his personal social media account
• Maintain good relations with vendors or people who sell their company’s services or products.
• Monitor various feedback from consumers and complaints to the company’s marketing department.

You can understand that the duties and responsibilities of a brand ambassador are not easy. Brand ambassadors will be the first ‘face’ of a brand. Usually, then responsible in a certain contract that is quite long.

So, they have to really take care of themselves to describe the various values ​​that are espoused by a company.

When looking at the responsibilities and duties, several skills are required to become a BA, namely creativity, basic knowledge of marketing, leadership, influence from a large social media presence, originality, professionalism, networking, giving good feedback, brand knowledge and love for the brand, improving the brand image is one of the benefits of having a brand ambassador for the product held.

Benefits of Brand Ambassadors

Of course having a BA to represent a brand is very influential on one’s buying decision.

Apart from being a determinant of how a person’s purchasing decision for a company’s product brand, the benefits of BA itself include the following.

1. Maintain Reputation

The reputation of a brand can go up and down, depending on what situation is going on. For example, if there is media that reports unfavorable things about a brand, the company’s reputation will then fall.

However BA can be someone who then revives that reputation. Brand ambassadors have a lot of followers who then believe in them.

2. Bring the brand closer to the customer

Bringing a brand closer to the customer is not easy. Quoted from Keyhole, 63% of people believe more in what is conveyed by influencers or brand ambassadors than what is said by the brand itself. This is where the big role of a BA. They must be able to become a bridge between communities and related brands.

3. Give good reviews

The benefits of brand ambassadors also provide good reviews of the brand. Everyone can just give a review on the social media they have. However, bad reviews are of course unavoidable. However, a brand ambassador must still provide honest and best reviews to his followers regarding the brand being promoted.

Related Books

1. The Art of Being Influential and Liked

What do influencers do to get people to follow them? What’s the secret so that it seems as if they “hold” many people? And why are these people so interested in them?

Many people wonder what makes someone look so charismatic, while still others question the secret to attractiveness. Are these all inborn talents or the result of a “special formation”?

When you meet a figure who is so respected, attracts the interest of many people, and followed by his words, what comes to your mind? “How did he do it?” Our advice, stop wondering!

This book will examine in depth and thoroughly the techniques of attracting interest, taking heart, establishing relationships, instilling influence, and maintaining relationships. You will be “trained” on how to “manipulate” the people around you, to then influence them. Impressions, impressions, attraction, influence—they will all be yours.

2. The Magic of Influencers: How to Value Yourself

In the Metaverse era, we don’t just need a lot of capital money. However, we must have the ability to negotiate and influence others.

Someone who has the ability to influence others will easily manage and manage other people, even in large numbers. His speech is full of authority so that others follow all his directions.

His lifestyle, behavior and all things related to him, imitated by many people. That’s how Influencers are! This book clearly talks about what an influencer is and how one can become an influencer.

The presence of this book is expected to help anyone to become a great influencer. In addition, this book can help someone to value themselves so that they become positive influencers; able to develop themselves and others.

In other words, this book is not only good to read, but also to practice in order to benefit yourself and others. Hope it is useful.

3. Personal Branding Can Change Destiny

“Jenang falls is not a problem because it can still be eaten, but if jenang falls it is certain that it cannot be eaten anymore.” The Javanese philosophy above has always been the inspiration for the writer. This philosophy means that if a treasure falls, we can pick it up and look for it again.

However, if reputation and name (jeneng) fall, we will be wasted, distrusted, and will no longer be of use. Reputation is important and can change destiny. Armed with reputation, we don’t need money to get what we want.

This also applies to success and success, we will achieve it more easily if we have a reputation as a hard worker who keeps on trying. This book is not a motivational book.

This book contains experience and business knowledge that the author wants to share with you. In this book, the author will explain a lot about reputation (personal branding) which is very useful in business.

So, wake up from the lay! Read this book and from now on guard your reputation if you want to achieve success in the future. Change your destiny from now on!

Now we know that a brand ambassador is a person who carries the name of a product or brand. Sinaumed’s can get many books related to personal branding at sinaumedia.com . As #FriendsWithoutLimits, sinaumedia always provides the best products for Sinaumed’s.

Branches of Art – The existence of art is always closely related to everyday human life. Art has developed over a long period of time. This is because humans can be both subjects and objects in art.

Just like other disciplines that have their own branches, art also has that kind of thing. Presentation patterns in the branches of art are often encountered by Sinaumed’s or even applied in everyday life.

Then, what are the branches of art? Does each of its branches have a function for human survival? And what are examples of these branches of art in real terms?

So that Sinaumed’s understands it better, let’s take a look at the following review about what are the branches of art!

Definition of Art

According to KBBI, art means ‘works created with extraordinary skill, such as dance, painting, and carving.’

In fact, the definition of art is universal and becomes an ongoing polemic.

According to Selo Sumardjan, art is the ability of a person or group of people to create impulses through one of the five senses or maybe also through a combination of various senses, touching the subtle feelings of humans and the surrounding environment, thus giving birth to the values ​​of beauty in these impulses.

Meanwhile, according to Parker, art is an expression, an expression, a purpose, and a feeling that is not solely done for practical purposes but also for aesthetic purposes.

Then, according to Sapirin, art includes all things that can cause vibrations of a sense of beauty in humans.

Apart from prioritizing beauty, art can also influence the learning and development of an individual’s character, you know…

Arts Branches

Art has its own branches, namely fine arts, music, dance, drama, and cultural arts.

In order to understand it better, let’s discuss each branch of this fine art!

1. Fine Arts (Visual Art)

Fine art or visual art is a branch of art that relies on the eye as a tool to observe it.

Why is the sense of sight the eye the main tool for observing art? The answer is as stated by Sahman:

“The equivalent of the word art in English is Visual Art. In visual art, the role of the eye is very decisive whether in the process of creating from observation to visualization of ideas, or in the process of appreciating the visualization product. People who are color blind, even though at first glance they look fine, will not be able to become a competent artist or appreciator of works of art.”

This opinion is indeed considered discriminatory, because in fact, individuals who have color blindness can even produce a work of art, although it requires a separate approach in the effort to appreciate their works.

According to Oswald Kulpe in “Outline of Aesthetics”, art is divided into three forms, viz

1. Two-dimensional, which has the elements of line, light, color, shape and motion. For example painting and drawing.
2. Three dimensions, which have elements like two dimensions but there are additional elements that are more prominent, namely volume. For example sculpture and carving.
3. The combination of surface elements and forms, for example, architectural art and landscaping.

Based on its function, fine art is divided into fine art which prioritizes “beauty” rather than its use; and applied art ( applied art ) created for the practical purposes of human life.

Examples of Fine Arts

Painting and drawing are included in fine art or pure art which is more concerned with the value of beauty.

Applied art or applied art usually prioritizes the purpose of human use in everyday life. For example cabinets, chairs, tables, and others.

2. Art of Music

Music is one of the most popular means of entertainment among people today. Music is a sound that people perceive differently based on history, place, culture and individual tastes.

The art of music is a work of human art as an expression of the contents of the heart and ideas which are embodied in the form of sounds or voices that are regular, have rhythm and melody, and harmonization that can arouse the feelings of the listener.

Not all types of sounds or voices can be called musical arts because they are only considered “art” if they have a beautiful, melodious and harmonious voice so that they can be well received by the ears of the listeners.

The art of music has three types in its application, namely traditional music, modern music and contemporary music.

Traditional music is a type of music that is born and develops due to the influence of culture, customs, beliefs and religion from certain areas and is passed down from generation to generation by ancestors.

Then, modern music is a type of music that arises because of a new culture and usually uses more sophisticated tools for the process of making instrumentals.

Meanwhile, music is divided based on the genre of music, namely classical, jazz, R&B, rap, reggae, and others.

The art of music has several functions including: (1) religious function, (2) communication function, (3) recreational function, (4) communication function, (5) use function, and (6) therapeutic function.

In fact, the art of music also plays an important role in the learning process, namely helping the growth and development of students, as well as fostering the aesthetic development of students in their efforts to create art.

3. Dance Arts

According to Zahrain, dance is a type of movement besides gymnastics, martial arts, acrobatics or pantomime. So that it can be said that the art of dance is a movement performed by humans that is unique and beautiful.

The elements in the art of dance in general are motion, rhythm, beauty and expression. In each of these elements there is a uniqueness that represents the taste, aesthetics, and spirit of the dancers.

In addition, dance also has elements of accompaniment in the form of tone, rhythm, rhythm, and the number of musical instruments used in the process of accompanying the dance.

Meanwhile, the special elements of dance include elements of space, energy, and time. This space is related to position, level, and time. Position for example facing forward, turning, and others.

• as a means of ceremony
• as a means of entertainment
• as social media
• as therapy
• as education
• as a performing art
• as the development of individual talents and interests

In Indonesia, the art of dance has developed from generation to generation to become a traditional dance and is owned by each region. Different regions have different movements and musical accompaniment. For example, in traditional dances in Java and Yogyakarta, there are special hand movements such as ngithing , mopping and grunting .

There are even several types of traditional dances that demonstrate the act of being possessed by spirits as an important part of the dance.

Examples of Dance in Indonesia

4. Dramatic Arts

Drama has broad and narrow meanings. Broadly speaking, drama is meaningful as a form of spectacle that has a story and is shown to the general public. While narrowly, drama is meaningful as the story of human life in social life which is projected onto the stage.

In drama arts, there is dialogue and movement based on the script supported by stage setting, lighting, music, make-up, and fashion.

Drama is a branch of art that contains a combination of a number of other arts, namely:

• literary arts (in the form of story scripts)
• painting (make-up and stage design)
• the art of music (in the accompanying music)
• the art of dance (in the movements of the players)
• acting (playing the characters)

Dramatic art has also been developed from generation to generation by our ancestors which is known as traditional drama. In traditional drama arts, scripts are usually not used, so the characters’ characters, dialogues, and movements depend on the players.

Examples are ketoprak from Central Java, Ludruk from East Java, Lenong from Betawi, and others.

Examples of Dramatic Arts in Indonesia

5. Cultural Arts

The words art and culture are two related and inseparable words. This is because an art is created from the existence of culture in an area.

Cultural art is everything that has been created by humans or a group of people regarding how to live together in an area that has aesthetic elements that have been passed down from generation to generation.

Cultural arts have actually been developed from generation to generation by our ancestors in this archipelago. The art form emerged and developed in every region of Indonesia, from Sabang to Merauke.

Types of archipelago cultural arts such as traditional music, traditional dances, traditional languages, traditional traditional houses, and others.

The existence of this archipelago’s cultural arts clearly has a real function for human life, namely a practical function and an aesthetic function.

In a practical function, works in art and culture serve as functional fulfillment of human needs. For example chairs, tables, traditional houses, and others.

While in terms of aesthetic functions, works in cultural arts are used to fulfill human needs in terms of decoration. For example, the existence of a temple or temple is used as a ritual need for the community.

Examples of Cultural Arts in Indonesia

Related Article Recommendations

• Aceh Traditional House
• Sumatra Aceh Traditional House
• Names of Regional Dances in Indonesia
• Variety of Sundanese Culture
• Melodic Musical Instruments
• Rhythmic Instruments
• Kinds of Modern and Traditional Musical Instruments
• Types of Music Genres

Boyle’s Law – You must have known that when humans breathe, they will definitely inhale and exhale so that the volume of the lungs expands and contracts. Something that we inhale and exhale is air in the form of gas, aka we cannot see it with the naked eye, except when the weather is cold. Even though the presence of this gas cannot be seen with the naked eye, it can be calculated using a chemical formula, to be precise by adhering to the working principle of Boyle’s Law.

Boyle’s law is a part of chemistry which turns out to have many uses in our daily lives. In addition to the respiratory system of living things, it turns out that Boyle’s Law is also often applied to the tools around us. Then, how does Boyle’s Law sound? How does Boyle’s law apply to everyday life? Let’s look at the following reviews so that You understands these things!

How Does Boyle’s Law Sound?

As with other chemical laws, Boyle’s law also has a sound statement coined by its creator, namely Robert Boyle in 1662. Boyle’s law states that “in a closed room, the volume of a mass of gas will change inversely with pressure, when the temperature is constant” . Yep, Boyle’s law becomes one of the laws of chemistry and becomes an ideal chemical law. In this law, describes the existence of an inverse proportional relationship between absolute pressure and air volume, especially when the temperature remains constant in a closed system.

Boyle’s law is named after its discoverer, namely Robert Boyle, a chemist and physicist in 1662. At that time, Robert Boyle stated that ” For a fixed amount of ideal gas at the same temperature, P (pressure) and V (volume) are inversely proportional (where one doubles, the other half).” Well, in this case, what is called an ideal gas is a gas that meets the following assumptions:

• It consists of a large number of particles and there is no force of attraction between the particles.
• Each gas particle will always move in a random direction.
• The particle size is negligible in relation to the size of the container.
• Each collision that occurs is perfectly elastic.
• The gas particles are evenly distributed throughout the space in the container.
• The motion of gas particles will obey Newton’s laws of motion.

Robert Boyle also argued about the nature of gases, namely that the mass of the gas (zero amount) and the temperature of a gas must be kept constant, while the volume of the gas will be changed. While the pressure released by the gas will also change in such a way that there is a multiplication between pressure (P) and volume (V), always close to constant. Thus, that is the condition in which the gas becomes a perfect (ideal) gas.

The existence of Boyle’s Law cannot be separated from the experimental efforts that have been carried out many times. The relationship between pressure and volume was first put forward by amateur scientists, namely Richard Townley and Henry Power, which was then continued by Robert Boyle. When he wanted to “create” Boyle’s Law, Robert conducted an experiment with air, where he considered fluid particles in the middle of an invisible spring. At that time, air was still seen as one of the four elements, but Robert disagreed, so he did further research until he succeeded in publishing Boyle’s Law in 1662.

After that, a French physicist named Edme Mariotte appeared, who also discovered the same law but separately, in 1676 to be precise. Since this law was published by Robert Boyle, it is called the Boyle-Mariotte Law.

Boyle’s Law formula

The Basic Theory of Boyle’s Law

The existence of Boyle’s Law uses a theoretical basis in the form of “at a constant temperature, the pressure (P) of an ideal gas is inversely proportional to the volume of the gas (V), or PV = C (C is a constant)” . So it becomes the following.

Information:

Pu = room air pressure

Pk = air pressure in the air column

t = height of the air column

h = difference in height of the mercury surface

Boyle’s Law formula

The formula regarding Boyle’s Law was put forward by Robert Boyle which stated that the product of pressure (P) and volume (V) will be constant, as long as the mass and temperature of the gas are maintained consistently. Mathematically, the formula is written:

P x V = constant

P = gas pressure (N/ m²)

V = gas volume (mз)

Boyle’s Law Equation

In order for the gas and the two states to be in balance, especially at a constant temperature, the equation becomes:

P₁. V₁ = P₂. V₂ = …… = Pₙ. Vₙ

Information:

P₁ = Initial pressure of the gas in the chamber (Nm² or Pa)

V₁ = The initial volume of gas in the chamber (m3)

P₂ = Final pressure in chamber (Nm² or Pa)

V₂ = Final volume in space (m3)

Please note , You , to measure the gas pressure in a confined space, you can use a tool called a manometer. Here is the shape of the manometer:

Problems and Discussion of Boyle’s Law

Example Question 1

It is known that the amount of an ideal gas has a pressure of P and a volume of V. Then, the gas pressure rises and changes to 2 times the initial pressure. What is the volume of the gas now?

Discussion:

P₁ V₁ = P₂ V₂

P x V = 2P. V2

V = 2 . V2

½ V = V2

So, the gas volume is now ½ of the initial gas volume.

Application of Boyle’s Law in Human Life

The existence of Boyle’s Law certainly provides many benefits for everyday human life. Even indirectly, it actually affects the respiratory system of living things on this earth. What are the applications of Boyle’s Law in our lives? Let’s look at the following description!

1. Respiratory System of Living Things

Especially in the human respiratory system, during the respiration process, our lungs apply the working principle of Boyle’s Law. When inhaling air, the lungs will of course be filled with air, therefore they will expand. Lung volume will increase as the pressure level decreases. Likewise, when the lungs expel air, the lungs will shrink so that the volume decreases and the pressure increases. Changes in pressure and volume in the lungs are only temporary and periodic .

2. Bottles of Soda

Does You often drink soda from a bottle? Well, the existence of a soda bottle is a form of application of Boyle’s Law, you know… A soda bottle containing a mixture of carbon dioxide has a lid that closes tightly. This is because there are air molecules in the tightly packed container, causing the air to have no room to move.

When the bottle is opened, there will be a hissing sound and some air molecules will come out. Thus it will provide space for the movement of air molecules. This is where the change in pressure occurs according to changes in volume. Usually, when we shake the soda bottle, after opening the lid, the soda will expand and even spill onto our hands. This happens because the gas in the bottle is trying to get out and mixed into the fluid, so that when the gas is released it will emit a foamy liquid. The pressure inside the bottle goes down, while the gas volume goes up.

3. Use of Syringes

Syringes, which are often used as medical equipment, also use the working principle of Boyle’s law. In a syringe it consists of a cylinder that functions to collect fluid and a pusher to vary pressure. When the plunger is pressed, the fluid volume will decrease so that the pressure will increase. Likewise, when we pull the plunger, the volume will be increased while the pressure is reduced.

4. Spray Paint

Does You often see people using spray paint, when they are doing graffiti on the wall maybe? Spray paint also works with the principle of Boyle’s Law, you know… Although there are several types of aerosol cans in spray paint, basically all of them still use the working principle of Boyle’s Law.

Usually, before we want to spray the spray paint, we are required to shake the can so that the substance in the can can spread. There are two substances in the can of spray paint, namely the paint product itself and a gas that is pressurized to each other in the form of a liquid. Well, this liquefied gas has a boiling point far below room temperature. That’s why cans of spray paint need to be tightly sealed, so the gas doesn’t boil away.

After pressing on the spray paint or pressing the nozzle, it will press the paint inside the can. Under the high pressure, the paint will be “forced” out of the nozzle.

5. Astronaut Suits in Space

You must have known that in outer space there is no air or atmosphere, that’s why it’s called a vacuum. If you adhere to the working principle of Boyle’s Law, when the gas is under pressure it will enter the vacuum region, then it will expand without limit. This is then applied to the special clothes of astronauts who are going to outer space. If the special suit breaks, of course it will have fatal consequences for the astronaut in the form of boiling blood and liquid and cause him serious injury.

6. Scuba Diving Activities

Scuba diving, which involves diving under water, cannot be separated from the existence of Boyle’s law. When scuba diving divers want to dive, they are required to balance the relationship between volume and pressure so that they don’t feel sick or even injured. Of course this can happen because when we enter or approach water to a certain depth, our bodies will experience high pressure.

This high pressure affects the increased solubility of gases in the blood. Therefore, the diver must immediately ascend if the pressure is too high, but accompanied by a slow speed so as to minimize any injury.

Get to know the Gay Lussac Law

The existence of Gay Lussac’s Law turns out to be very closely related to Boyle’s Law, you know… Basically, Gay Lussac’s Law is a law of volume ratios. Yep, in general, the mixed gases will not show reaction symptoms. However, if given special treatment and conditions, it is likely to cause a reaction. For example, when there is a mixture of O2 gas with H2 it will not produce any reaction, but if it is mixed with an electric spark it will definitely form a reaction. This chemical law was created by a French chemist named Joseph Louis Gay-Lussac who has made a series of quantitative measurements of the volume of the gases involved in the reaction.

Since Gay Lussac’s Law talks about the relationship between gas volume and gas temperature at the same pressure, the law reads: “The volume of a gas is proportional to its temperature, as long as the pressure remains constant.”

When written in equation form, the formula becomes:

V/ T = constant

V₁ / T₁ = V2 / T2

Information:

V = Volumes

T = Temperature

Boyle-Gay Lussac law

Actually, Boyle-Gay Lussac’s Law is a synthesis of Boyle’s Law and Gay Lussac’s Law, so that the two formulas can be put together to become:

P x V / T = constant, or

P₁ x V₁ / T₁ = P2 x V2 x T2

Meanwhile, under ideal conditions, the ideal gas equation according to Boyle-Gay Lussac’s Law becomes:

P. V = N . k . Q

Information

k = Boltzmann’s constant

N = number of gas particles

General Ideal Gas Equation

Meanwhile, there is also a general ideal gas equation based on Boyle’s Law and Lussac’s Gas Law, with the formula in the form of:

p.m. V = nRT

Information:

p = gas pressure

V = gas volume

n = number of gas particles

R = gas constant

T = gas temperature (K)

Then, if you want to find the number of moles or gas particles, you can use the formula in the form of:

N = m/M = gr/Mr

Information:

N = number of gas particles

m = total mass of gas

M = relative molecular mass of the particle

Well, that’s a review of what Boyle’s Law is and its application to everyday human life. Does You understand how spray paint works?

Boundaries of the State of Indonesia – The State of Indonesia, which can also be called a maritime country, is the largest archipelagic country in the world. Indonesia itself has at least 17,508 islands in it.

Geographically, the boundaries of the Indonesian state can be divided into four parts, namely, East Indonesia, West Indonesia, North Indonesia and South Indonesia. See the following information for a full explanation.

Indonesian Territory Boundary

The territorial waters in the country of Indonesia can reach ⅔ of the total land area. Therefore, with the existence of territorial boundaries, the Indonesian state can maintain the existing marine wealth and has an important role in becoming a boundary for various other intersecting countries.

In general, finding out the boundaries of the Indonesian state can be done by looking at its longitude and latitude. If seen astronomically, the country of Indonesia is from 6 degrees north latitude and 11 degrees south latitude to between 92 degrees east longitude to 141 degrees east longitude (6LU – 11LS and 95BT – 141BT).

In addition, based on its geographical location, the country of Indonesia is located between the continents of Asia and also the continents of Australia. Indonesia is also located between two oceans, namely the Indian Ocean and also the Pacific Ocean.

The following details regarding the boundaries of the Indonesian state, see the following information.

1. Indonesian Territory Boundaries in the West

First, the boundaries of the Indonesian state in the west are on the direct border with the Indian Ocean and Indian State Waters. In addition, Ronde Island in Indonesia and Nicobar in India are directly adjacent to the Indian Ocean and the Andaman Sea.

2. Boundaries of Indonesia’s Territory in the East

Second, Indonesia’s territorial borders in the east are within the direct boundaries with Papua New Guinea and also the Pacific Ocean.

3. Indonesian Territory Boundaries in the North

Third, Indonesia’s territorial boundaries in the north are on the island of Borneo which is located on the direct border with East Malaysia.

In the northern part of the border, Indonesia is directly bordered by several countries, consisting of Malaysia, Singapore, Thailand and the Philippines.

4. Indonesian Territory Boundary in the South

Fourth, the southern part of Indonesia’s territory lies on the direct border with Timor Leste. This was before Timor Leste decided to separate from Indonesia in 1999. Timor Leste decided to become a separate state separate from Indonesia.

In addition, Indonesia’s territorial boundaries can also be divided into three, namely sea boundaries, land boundaries, and air boundaries. Check out the following information.

1. Sea Boundaries

First, the maritime boundaries of the Indonesian state can be divided into three types according to the results of the international convention on the law of the sea which was agreed upon by the United Nations or the UN which was carried out in 1982.

i. Territorial boundaries

The first sea boundary in the country of Indonesia is the territorial boundary which is a limit calculated from a baseline and has a distance of 12 miles to the sea.

The existing baseline itself is an imaginary line drawn on the beach when the sea water is receding, and connects various points on the tip of the island.

ii. Continental shelf boundary

The second sea boundary in Indonesia is the continental shelf boundary regulated in the 1982 Sea Law Convention, articles 78 to 85. In article 78l, the sea law convention consists of the following.

The seabed and subsoil beyond its territorial sea as long as there is scientific continuation of its land area to the edge of the continental margin, as well as the seabed and subsoil below it to a distance of 200 nautical miles starting from the baseline where the territorial sea is measured.

The existing continental shelf allows under it up to a distance of 200 nautical miles from the origin of the baselines by which the territorial sea is measured. The existing continental shelf allows the waters that lie beneath it to a distance of 350 nautical miles from the point of origin of the baselines at which the existing territorial sea is measured and does not exceed 100 nautical miles from the depth of the sea which is 2500 meters.

iii. Limits of the Exclusive Economic Zone or EEZ

The third sea boundary in Indonesia is the exclusive economic zone boundary which is a state boundary drawn 200 miles from the origin of the baseline towards the high seas or the high seas during low tide.

With the existence of this Exclusive Economic Zone, all natural resources or natural resources that are below sea level, on the seabed, or under the sea completely become the exclusive rights of the Indonesian state.

2. Land Boundary

Second, the land boundaries within the Indonesian state which consist of areas on the earth’s surface within various natural and artificial boundaries.

• The land boundary to the north of Indonesia consists of Malaysia, the Philippines, Singapore and the South China Sea.
• The land boundary to the south of Indonesia consists of Timor Leste, Australia and the Indian Ocean.
• The western land boundary of Indonesia consists of the Indian Ocean.
• The land boundary to the east of Indonesia consists of Papua New Guinea and the Pacific Ocean.

3. Air Limits

Third, the air boundaries within the Indonesian state follow the sovereign boundaries of the state on land and at sea. These existing air boundaries are established based on developments in applicable international law.

Size and Location of Indonesia

The area of ​​Indonesia is 5,193,250 km2. The area also includes the depth of land and sea.

The land area of ​​Indonesia itself is 1/919,440 km2 which consists of at least 17,580 islands that are widely distributed.

The country of Indonesia stretches for 3,977 miles, and has an ocean area of ​​up to 3,273,810 km2.

The oceans owned by the Indonesian state have a limit of 12 nautical miles with an exclusive economic zone of 200 miles.

1. Geographical Location

Geographically, Indonesia is located between two continents and two oceans. The two continents are the continent of Asia and the continent of Australia. The country of Indonesia is also located between two oceans consisting of the Indian Saudera and also the Pacific Ocean.

With the existing geographical location, the country of Indonesia is affected by the west monsoon and east monsoons which causes the country of Indonesia to only have two seasons. The two seasons consist of the rainy season and also the dry season.

2. Astronomical Position

Astronomically, the country of Indonesia is located at degrees North Latitude or LU to 11 degrees South Latitude or LS and 95 degrees East Longitude or East Longitude to 144 degrees East Longitude or East Longitude. Because of its astronomical location, Indonesia has a tropical climate.

The northernmost territory of Indonesia is located at 6 degrees North Latitude or LU, which is located on Pulau We. Meanwhile, the southernmost territory of Indonesia is located at 11 degrees South Latitude or LS, which is located on Rote Island.

The easternmost territory of Indonesia is located at 141 degrees East Longitude or BT, which is located in Merauke City. Meanwhile, the westernmost territory of Indonesia is located at 95 degrees East Longitude or BT, which is located in the City of Sabang.

3. Geological Location

Geologically, the country of Indonesia can be divided into three parts, namely, mountainous, plate, and shallow. Geological location itself is the location of an area based on the type of rock that is on the surface of the earth. The following is the geological location of Indonesia.

The country of Indonesia is located on two of the world’s young mountain trails, which are divided into 2, namely:

• To the west of Indonesia is the Mediterranean Circum.
• To the east of Indonesia is the Pacific Circum.

Indonesia is located at the confluence of three plates, which consist of:

• In the northern part of the country of Indonesia which is bordered by the Asian shield which until now has experienced an expansion until it is known as the Asian Plate.
• In the western and southern parts of the country of Indonesia which is bordered by the continent of Gondwana India, the base of the Indian Ocean, Australia, and the extension which is often known as the Indo-Australian Plate.
• In the eastern part of the country of Indonesia which is located at the bottom of the Pacific Ocean.

The State of Indonesia is located on three shallows, which consist of:

• Sunda Shelf
• Sahul Shallow
• Asiatic Australian Mediterranean Sea

4. Geomorphological Location

Geomorphologically, it is the location of the Indonesian state based on the shape of the earth’s surface. Some examples that are included in the geomorphological location are lowlands, highlands, mountains, and many more.

5. Maritime Location

Maritime location is the location of a place that is seen or reviewed based on the existing marine angle. The maritime location of the Indonesian state itself is in the eastern part of Indonesia surrounded by the Pacific Ocean, in the southern part of Indonesia surrounded by the Indian Ocean, while in the northern part of Indonesia it lies in the South China Sea.

Pictures of Indonesia

(source: tribunnews.com)

Positive and Negative Impact Location of Indonesia

Because of its strategic location, the location of the Indonesian state has both positive and negative impacts being used as a world trade route, consider the following information.

1. Positive Impact

• The first positive impact, because of its strategic location, can make Indonesia easy to trade with other countries. That way, production from Indonesia can be easily marketed, and vice versa where the Indonesian state can easily import existing goods from various countries.
• The second positive impact, because of its strategic location, Indonesia is a meeting place for currents which often carry lots of plankton microorganisms in the sea. This is what causes fishing activities in Indonesia to run smoothly, because these plankton microorganisms are fish food. In addition, because of its vast territorial waters, existing natural resources or natural resources such as fish, shellfish, and existing minerals such as petroleum have an abundance in Indonesia.
• The third positive impact, because of its strategic location, Indonesia is rich in various flora, fauna, tribes, nations, cultures and ethnicities in it. That way, the diversity that exists often attracts the attention of tourists and becomes one of the capital for developing tourism potential in Indonesia.

2. Negative Impact

• The first negative impact, because it is an archipelagic country, existing territorial control becomes difficult. This is because, Indonesia as an archipelagic country consists of so many islands in it. That way, the government will find it difficult to supervise all areas that are territorial in Indonesia.
• The second negative impact, because it is an archipelagic country, it will be difficult to monitor security in Indonesia. In addition, this is often used by various irresponsible persons to carry out smuggling and criminal acts because the entrance is by sea which is easy to enter.

Indonesia’s Location Influence

Because it has a strategic location, the location of the Indonesian state also influences the lives of the people in it. This influence can have a direct impact on various sectors of activity, such as the economy, transportation, and community communications. These various impacts are influenced by climatic, geostrategic, and soil conditions in Indonesia itself.

As we know, the country of Indonesia has a tropical climate, which makes the country of Indonesia get almost the same amount of sunshine all year round. In addition, because it is located between two continents, namely the Asian continent and the Australian continent, the country of Indonesia has a wind pattern that always changes regularly, which is once every six months, which is divided into two, namely the west monsoon and also the east monsoon.

In addition, in general, the country of Indonesia only has two seasons, namely, the dry season and the rainy season which usually change regularly, which is every six months.

The following is a complete explanation of the influence of the location of the Indonesian state on various human activities.

1. Economy

The first of the influences from the location of the Indonesian state is economic activity. Where the soil is fertile, various kinds of plants can easily grow well in Indonesia. In addition, Indonesia also has sufficient rainfall and sunlight, so that these various factors support plants to grow well so that farmers can produce crops.

In addition, with climate conditions that are not too difficult to predict and play a strategic role in the economy in Indonesia. This is because, it can produce abundant crops so that it can be used as an economic source for most people.

2. Transportation

The second influence from the location of the Indonesian state is transportation activities. Where because of its location which is located between two continents and flanked by two oceans, making existing transportation activities very much needed.

The existing position of the Indonesian state provides advantages for companies in the field of international trade relations. This is because, the location of the Indonesian state can be likened to a crossroads in traffic that exists in international trade, so it is certain that international trade that occurs will pass through the Indonesian state first in various forms both land, sea and north.

Because of this strategic location, it can benefit the existing transportation system which can connect various nations that exist between the two continents.

3. Communication

The third influence from the location of the Indonesian state is communication activities. As we know, Indonesia is an archipelagic country that has various cultures, ethnicities, and races which affect the various cultural products used.

For example, on the island of Sumatra alone there are several languages, such as Acehnese, Minang, Batak, Malay, and Lampung. On the island of Java, there are Sundanese and Javanese languages. On the island of Borneo there are Dayak and Banjar languages.

The existing language can be used as the identity of a nation and a means of communication that has existed for a long time, this makes diversity in the Indonesian state which is one of the assets that the Indonesian people must be proud of.

Also read related articles:

• Atmosphere Layer
• Examples of Application of the Concept of Geography
• Structure of the Earth’s Layers
• Definition of Geography
• Geography Concept
• Groundwater
• Geographic Information System (GIS)
• Differences in Climate and Weather
• The Solar System
• Solar System
• Order of the Solar System Planets
• Theory of the Formation of the Earth and the Solar System

Bootcamp is – Information technology or IT jobs currently provide considerable career opportunities in industry 4.0 as it is today. However, to be able to gain expertise in the field of information technology is not an easy thing.

One way is to carry out a college education level so that you can gain expertise in the field of information technology. On the other hand, there are several ways you can gain expertise in information technology, such as bootcamps. You could say that bootcamp is the most appropriate and appropriate solution to be able to take an IT career without a degree.

If you are a company owner, then you can improve the skills and abilities of your employees by enrolling them in a bootcamp. Apart from that, you can also use talent management to be able to manage all the activities and performance of each existing employee more easily and practically.

So what exactly is bootcamp? So, to know more, see the explanation in this article, Sinaumed’s.

Short Definition

Bootcamp is a training program that will be carried out intensively with materials that have been designed and are related to careers in the field of IT or information technology.

The training will take place intensively by making information technology learning time shorter. When a trainee takes part in the bootcamp program, their soft skills and hard skills will be honed better.

This program itself will specifically be structured according to existing needs. That way, this program can be one of the right choices for those who want to have more skills in information technology or IT which can also help someone’s career development.

Benefits of Doing Bootcamp Training

The existence of a training program will certainly provide many benefits to the participants. So, for those of you who don’t know what are the benefits of training, you can read the explanation below.

1. Impressed More Private

Usually, the number of participants in one class is quite limited, or around 15 to 20 people. A relatively small number in one class will be able to create a more private atmosphere.

Of course, the material to be learned will be easier to convey. Although it has a relatively small number of trainees. However, deciding to meet new people during the training will add to your social network.

Moreover, the curriculum in the program is well prepared by professional and experienced instructors. This will make it easier for you to gain knowledge related to the world of information technology or IT.

2. A Career Acceleration System

You could say that bootcamp is an intensive program that has a shorter time compared to learning at the college level. In fact, these training programs usually only run for a few weeks to produce graduates with leadership skills and ready to work in information technology or IT.

Even so, to be able to understand what is conveyed and learned in the training program, the participants must also be diligent in participating in the training and have personal initiative.

When a trainee has a low level of activity and initiative, it will usually make the training program useless. This is because the material from the training taught to him cannot be mastered properly.

3. The curriculum is structured more specifically

As previously explained, the time in this training program is very short. This will make the learning materials in the program also have to be specifically arranged.

Therefore, learning materials will be created by experienced professionals. Where the material that is arranged will be adjusted to more practical needs and focus on the material needed by the training participants.

4. There Are Career Opportunities Without Degrees

The main objective of the bootcamp training program is to be able to create work-ready graduates and open career opportunities without the need to attend college.

This program will play a very important role in the process of developing the participants’ abilities to achieve certain careers. Usually, when a participant graduates from this program, he will get several graduation marks such as certification. Where is the existence of this training program certification that can be used to fill out a CV for a job application.

So, those are some of the benefits that the participants will get. Of course, we can know better if the bootcamp program is indeed very important as a support for developing one’s abilities.

Differences with Lectures

From the explanation of the benefits provided by the training program, we can more easily know in general terms the difference between it and the college program. Bootcamp with college level programs are indeed different. Some of the differences between this training program and lectures are as follows.

1. Study Time Used

The first difference with the level of college education is the length of study time used. Where the implementation of the bootcamp training program is usually only between 12 to 15 weeks.

The time in the bootcamp training process is quite short because learning about information technology is not easy. With such a short time there will be a possibility of difficulty in understanding the material in a short time.

Then, for the time needed at the lecture level to get a degree as an IT graduate it usually takes four to five years.

2. Material Provided

Judging from the material provided, this training program will usually have a more practical and specific type. The material taught will be adjusted to the needs.

Even so, the material for this training program will be neatly arranged so that the learning process can also be more focused. Meanwhile, for lectures with longer time levels, the material taught in them is also more numerous and broader.

3. Amount of Fees Paid

The costs that will be incurred for this training program will be far more affordable than the cost of a college program. This is because of the duration and material of the program, bootcamp training is somewhat shorter and fewer. If indeed you have limited funds, then this training program is the right choice.

4. Job Prospects

Even though it is quite cheap in terms of costs, the job prospects provided by this training program are quite limited when compared to IT graduates. This is because the material in the bootcamp training program is more limited compared to lectures.

Even so, many choose to use a bootcamp training program. In fact, large companies have also used this training program specifically for employees with the aim of being able to develop information technology skills.

Bootcamp Types

Bootcamp is divided into several types in which of course the participants can choose according to their needs. The types will generally be divided into commitment and flexibility schemes. So, to understand more about the explanation of the types of bootcamp, here is a full review.

1. Commitment Scheme Bootcamp

Commitment schemes will usually be subdivided into two types such as part time and full time. Bootcamp part time or part time will usually be held at night or on weekends.

Where this type of part time is very suitable for those who have their own activities. The duration of this part time bootcamp will usually take 34 weeks. Meanwhile, for a full-time bootcamp, it will take 15 weeks.

2. Flexibility Bootcamp

Types of flexibility will be divided into three different types. There are offline , online , and self-paced bootcamps . Easily offline bootcamps will carry out the learning process with a face-to-face system, online bootcamps use an online or from home learning system and self-paced bootcamps will use their own learning system without any demands.

For now, online bootcamps are more in demand because they can be done anywhere and at any time. Where this type of online bootcamp will be more helpful with learning systems such as e-learning that can be better organized.

Can Learn Coding Self-taught?

Bootcamp training programs can be done to hone information technology or IT skills such as coding skills quickly. If asked whether participating in a bootcamp program requires special experience or not, the answer that can be given also depends on the training program being attended.

Currently, there are many types of bootcamp programs that are quite varied and available, starting from the beginner level to the experience level. For beginner programs, usually the participants who enter the bootcamp really don’t have any experience.

Even so, it should also be noted that the level of experience mastered will later affect salary expectations when graduating and applying for a job.

So, there are several benefits that you can get when you decide to take part in a coding bootcamp training program. So what are these benefits? The following is a full explanation.

1. More Affordable Prices and Shorter Time

When compared to studying with study programs at the lecture level, it turns out that the cost of participating in a coding bootcamp is relatively more affordable. The relatively more affordable costs will make the participants more able to hone their skills and know what skills are needed when entering the world of work.

In addition, the time required to participate in the coding bootcamp is also relatively short. There is a certain time range, starting from 12 to 24 or another time depending on the location of the bootcamp training chosen by the participants.

2. Practical Learning Process

When participants decide to take part in a coding bootcamp, they will directly learn important aspects of programming such as programming languages, platforms and the various skills needed by a developer.

The material presented is also in accordance with current business developments. This will make the coding bootcamp participants better prepared for the world of work.

Typically, a coding bootcamp will have several courses. There are those who really focus more on Ruby, JavaScript, C and Python or even focus on full stack web development.

This will allow coding bootcamp participants to more easily learn the material they want to master.

3. It Can Easier to Expand the Network

Expanding the network will have quite a positive influence on the career development of each coding bootcamp training participant. Where when he joins a coding bootcamp, someone will have stronger opportunities in building his network.

Not infrequently coding bootcamp institutions also have connections or collaboration with several companies. This will make it easier for participants to find work. Although everyone has a way of forming a career and different goals. But with a strong network, of course, it will also open an easier career gate.

Whatever career goals a person has, the existence of a coding bootcamp can be one of the facilities and motivation to improve performance skills in the field of information technology.

Recommended Bootcamp Training Places

The higher the level of need for IT experts, the more bootcamp training places you can easily find. In several cities there are several bootcamp places that you can use.

So, some recommendations for bootcamp places that you can use are as follows.

1. Binary Academy

Binar Academy is an end to end digital career solution platform that provides many facilities to its participants. Starting from inside binaries, bootcamp binaries to job connect.

Specifically for Binar Bootcamp, it has provided class facilities for fullstack web development, Android engineering, UI/UX Design & Research, Business Intelligence Analyst, and Product Management. Where binnar bootcamp has also used a curriculum and practical learning methods such as self-study with real projects. This will make it easier for participants to master fundamentals and best practices.

Currently, Binar Academy has been used by many large companies in its bootcamp training program. For example, such as Bank Mandiri, Bank BCA, PT Astra Honda Motor, Telkom Indonesia, Home Credit, Indomaret, Sayurbox, Investree, Dana, Prudential, Kiostix and others.

2. Revou

Revou is the next bootcamp recommendation. Where Revou is able to offer three different bootcamp programs, namely an intro program with a duration of one week, an advance program with a duration of 7 weeks and a full program with a duration of 6 months.

However, to take part in the program from Revou, you must register and take an acceptance test and also process a payment. The payment process at Revou can be done in cash or in installments within a period of 6, 12 to 18 months.

Alumni from Revou have also taken part in several big companies such as Tokopedia, Shopee, Traveloka, Bukalapak, Gojek, Lazada, Grab, Qraved, Uangteman, Fabelio, Orami, docdoc, Alodokter, Halodoc, and Kompas.

3. Purwadhika

Purwadhika provides several facilities in it. Starting from job connectors, kob accelerators, digital for executives and also online workshops. Particularly for the Purwadhika job connector, it will be held for 6 months and classes for full stack development, data science and machine learning, digital marketing and UI/UX design are already available.

Then, the Accelerator or bootcamp program is held for 10 weeks with several classes in it such as advanced performance marketing, advanced seo, advanced social media, and machine learning engineering.

Meanwhile, digital for executive will be conducted in a duration of around 9 to 11 weeks with several classes such as introduction to digital marketing, strategic digital marketing for leaders, data science for leaders, and data analysis.

Finally, there is Purwadhika’s online class which lasts for two to four hours with topics of discussion such as web & mobile development, data science & machine learning, digital marketing, UI/UX Design, business and startups.

So, those are three recommendations for bootcamp places that you can use. But actually in Indonesia there are still many trusted bootcamp places that have produced graduates in several big companies.

After knowing more about bootcamp, especially its benefits, are you interested in joining bootcamp?

If you want to find various kinds of books about coding, then you can get them at sinaumedia.com . To support Sinaumed’s in adding insight, sinaumedia always provides quality and original books so that Sinaumed’s has #MoreWithReading information.

Body Language – Not infrequently, a person will communicate with other individuals only with body expressions, alias without speaking at all. Even without spoken words, it turns out that these body expressions can also be a form of communication that reflects a person’s message or feelings. For this, surely Sinaumed’s also often does it right?

A simple example of body language is the use of the thumbs-up gesture to express agreement with the other person. Unfortunately, not everyone can read and understand the meaning of body language given by other people because sometimes in one area with another the meaning is different. This may be influenced by cultural differences that exist in the region concerned.

Then actually, what is body language? What forms of body language are often used by individuals in communicating? How do we read the gestures made by the other person so that we can understand the meaning of his thoughts?

So, so that Sinaumed’s isn’t confused about what body language is, let’s look at the following review!

Basic Concepts of Body Language

In short, body language is communication that contains a message and is conveyed non-verbally or without using words. This language is a process of exchanging thoughts or ideas that contain a certain message and is conveyed in the form of gestures, facial expressions, eye contact, touch, use of special symbols, postures and body movements, to silence.

According to David Cohen in his book entitled Body Language in Associations , suggests that body language can actually be a form of “mask” to express feelings to others. Everyone’s way of speaking is different as it reflects his personality, therefore the body gestures that people make will also be different from other people. Not only that, it turns out that the language spoken by each person can be included in semiotics, you know…

Meanwhile, according to Alo Liliweri in his book entitled Verbal and Non-Verbal Communication, he also argues that body language, aka body movement, is also part of non-verbal behavior, which conveys ideas or messages through communication symbols to other people. Since the process of communication in everyday life is something that is important, this language is also included in other options for communicating besides using words (verbal).

An example of this language that is often encountered is the use of the thumbs up sign which means agree. This language can also be a complement when communicating verbally to convince the other person. Usually the salesperson will use this language in the midst of their verbal communication to attract the attention of potential buyers to be willing to buy or use the product being offered.

Forms of Body Language

According to Beliak and Baker (1981), revealed that body language has three general forms and types, namely eye contact, facial expressions, and limb movements. Well, here is a brief description:

1. Eye Contact (Gaze)

The first form is eye contact, referring to the way someone looks at the other person, especially when carrying out verbal communication. In fact, not infrequently, eye contact that is made without any verbal communication can also convey messages to others. Yep, just paying attention or looking at someone without saying a word can actually send a message to other people, even though not everyone can read or understand that eye contact. Not only that, through eye contact can also support verbal communication that is being carried out. For example, the presence of a glazed look, anxiety, fear, enthusiasm can be seen from eye contact.

Does Sinaumed’s realize that the eye contact others make of us can also have meaning? In fact, not infrequently eye contact from someone can be a certain sign of the situation and condition they are experiencing, although some people often misunderstand the meaning of eye contact.

Let’s take the example of a ticket from the police. The police will usually use body language in the form of eye contact with transportation users, be it motorbikes or cars, to check the completeness of the documents they have. If these drivers do not bring complete paperwork, they will tend to have eyes or even dare not make eye contact with the police. Their “do not dare” to make eye contact because they simply know that they are at fault for the incomplete documents of the vehicle they are carrying. Actually, there is a certain science to learning this eye contact, especially with criminals. Unfortunately, the meaning of body language, especially eye contact, is different in every country, so it often causes misunderstandings.

2. Facial Expressions

The facial expressions that we often display when conversing with other people are also included in body language. This facial expression includes how the facial expressions are displayed when carrying out verbal communication, as a form of reaction to the message contained in the conversation. However, it should also be noted that facial expressions don’t have to be displayed only in verbal conversation, OK? Even when you’re in silent mode, you can do that too.

A person’s face can be likened to a mirror of the person’s thoughts and feelings, so that from the facial expressions displayed, we can “read” what message is to be conveyed. However, it should also be noted that facial expressions are not necessarily independent of their thoughts and feelings, because it all depends on how people look at them.

There are many people who do have a stern face, but their true nature is friendly. So many people misinterpret it and think the person is really curt, even though his face is like that. Facial expressions that reflect feelings and messages can usually be seen when they react to something.

3. Gesture or Body Movement

Gesture is a form of language in the form of hand, shoulder, leg, and finger movements. Usually, the use of this gesture is to support the conversation so that it is more convincing for the message to be conveyed. For example, if you want to talk about how big a building is, you will definitely describe it verbally accompanied by hand gestures above your head as if the building is towering.

Body Language Functions

According to Mark L. Knapp

According to Mark L. Knapp, body language as non-verbal communication has five functions as a complement to the ongoing verbal communication, which are as follows:

1. Repetition

The use of body language can function to repeat ideas that have been previously conveyed verbally. For example, a child is asked “Would you like to buy ice cream?”, then the child answers “Yes” out loud while jumping up and down with a happy face.

The act of jumping up and down accompanied by a happy face is also included in the body language which seems to give a repetition of the answer to his approval.

2. Substitution

The second function of using body language is to replace verbal symbols. In this case, one does not need to say any words to respond to something. Just by doing body language, surely most of the other people who are the other person will understand.

For example, body language in the form of body movements in the form of shaking the head can be interpreted as a sign of disapproval of the context of the conversation, especially in the Indonesian region.

3. Contradiction

The third function of using body language is to reject a verbal message by giving another meaning in the form of a non-verbal message. For example: when in the middle of giving a presentation, Deni gave a verbal compliment to his friend in the form of “You are great”, but after that he just pouted his lips.

4. Complements

The fourth function of using body language is to complement and support verbal messages. In this case, usually thoughts and messages are not conveyed verbally, so it is only limited to body language. Example: when someone is falling, because of the pain, one cannot say “it hurts” or “ouch”, but only shows a facial expression of pain.

5. Accentuation

The last function of using body language is to emphasize the verbal message to be conveyed. Example: when angry, someone will express his annoyance by hitting something around him as a form of confirmation to others that he is angry.

According to Paul Ekman

1. Emblems

The label can be a translation of a person’s non-verbal message. But in this case, the meaning or translation of the body language that is done varies in each region. For example: in the US, the gesture of the fingers forming a V sign means victory, while in many other countries the gesture means peace.

2. Illustrator

The function of usage is to explain or show an example of something being talked about in a verbal conversation. Example: Lita is talking about Fahrul who has a tall stature, so she gives more explanation by using body language in the form of gestures in the form of raising and lowering her hands from the ground to describe how tall Fahrul is.

This function is further divided into 8 forms, namely:

• Batons , namely a movement that shows a certain pressure on the verbal message to be conveyed.
• Ideographs , namely a movement that directs the mind to verbal messages. This form usually takes the form of facial expressions.
• Deictic Movements , namely movements to show something as a “substitute” for verbal messages.
• Spatial Movements , namely movements that describe the size of the situation.
• Kinetograph , which is a movement that describes a physical action.
• Rhythmic Movements , namely movements that show a certain rhythm.
• Pictographs , namely movements that describe something in the air.
• Emblematic Movements , namely movements that describe a certain verbal statement.

3. Regulators

The next use function is to direct, supervise, and coordinate verbal interactions with others. In this case, usually the use of body language is manifested in the form of eye contact.

4. Adapter

The fourth usage function is to describe iconic behavior that is usually conveyed consciously by the person concerned. Usually, the body language that is manifested is in the form of body gestures.

5. Affect Display

The last function of using body language is to describe feelings and emotions from someone without having to say it verbally. In this case it is usually manifested in facial expressions to show a reaction to something.

How to read other people’s thoughts from their body language

Actually, to read the other person’s mind based on their body language is not difficult. It’s just that, many people are smart in manipulating their body language so that the messages given are often not processed by us. But in general, when someone responds to something that is not much different. Well, here is the description.

Lying People’s Body Language

1. Touch nose. People who lie, usually tend to touch their nose when conversing. Not infrequently, they will also pretend to scratch their nose.
2. look away. People who lie, usually will look away alias unable to make eye contact with the other person.
3. Flashes frequently. The intensity of the blinking of people who are lying will usually continue to increase, as a form of nervousness over their lies.
4. Scratching the neck that shows the person lying is usually obvious, especially accompanied by a look in the other direction.

Body Language of People Who Are Interested in Something

1. Draw closer to objects or people that interest them. This language is unknowingly done, especially when he is interested in something.
2. Changes in the pupils of the eyes. Usually, if someone is interested in something or in a certain conversation, their gaze will change as if they want the conversation on that topic to continue.
3. Tidy up clothes and hair. This language is usually done by someone who is interested in someone, it can be in the form of smoothing the collar, pulling the skirt, or something else. This seems to give a good impression to the interlocutor who makes him interested.

The body language of people who are not comfortable with their surroundings

1. Cross your arms over your chest. This gesture indicates that a person is in a state of discomfort with the environment around him.
2. The combination of hand gestures with eye gaze. Especially someone who does not dare to express opinions or feelings of dislike towards others.

The Body Language of People Who Feel in Power

1. Put your feet on the table. This is of course impolite, so this gesture will directly show that someone is feeling in control of something. Even some opinions also say that someone does not have manners.
2. Exhale cigarette upwards. This is also actually impolite because smoking should be in a special room, not in a public place. Especially if the way to exhale cigarette smoke while slightly pouting his lips.

Body Language of People Who Feel Sad or Stressed

1. Bend down and his hands while rubbed on the back of the head.
2. Wiping the forehead. Body language is usually supported by facial expressions that show anxiety.

Body Language Through Hand Gestures

1. Rubbing the chin slowly, it can be interpreted that he is thinking.
2. Hands on waist, can show that he is aware of his environment.
3. Playing with glasses, can be interpreted that someone is stalling for time in making a decision.

Differences in Body Language and Their Meanings from Different Countries

Previously, it was written that body language has different meanings, especially from different countries. Maybe for a country, a language is interpreted as a positive thing, but in other parts of the world it can be interpreted as a negative thing. So, here are the differences in the meaning of body language in various countries.

1. Gesture Hand Movement

Not infrequently when you are having a verbal conversation, you will definitely include body language to support the message you want to convey. One of them is a hand gesture in the form of clenching the index finger and thumb. Generally, this hand gesture can mean approval or the word “OK”. However, in Greece, Spain and Brazil, these hand gestures are interpreted as calling someone with harsh words. Then in Turkey, the gesture is used to scold gay men.

2. Eye Contact

In some Western countries, making eye contact when conversing is a form of confidence as well as attention to the other person. This body language also indicates that the other person is interested in our conversation. However, in Middle Eastern countries, body language in the form of eye contact is considered impolite, especially to the opposite sex.

Then in several Asian, African and Latin American countries, body language in the form of eye contact for a long time is seen as aggressive and challenging at the same time. Especially in countries that are still thick with social hierarchies.

3. Moving Head

Body gestures in the form of moving the head either by shaking or nodding the head usually mean as a response to something. Shaking your head means disapproval, while nodding your head means agreement. However, in India, moving the head is seen as a form of actively listening to the conversation.

4. Physical Contact

Physical contact is also included in body language. In European countries, it is common to rarely make physical contact in the form of shaking hands when the other person is not well known. However, in Middle Eastern and Latin American countries, physical contact in the form of a handshake is mandatory, especially when getting acquainted or socializing.

So, that’s a review of what body language is and its forms that a person usually does, especially in non-verbal communication. Does Sinaumed’s often pay attention to other people’s body language when conversing?

Also Read!

• Understanding the Types of Communication
• Definition and Tips of Nonverbal Communication
• The Elements and Factors Influencing the Occurrence of Communication
• What Is Social Interaction?
• Communication Theory According to Experts
• Understanding and Characteristics of Mass Communication
• Definition and Types of Communication Media
• Tips for Implementing Effective Communication in Social Life
• Definition and Examples of Verbal Communication

Functions of Blood in the Human Body – Every human being must have blood in their respective bodies. Blood is a liquid in the human body that is endless. Even though a person bleeds a lot, blood can be recovered in various ways. An example is a blood transfusion.

Then what is blood? Is blood something very important in the human body? This article will discuss about blood. Starting from the definition of blood, types of blood cells, blood type to the function of blood.

Definition of Blood

Blood contains not only hormones, oxygen, nutrients and impurities in the body. Blood becomes the morning seat of plasma, cells and proteins. This is what makes blood have a thicker texture than water.

When viewed more deeply, blood cannot be interpreted only as a liquid that helps the nose run. However, it is also a means of channeling various things in the human body. In addition, blood is actually not completely liquid. Blood consists of solids and fluids.

The solid part of the blood contains various blood cells. The liquid part of blood is known as plasma. Plasma is made up of salt, protein and water. Blood plasma makes up at least 55% of the total blood composition. There are three types of blood cells in the blood. There are red blood cells whose job is to carry oxygen. Platelets are responsible for the blood clotting process. White blood cells are responsible for protecting the body from various diseases that might attack the body.

These blood cells are produced from the bone marrow. Red blood cells can live for about 120 days. Platelets can last up to six days. White blood cells live for less than one day.

These blood cells are produced by the bone marrow. Red blood cells can live for about 120 days, platelets can last up to six days, and white blood cells can live for less than one day.

Blood Components

1. Red blood cells

Red blood cells have the job of transporting oxygen and distributing it throughout the body. Through red blood cells, the oxygen needed by the body will be fulfilled properly.

However, the opposite can also happen. When there is a shortage of red blood cells in the human body, humans will experience anemia.

2. White blood cells

White blood cells have a function as an antibiotic. This means that white blood cells will fight diseases that the human body can succumb to. White blood cells are usually used to maintain the human body’s immunity. If a person lacks white blood cells, it will result in that person easily feeling sluggish, tired or tired.

This happens because the person’s immune system is not balanced. There are about 7,000 to 25,000 white blood cells in the human body. White blood cells work by looking for foreign objects. If on the way the white blood cells find a foreign object in the blood, then a will work to attack the foreign object.

In addition, the content in the white blood cells will also eat the incoming bacteria. Bacteria that enter the circulatory system will be eaten by these white blood cells.

3. Blood plasma

Another blood cell is blood plasma. Blood plasma is slightly yellowish in color. However, the yellow color present in blood plasma is clear and translucent. Blood plasma also has several substances that are beneficial to the human body. Substances carried by blood plasma are minerals, hormones, antibodies, carbon dioxide or waste substances, and the rest of protein breakdown. From this blood plasma that will transport the remaining substances that are not functioning. Then these substances will be absorbed in the small intestine.

4. Platelets

Blood Type Type

Knowledge of blood type is important. This is necessary when there are matters regarding blood such as blood transfusions. The blood used for transfusion must match the blood you have. Rhesus needs to be known during pregnancy. This is necessary, because blood type can also be seen whether it has the potential to become a threat to the life of the fetus or vice versa.

This blood type which is divided into 4 types has several characteristics or characteristics. The following are characteristics of each type of blood group

A blood type

This type of blood type A has characteristics, such as the antigen in this blood group is only A. While the antibodies in the blood plasma are B.

AB blood group

Type AB blood has characteristics, such as red blood cells consisting of antigen A and antigen B. Meanwhile, in the blood plasma there are antibodies A and antibodies B.

B blood group

Type B blood has characteristics, such as red blood cells where the antigen is B and antibodies in the blood plasma are A.

Blood type O

Type O blood has characteristics, such as antigens on red blood cells, namely antigen A and antigen B. Meanwhile, in blood plasma, antibodies are A and B.

Blood Functions

1. Transport oxygen

One of the first and main functions of blood is to transport oxygen. The air that enters the body and contains oxygen will go to the lungs. After that the air will undergo several processes. Then the oxygen will enter the capillaries in the human body.

The next process is oxygen will enter the blood plasma. The oxygen will diffuse into the red blood cells or called erythrocytes. This happens because of the function of red blood cells which contain hemoglobin or Hb to bind oxygen in the blood.

This process is referred to as deoxygenation. Oxygen in the body will turn into HbO2. Changes can occur around 97%. The rest will be in the blood plasma. After that it will be transported and circulated throughout the human body tissue.

2. Circulate food essence

The next function of blood is to transport and distribute food essences. Blood flows to all parts of the body by spreading food essences brought from oxygen uptake. These food extracts are also obtained from protein, some vitamins or carbohydrates which are obtained from the food that has been consumed.

The process of transporting and spreading this food essence occurs after the process of digestion of food occurs. Before the food extracts are distributed, the food essence will first pass through the liver. This happens to filter out all the toxins and other harmful substances present in the blood.

After the filtering process, then the nutrients or food extracts are circulated throughout the human body. This will make the body get enough food essence and evenly.

3. Circulate hormones

Blood also functions to circulate hormones that enter the body. The hormone is obtained because of a stimulus or stimulus. These stimuli can come from outside the human body, or from within the human body itself.

Blood will transport these hormones. Then the exocrine glands will take hormones that have no benefit. After that, it will be disposed of in special channels in the human body.

While the blood will carry the hormones that have been filtered earlier to the normal channels. This means that there is no special flow as required by the exocrine glands.

4. Attacking bacteria and germs

Blood also functions to attack bacteria and germs that enter the human body. Functions like this can occur because of the function of white blood cells or leukocytes. In the human body, there are five white blood cells. Among them are neutrophils, lymphocytes, basophils, monocytes and eosinophils.

The largest white blood or leukocytes are neutrophils. The amount can reach 60%. Neutrophils have a function to attack germs and bacteria that enter the human body.

Even so, other white blood cells also have other roles. Such as attacking germs, producing antibodies, and removing the remnants of damaged cells.

5. Heal wounds

Blood can also heal wounds. This is one function of the presence of blood in the human body. Part of the blood that plays a role in wound healing is called platelets. Platelets have a role to heal wounds on the human epidermis.

In the process, platelets will release the substances in them. This substance will combine with vitamin K. thus forming blood so that the blood becomes frozen. After the platelets freeze, slowly the platelets will try to cover the wound on the human epidermis.

If the number of platelets in the blood decreases, this will have an impact if there is an injury. Wounds become difficult to treat. Because there is no substance that is able to cover the wound and clot the blood in that part.

6. Carrying the remaining oxidation of body cells

The next function of the blood is to carry the rest of the cell oxidation. The oxidation of these cells is carried out because they are not useful for the body, so they will be removed from the body. This can be seen when the process of doing breathing.

There, there is a process of transporting oxygen. Oxygen is lifted through the blood to the heart organs. Then from the heart will experience a process and circulate to all parts of the body.

After being processed from the heart organ, the oxygen that produces carbon dioxide will eventually be removed through the blood. The disposal process occurs when exhaled simultaneously at the time of exhalation.

7. As a regulator of body temperature

Blood also functions to regulate the temperature of the human body. Body temperature will be kept stable from 36 degrees to 37 degrees Celsius. Body temperature is also affected by blood circulation. The human body temperature is not affected by environmental conditions. However, it is influenced by the human circulatory system.

The results of blood oxidation will produce heat in the body. If the oxidation is good, then the temperature in the body will tend to be good too. If the oxidation is not good, then the temperature in the body will also tend to be bad.

Blood will absorb and distribute heat throughout the body. This fluid will help to maintain homeostasis. Through the release or conservation of warmth. Homeostasis is the regulation of conditions that exist within the human body. Such as moisture content, temperature and carbon dioxide levels.

Blood vessels can also expand and contract when reacting to outside organisms. Like bacteria or internal hormones. In addition, when a chemical change occurs.

This action will cause more heat to be carried by blood on human skin. The heat can be lost into the air. Blood vessels can shrink again, this will have an impact on reducing heat loss through the skin after body temperature returns to normal again.

8. Removing waste products from cell metabolism

The next function of the blood is to remove waste products from cell metabolism or excretion processes. This happens because not all substances transported by blood are substances that are useful for the human body.

Some substances that do not have the function of the results of this metabolism will be transported by the blood and go to the secretory organs. These substances will flow into the excretion or disposal system. Such as the liver, kidneys and skin.

9. Keeping seeds of disease

Blood has another function, namely harboring germs of disease. In addition, blood can also keep the body fit and healthy. Prevention of diseases carried out by the blood is done through the pieces of blood or platelets in the blood.

This blood platelet functions to harbor germs so that they do not spread throughout the human body. Blood will control it. Germs of disease will also be killed by blood platelets. This is what makes the human body feel healthier.

10. Against disease

White blood cells, also known as leukocytes, are blood components that have a duty to fight disease. The number of blood cells is only a few. About one percent of circulating blood. However, these white blood cells or leukocytes can multiply. These white blood cells will multiply when there is inflammation or an infection. So it becomes more.

11. Transporting water

The volume of the human body is mostly made up of water. This water is in the blood plasma. Water in the human body will flow in the blood vessels and capillaries. This will allow water to reach all organs or parts of the human body.

The need for water in the human body will help prevent various kinds of health problems that can occur. In addition, it can also facilitate the digestive process. Another function of water in the body is that it can help the metabolic system that occurs in the human body.

12. Maintaining acid-base levels of fluids in the body

Blood also functions to maintain acid and alkaline levels of fluids or pH in the human body. This function is carried out to prevent damage to body tissues. This damage can occur because it can be caused by buffer compounds.

13. Carries body waste

Another function of the blood is to carry body waste to the human kidneys and liver organs. Blood has the function of transporting waste to the organs whose job it is to remove and process it for disposal. These organs are the kidneys and liver.

In the kidneys, substances such as uric acid, urea and creatinine are filtered from the blood plasma. The substance will then enter the ureter. Then it will be excreted from the body in the form of urine.

The liver will also remove toxins from the blood. Blood that is rich in vitamins is the result of the absorption of the digestive organs, then it will be cleaned by the liver. After that the vitamins will be circulated to the cells in the body.

Kinds of Blood Diseases

Blood Clotting

Blood clotting itself serves to heal injuries and wounds. The next disease caused by blood is blood clots. In this disease, blood clots will cause blood clots, which can endanger the sufferer.

Hemophilia

Hemophilia is a blood disease that can occur if a person already has a high enough blood clotting level. Therefore, people with hemophilia bleed easily and often experience bruising.

Anemia

Anemia is a disease caused by reduced levels of red blood cells (hemoglobin) in the body. Reduced red blood cells, the oxygen that is transported by red blood cells becomes less than optimal. Symptoms of this disease, such as pale face and skin, body feeling tired, and so on.

Blood cancer

Blood cancer is a disease caused by blood and is practically the same as leukemia. This blood cancer originates from blood cells where the division is not optimal.

Blood Enhancing Foods

Blood booster foods are very diverse. In addition, usually the content of substances in blood-boosting foods, such as iron, vitamin A, vitamin B12, folic acid, and copper.

Iron

Foods that contain iron, such as spinach, beef, broccoli, beans, chicken or beef liver, cabbage, and kale.

Vitamin A

Blood-boosting foods that contain vitamin A are usually in the form of fruits, such as melons, watermelons, sweet potatoes, pumpkin, spinach, carrots and peppers.

Vitamin B12

Foods that contain vitamin B12 can also increase a person’s blood. Here are some foods that contain vitamin B12, such as eggs, milk, cheese and red meat.

Folic acid

Some foods that contain folic acid in it, such as soybeans, spinach, rice, beef, and avocado.

Copper

Chicken, cherries, nuts, and liver are blood-boosting foods that contain copper.

That’s information about blood. Find other interesting information at www.sinaumedia.com . sinaumedia as #FriendsWithoutLimits will always provide interesting book recommendations for Sinaumed’s.

Also read articles related to ” Blood Function “:

• Biochemistry and Biomolecules
• Movement System in Humans
• tissue in plants
• Great Circulatory System
• Small Circulatory System
• Cell
• Hormone System
• Evolution Theory
• Genetic Material
• Biotechnology
• Evolution
• Cell Reproduction
• Heredity

Author: Wida Kurniasih

Source: from various sources

Blanching is – The most important thing about agricultural products such as vegetables and fruit is their freshness, because it is the main basis for considering the quality level of these foodstuffs. However, usually these products are very susceptible to damage. The damage experienced is generally caused by enzymes and microorganisms that can affect the taste, color and freshness of the product itself.

In the culinary world itself, there are various cooking techniques that can be used to maximize the function of these ingredients. To be able to maintain the taste, color and freshness of the product, there is a technique called blanching or blanching. Has Sinaumed’s ever heard of this word?

To be able to find out more about blanching or blanching techniques that you can use at home as your cooking technique, then you can see this review until it’s finished, Sinaumed’s.

Definition of Blanching

Blanching is a cooking technique by boiling vegetables or fruit in boiling water in a short time. In addition, blanching is often used in the process of preparing foodstuffs (vegetables or fruit) which will be further processed into other foods. Blanching can be applied in the process of storing vegetables at home or in industry.

In storage at home, it will usually be boiled using water and salt or it could be with broth, so that the vegetables have a savory taste. Meanwhile, at the industrial level, this technique is usually applied using a conveyor belt after the vegetables have gone through a pre-heating process by immersing them in hot water with a temperature of 70-100 degrees Celsius. Water is heated and cooled using a heat exchanger and recirculated for continuous use, this process can keep production costs down.

Food ingredients to be blanched will generally be put in boiling water for 1-2 minutes. After that, the blanched vegetables or fruit are removed and dipped in ice water (also known as shocking or refreshing ). This needs to be done to stop the further cooking process.

With the application of this technique, it can stop the enzymatic activity that can make vegetables rot, even though they have been frozen. In addition, this process will result in the color of green vegetables remaining green after processing.

In addition, blanched vegetables are vegetables that are usually served cold. In general, blanching is done for vegetables and fruits that will undergo canning, drying or freezing processes.

Blanching Method

There are 3 methods of blanching itself, here below is a complete explanation of the 3 methods.

1. Blanching with Hot Water (Hot Water Blanching)

This method is almost the same as the regular boiling process. Although this method is quite efficient, it has drawbacks. The drawback of this blanching method is that we will lose food components that dissolve easily in water and materials that are not heat resistant.

Usually, the temperature will be around 70-100 degrees Celsius. The equipment used is also quite easy, namely only a lid and a large pot. This method is said to be the cheapest method.

2. Blanching with Hot Water Steam (Steam Blanching)

Blanching with this method is often used. With this method, it will further reduce the components of food ingredients that are easily soluble in water or food ingredients that cannot stand heat such as vitamins, proteins, minerals, and others.

In addition, this method is recommended for several types of vegetables such as broccoli, squash, potatoes and winter squash. The time required in this method is also 1.5 times longer than using the water blanching method .

3. Hot Gas Blanching

In this technique using chimney gas from burning gas in a heating medium which is used to heat food, resulting in a blanching process. By using the gas blanching method , it will reduce the waste generated later.

However, this technique often results in reduced product weight. Usually, in industry, the most frequently used blanching methods are steam and water blanching techniques .

Cooking Techniques Series: All-Stir-Fried Cuisine

Blanching Purpose

It feels incomplete if you don’t discuss the purpose of blanching. The purpose of blanching is as follows:

1. To get good quality vegetables and fruits to be dried, canned or frozen.
2. To reduce the activity of enzymes that can cause changes in taste, flavor, color, texture and nutritional value.
3. To remove the gas that is in between cells.
4. Due to degassing, it will reduce the discoloration due to oxidation, and obtain a vacuum condition in the headspace when canned.
5. To fix the texture
6. To lower the initial microbial count
7. To simplify the filling process in canning due to softening of the texture
8. To remove unwanted odors and flavors
9. To remove mucus on some types of vegetables
10. To improve the color of products such as strengthening the green color of green vegetables.

Blanching function

The ability of the blanching process to obtain a good product is based on several functions as follows:

1. Inactivating Enzymes

This enzyme can cause changes in the quality of food ingredients, especially fresh food ingredients that are easily damaged due to high enzyme activity. Several oxidative enzymes that become inactive in the blanching process are peroxidase, catalase, polyphenol oxidase, lipoxygenase, and others.

One example of the blanching technique is the process of making apple cider with the aim of inactivating the polyphenolase enzyme. This polyphenolase enzyme can catalyze the oxidation reaction of phenolic compounds resulting in the formation of the desired brown color because it spoils the appearance of the product and is not liked by consumers.

2. Reducing Gas between Cells

The reduction in intercellular gas results in a decrease in oxygen levels in the material, which will result in a decrease in the activity of oxidative enzymes whose activity is affected by the oxygen content in the material.

3. Reducing Activity and Even Killing Microorganisms

The next function of blanching is to reduce or kill microorganisms. However, this technique can cause negative effects in the form of loss of heat-sensitive nutrients. Sensitive nutrients will dissolve in the blanching process which is carried out by the boiling method.

Technique 5-30-7

Has Sinaumed’s ever heard of this term? The term 5-30-7 actually has the same meaning as blanching . In this case, the number 5-20-7 is calculated in minutes and is usually used to process or cook meat. Then, what is the term for those minutes? Here’s the full explanation.

1. Prepare a pot filled with water. Then, simmer until it is completely boiling.
2. Place the beef in the pot containing the boiling water and cook the beef for 5 minutes.
3. After 5 minutes, turn off the stove then cover the pot and leave the meat for about 30 minutes in the pot.
4. After that, boil the meat again for 7 minutes.

Blanching Process Time

Each food ingredient has a different blanching time process for enzyme inactivation. This depends on the type of material, the blanching method used, the size of the material and the temperature of the heating medium used. If the immersion is too short it is called ( under blanching ) this makes the vegetables rot quickly, if the immersion is too long, it can be said ( over blanching ). This can make vegetables lose their taste, color, vitamins, minerals to texture.

So that you don’t go wrong in blanching , the length of time used for several types of food will be explained below.

1. Broccoli with 2-3 minutes
2. Corn with time 2-3 minutes
3. Spinach with 12 minutes
4. Small beets, whole in 3-5 minutes
5. Beet is diced within 3 minutes
6. 2 minutes for small asparagus, 3 minutes for medium size and 4 minutes for large size.
7. Chickpeas within 3 minutes
8. Cauliflower in 3 minutes
9. Celery in 3 minutes
10. Leafy green vegetables in 3 minutes
11. Okra within 3 minutes
12. Gambas within 3 minutes
13. Turnips within 3 minutes
14. Mushrooms and corn in no less than 9 minutes
15. Cabbage with time 1.5 minutes.
16. Onion with time 10-15 seconds
17. Potatoes with time 3-5 minutes
18. Half chili with 3 minutes, chopped chili with 2 minutes.

The length of time needed to carry out the blanching process must be just right, that is, not too deep and not too short. This is because the excessive blanching process can cause the product to overcook and lose the flavor and nutrients in the food.

As for food products from the results of blanching, for example, such as:

• Canned food
• UHT products
• Pasteurized milk
• Fruit juice, fruit juice
• Jelly drink yogurt

Complete Guide to Butchery Science, Meat Cutting and Processing Techniques

Influence on Food Quality During the Blanching Process

When the blanching process is carried out, it can have an impact on the quality of food, including:

1. Flavor

Directly or indirectly, the blanching process will affect the taste of various food products by inactivating the enzymes in these foods. This process often improves taste retention and can often remove unwanted bitterness in foods.

2. Texture

Blanching itself can cause softening of unwanted food products. Even so, this can be overcome by adding calcium to these foods. The use of a combination of low temperatures on raw materials proved to be quite effective in the friming process of canned vegetables. Then, the structure of food ingredients can also be assessed by measuring their crispness, crunchiness and instrument measurements such as maximum shear force.

3. Color

The color change that occurs in the blanching technique can occur directly or indirectly. For example, when processing potatoes which in this processing process, there will be a change in the color of the potatoes. The change usually occurs because of the Maillard reaction.

4. Nutritional Value

Blanching will reduce the nutritional value of food, especially when using hot water. Some of the nutrients that may be lost during processing include vitamin C, vitamin B1, vitamin B2, carotene and several other minerals.

Stage of Performing Blanching

There are several steps that you have to do when you want to do the blanching technique in cooking, including:

1. Material Preparation

Wash vegetables using running water. While washing, heat water in a saucepan until cooked.

2. Blanching Process

Place the clean vegetables in a pot of boiling water. The recommended temperature is around 75-95 degrees Celsius with a duration of 1-10 minutes, depending on the type of vegetable.

3. Keep Temperature

When all the vegetables have entered the pot, then close the pot and start counting the blanching duration . In addition, keep the temperature stable according to the specified time.

4. Chill

Prepare ice cubes first in a bowl of water. Then you drain the vegetables and put them in a container or basin filled with ice water or run them over with cold running water.

This is so that the food ingredients can cool immediately and also do not experience the cooking process from the remaining heat after boiling. Usually, this process is carried out with the same duration as the blanching process .

5. Dry

Dry the cooled vegetables, and make sure there is no water left in the vegetables because the remaining water can affect the quality of vegetables stored in the refrigerator.

6. Pack

Pack the vegetables in a container and put them in the freezer , so that the vegetables get the ideal temperature.

Tips for Good Blanching

There are several tips that you need to pay attention to when you want to use the blanching technique , including:

1. Don’t skip the part of soaking vegetables in ice water, this process can be said to be important in preserving food in the blanching method .
2. To make it easier to peel fruit like tomatoes, make an X-shaped cut using a knife before placing the fruit in boiling water.
3. Blanching can also be done by steaming or using a microwave
4. Blanching can be done to make broth so that the result is not rancid or fishy. The trick, can be done by putting meat or bones into boiling water, then remove the foam and dirt from the first boil.

Function of Blanching in Meat

Not only vegetables, if you want to prepare dishes from meat ingredients so that they become more tender and produce a delicious broth that also doesn’t smell fishy, ​​then you can use the blanching technique . So, here is the function of the blanching technique for meat.

1. Cleans Broth and Makes Food Appear Cleaner

If you want your cooking to have a clean and clear broth, then you can first blanching the meat or bones before making the stock and seasoning it.

You can start this method by boiling the meat or bones, stirring occasionally until the water boils for 10 seconds. After that, you turn off the heat and the surface of the cooking water will form foam.

If this foam is left, it can make your cooking cloudy. Therefore, you should be able to throw away the cooking water and rinse the meat with clean running water. In addition to the broth being clean, this will affect the appearance of your dishes and they will look smooth and clean.

2. Eliminate the Sharp Aroma of Meat and Offal

Blanching can be used to remove the unpleasant aroma produced from meat or offal such as intestines, lungs and others. After the smell of meat is reduced, your cooking will taste more delicious and won’t take away your appetite.

How to blanching meat or offal you can boil in plain water or water seasoned with herbs or spices.

3. Tighten the Texture of the Offal or Soften it

Some parts of the meat have a soft texture like the innards in general, such as the brain and lungs. If the innards are directly processed, then you will definitely have trouble. However, if you do the blanching technique , the texture of the innards will harden and be easier to process.

Cooking Techniques Series: Steamed, Teamed, and Boiled Cuisine

Well, in Sinaumed’s, he explained about blanching as well as tips and how to apply the blanching technique. If you want your cooking results to be better, you can try these tips and blanching techniques, so you can do this technique at home regularly. Hopefully all the discussion in this article is useful for Sinaumed’s. So, are you going to try this cooking blanching technique at home?

If Sinaumed’s wants to find out more about blanching or other books on cooking techniques, then you can get them at sinaumedia.com . To support Sinaumed’s in adding insight, sinaumedia always provides quality and original books so that Sinaumed’s has #MoreWithReading information .

Author: Christin Devina

Also read:

Black Card Is – Does Sinaumed’s know what a Black Card is? In short, this Black Card is a credit card that is only owned by the elite because the number is indeed limited. Yep, you could say that this Black Card can only be owned by the rich, so it can be a source of pride for them. However, not all rich people can have it, there are several requirements and even the relevant bank will provide a special invitation for those who are entitled to become holders of this special credit card. In Indonesia alone, there is one artist who is known to be the owner of a Black Card. Try to guess, who do you think it is ?

The existence of this Black Card is increasingly recognized by the general public because it is owned by their idols, especially K-Pop idols. Yep, many of these idols turned out to be included in the elite so they are entitled to become Black Card holders. Then, what is a Black Card? What are the benefits provided by this elite card? Who are Black Card holders in this world? Come on, look at the following reviews so that Sinaumed’s understands these things!

What is a Black Card?

In short, this Black Card is a credit card that is only owned by the elite because the number is indeed limited. This special credit card was first issued by American Express (AMEX) in 1999. American Express (AMEX) is indeed the largest credit card issuing company in the world. Its existence can only be used by the upper middle class, aka the rich. In addition, the shape of the card is made of a material that is not arbitrary, namely titanium and is equipped with a luxurious and elegant design.

Even though there are lots of rich people in this world, not all of them can have this Black Card. This is because Black Cards can only be owned by those who have been directly invited by the American Express Centurion Bank itself. In addition, it can be said that the Black Card holders are VVIP customers. Invitations to own this Black Card will be given when prospective owners shop with a minimum transaction of USD 250,000 each year, which uses an AMEX Platinum or AMEX Gold card. This USD 250,000 in rupiah is around IDR 3,711,512,500! It doesn’t just stop there, Black Card owners must be able to pay a membership fee of USD 5,000 or the equivalent of IDR 66 million.

Then, what are the privileges of owning this Black Card? Is it the same as the credit cards that we generally have? Of course not! There are many privileges that only Black Card holders can enjoy. Starting from the convenience of accessing luxury facilities to getting super big discounts at five-star restaurants and hotels! Wow, that’s really profitable!

What are the advantages of having a black card?

Black Card owners can of course enjoy the many luxurious facilities offered by luxury places as well. However, these luxurious facilities are commensurate with their expenses, which can reach billions a year. Indeed, what are the luxurious facilities? Let’s look at the following description!

1. VIP Access Service

Anyone who owns a Black Card will of course feel the VIP access service to any place or event. Even if the owner of this special card wants to attend a concert, he will get a place in the front row and become a priority.

2. Entitled to Close Shop For Unlimited Shopping

The second special facility of the Black Card is that the owner has the right to close shops or even entire malls so that he can shop without limits. Yep, it can be said that this Black Card makes it an exclusive figure to get anything, including when shopping.

3. Get Exclusive Invitations from Famous Brands

Do you know about famous fashion events in the world such as the Victoria’s Secret Fashion Show? So, if you own a Black Card, you can easily get an exclusive invitation to attend the event. Not only that, many well-known brands will give you exclusive invitations for their big events.

4. Luxury Access on a Cruise Ship

Another advantage of having a Black Card is that he can access luxury facilities on cruise ships, from access to rooms to services. Wow, this advantage is very useful when you want to go on vacation!

5. Become an Elite Guest in a Luxury Hotel

The existence of this Black Card will provide more benefits by making us elite guests in luxury hotels. Through this ‘elite guest’ status, you will also get the best service and can even postpone the check-out time. Not only that, you will be entitled to access the Centurion Lounge at the airport.

6. Get Special Access to Elite Car Rentals

If you are a Black Card owner, then you will be entitled to special access, especially at elite car rental places, such as Hertz and Aviz. You can even get access to the Centurion Auto program, which is a luxury car rental service access program with various price options.

There are many luxury car brands that you can rent by showing this Black Card, let’s say there are Bentleys, Lamborghinis, to racing cars in F1.

Types of Black Cards in the World

Even though American Express (AMEX) was the originator of this Black Card, now this special credit card has several types. What are you doing?

1. American Express Centurion Card

Black Card holders issued by the American Express Centurion Card can enjoy a variety of luxury facilities, ranging from access to a spacious airport lounge, hotel concierge program (the front office staff of the hotel will escort guests to the room), ownership of elite status in luxury hotels, luxury car rental, and many others.

The Black Card from American Express is intended for customers who have high shopping intensity. Not only that, this Black Card will set a registration fee of $ 10,000 or around 148 million rupiah. Furthermore, the annual fee is $ 5,000 or 74 million rupiah.

2. Mastercard Black Card

The existence of this special credit card issued by Mastercard Black Card also has an annual fee but can be called the most affordable, which is $ 495 or around 7 million rupiah. In addition, the owner can still enjoy luxurious and exclusive facilities. Starting from VIP room access, luxury vacation packages, no overseas transaction fees, and many more.

3. JP Morgan Reserve Card

So, for this one Black Card, not all rich people can have it. Yep, Black Card holders issued by the JP Morgan bank must get an exclusive invitation. Currently, there are 5,000 users of this type of JP Morgan Black Card. One of these Black Card users even has assets worth 10 million US dollars.

If you want to register to have a JP Morgan Reserve Card, you have to pay an annual fee of around $ 595 or 8 million rupiah. Many benefits are obtained from the ownership of this Black Card, ranging from free airport lounge membership, annual bonuses, annual travel credits of up to $ 300, and many more.

Who Has Black Card Owners in This World?

In the world, there are lots of rich people but not all of them can have this special credit card. In addition, the owner of the Black Card doesn’t have to be a businessman, it turns out that many K-Pop idols also have this elite credit card. Who are the owners of this Black Card? Let’s see the review!

1. Nagita Slavina

Yep, Nagita Slavina as the wife of Raffi Ahmad who also owns many companies is also the owner of the Black Card. This appears in a video on his YouTube channel. It’s only natural that Nagita Slavina has this special credit card because the requirement to get it is that you have to have a minimum salary of IDR 18.5 billion per year!

2. G-Dragon BIGBANG

The 2nd generation K-Pop idol who is also the leader is also the owner of a Black Card. G-Dragon aka Kwon Ji-Young can be called a successful idol, because he is not only a BIGBANG K-Pop idol, but also a businessman and songwriter. Therefore, it is not surprising that his wealth will not run out in 7 generations! G-Dragon’s total wealth in 2017 was estimated at IDR 283 billion!

3. Girls’ Generation’s Taeyeon

The solo singer and leader of the second generation girl group, Girls’ Generation, is also known to have a Black Card. This was seen in an episode of Taengoo TV (TGTV), when he was paying for some items. Taeyeon has been in the South Korean entertainment industry for a long time, starting from singing solo, filling in drama soundtracks, to starring in several well-known advertisements.

4. Suho EXO

The leader of the EXO boyband is also the owner of the Black Card, which his fans have known for a long time. This was discovered on EXO’s Showtime, when EXO members were asked to unload their wallets. According to fans, Suho aka Kim Jun-Myeon has indeed become a wealthy figure since he has not debuted as an idol. He also often treats EXO members and other staff. Currently, Suho is still an active member of EXO and is a soloist and actor.

5. Jaehyun NCT

Jaehyun is a member of the boy band NCT which is still actively involved in the world of South Korean entertainment. Fans know Jaehyun is the owner of the Black Card when several videos of him accidentally show the existence of the Black Card in his hand. Currently, Jaehyun is not only active as a K-Pop idol but also as a songwriter and actor.

Last June, Jaehyun came to an event organized by the world’s leading fashion brand, Prada. At that time, Jaehyun also met several big actors, namely Win Metawin (Thailand) and Song Kang (South Korea).

6. Members of BTS

It is known that several BTS members also have this Black Card, namely Jin, Jungkook and Suga. For the other members it is not yet known because they have not shown it in any videos. On his 27th birthday, BTS’s official Twitter account shared a video of Jin making transactions for his staff and members. In the video, Jin can be seen taking out the Hyundai Black Card.

While on an episode of Run, BTS’s variety show, it also shows that Jungkook has this special credit card. Another BTS member who is known to have a Black Card is Suga. Suga is not only successful as a K-Pop idol, but he also works as a producer for various song projects, one of which is PSY’s song.

7. Sandra Park

Sandara Park is a former member of the girl group 2NE1 who also has a Black Card. 2NE1 is a 2nd generation girl group which at that time was under the auspices of YG Entertainment. This was known when he was on a television show titled Getting Beauty , and was seen taking out a Black Card to pay for eyebrow shaping services.

So, that’s a review of what a Black Card is and its benefits and who owns this special credit card. Is Sinaumed’s interested in becoming one of these elite card holders?

Also Read!

• Duties, Authorities, and History of the Central Bank
• Definition, Types, and How to Choose a Broker
• Definition and Characteristics of Economic Principles
• The 3 Highest Currencies in the World, What Are They?
• Short Term Investment Success Strategy
• Types of Economic Actors and Their Role in the Indonesian Economy
• Definition and Examples of Economic Goods
• Definition of People’s Economy and Its Application in Indonesia
• Forms of Economic Globalization and Its Impact on Indonesia
• Definition, characteristics, causes, and examples in Indonesia
• Mainstream Meaning and Examples of Its Use
• Definition of BEP and How to Calculate It
• How to Choose a Role Model?
• The Ups and Downs of Undergoing LDR with a Partner

Biotic natural phenomena – Humans interact with nature every day because the environment we live in also includes nature. If humans can get sick if contaminated by viruses or bacteria, so can nature which can cause an incident.

However, usually nature that is not good will usually cause natural phenomena which can have an impact on human life. In fact, some natural phenomena can also bring about a natural disaster that can be detrimental to humans and the surrounding environment.

Therefore, along with the times, many countries have used several tools to detect natural phenomena that are happening. That way, things that we don’t want can be minimized.

Are you about natural phenomena? Basically, there are natural phenomena that we have often seen. For example, when the appearance of lightning when there is rain. Then, there is rain which if too long can cause flooding, and of course there are many more.

However, did Sinaumed’s know that natural phenomena are divided into two? First, biotic natural phenomena and second, abiotic natural phenomena. To find out both, see this article to the end, Sinaumed’s.

Symptoms of Biotic Nature

Based on the term, the meaning of biotic is something that is directly related to living things, namely humans, animals and plants. The characteristics of the biotic itself, such as being able to move, being able to breathe, and being able to reproduce.

Meanwhile, the biotic environment is the environment that includes all living organisms in an ecosystem. In other words, biotic natural phenomena are an environment in which living things exist. For example, plant pests are rampant. In animals there are also natural biotic symptoms, namely the occurrence in animals that give birth and then raise.

Not only that, plants also experience biotic symptoms, namely in the process of reproduction that occurs due to photosynthesis or that comes from nutrients obtained from roots.

Examples of biotic natural phenomena

So, Sinaumed’s already knows what is meant by biotic natural phenomena, so in order to know more about biotic natural phenomena, Sinaumed’s also needs to know examples of biotic natural phenomena.

Then, what are examples of biotic natural phenomena? Find the answer in the discussion below, Sinaumed’s.

1. Extinction of Rare Species in Nature

The extinction of endangered species of flora or fauna in an ecosystem is an example of a biotic natural phenomenon. There are many factors that trigger the occurrence of this.

An example is poaching activities carried out by certain persons. Usually, these hunters will target or hunt rare animals which then take their body parts to be resold. If this happens, then the animal species will slowly become extinct. Examples of species that are considered extinct are birds of paradise, pandas, one-horned rhinoceros, and so on.

2. Number of Weeds or Pests in Plant Ecosystems

Another example of biotic natural phenomena is the number of weeds or pests that exist in a plant ecosystem. For example, in a lake, garden or rice field that has lots of weeds. If this is allowed to continue and not eradicated immediately, it can eat the plants that are being harvested, so that farmers can suffer losses.

One type of plant that becomes a pest when it grows too much is water hyacinth. Have you ever heard the name of this plant? Usually, water hyacinth will grow in waters, such as lakes because it can cause siltation in the lake.

Biotic Components

Biotic is a term used to refer to living organisms or things. The biotic component is a component that makes up an ecosystem other than the abiotic or inanimate components.

Based on the role and function, living things can be divided into two kinds, namely as follows:

• Heterotrophs / Consumers

Heterotrophic components are organisms that utilize organic matter. These organic materials are provided by other organisms as food.

The heterotrophic components can be called macroconsumers or phagotrophs . This is because the food eaten is smaller. Which include or are classified as heterotrophs such as humans, animals, fungi, and microbes.

• Decomposer / Decomposer

Organisms that decompose organic matter come from dead organisms which are decomposers or decomposers. Decomposers may be referred to as macroconsumers or sapotrophs . This is because the food eaten has a larger size.

Decomposing organisms can absorb some of the results of decomposition and release simple materials that can be reused by producers. Examples of decomposers are bacteria and fungi. There are also decomposers called detritivores , which are decomposer animals that eat the remains of organic matter. An example is wood lice. There are three types of decomposition, namely:

1. Aerobic: oxygen is an electron acceptor/oxidant
2. Anaerobic: oxygen is not involved. Organic materials as electron acceptors / oxidants
3. Fermentation: anaerobic is organic material that is oxidized as an electron acceptor. These components are found in a place and interact to form an orderly ecosystem unit.

For example, in an aquarium ecosystem consisting of fish as a heterotrophic component, then aquatic plants as an autotrophic component, and plankton floating in the water as a decomposer component. Which includes abiotic components such as sand, stone, water, minerals and oxygen dissolved in water.

Abiotic Natural Symptoms

Abiotic is the opposite of biotic. Therefore, this biotic has the characteristics of being unable to move, unable to breathe, and so on. In the Big Indonesian Dictionary (KBBI), abiotic is related to or characterized by the absence of living organisms.

So, abiotic natural phenomena are all natural events that occur in non-living things. Basically, we can see these biotic natural phenomena in natural events, such as rain, wind, humidity, and so on.

Currently, technology continues to experience development, including in the field of biology. Therefore, we should study biotechnology. Basically, there are various ways to study biotechnology, one of which is by reading books.

Examples of Abiotic Natural Symptoms

As with biotic natural phenomena, abiotic natural phenomena also have examples. Below will be given some examples of biotic natural phenomena.

1. Storm or Wind

There are storms or winds that hit a certain ecosystem due to differences in pressure and temperature in the air. When the difference in pressure and temperature in the air occurs on a large scale (see here the causes of hurricanes), storms can cause a lot of harm to plants, animals and humans.

However, if the wind occurs on a small scale, then the wind benefits biotic components such as plants because it can help in the pollination process.

2. Tsunami

Tsunami comes from the Japanese language which is used to name a disaster that occurs as a result of a shift in the earth’s plates in the sea area (see in full here the causes of a tsunami). As a result, there was a large basin that made the sea water recede and then produce big waves that move very fast.

3. Mount Erupts

Mountains are vulnerable places because they erupt easily, this is an example of an abiotic natural phenomenon. Volcanic eruptions are triggered due to high pressure on the gas in the volcano which pushes magma deposits out of the bowels of the earth. This makes a lot of losses, although there are also advantages, even if only very little. The advantage makes the soil more fertile than usual.

Today, microorganisms continue to be used primarily for fermentation. Knowing about microorganisms can be done through the book Biotechnology Utilization of Microorganisms & Bioprocess Technology. This book will discuss the legal aspects of biotechnology products. In addition to various basic concepts, this book also explains the scope, development, and application of biotechnology in the service and product industries.

Abiotic Components

In order to deepen our knowledge of abiotics, we need to know the abiotic components. Already know about abiotic components? Well, if you don’t know it yet, then you can see the discussion below, Sinaumed’s.

1. Temperature or temperature

Temperature-influenced biological processes which require energy to regulate body temperature are mammals and birds. In addition, temperature determines the conditions for a creature to live. The measure of heat intensity in standard units and usually using the degree Celsius scale is the meaning of air temperature.

2. Air

Whether or not the availability of water affects the distribution of organisms. Water is one of the elements that is needed by all living things, especially humans. This is not without reason because with the presence of water, humans can survive.

Not only that, all living things can survive because of the availability of water. For example, animals will become dehydrated if water availability continues to decrease. Meanwhile, plants can become dry if they are not watered for a long time.

3. Sunlight

Sunlight is also necessary for the balance of life. In plants sunlight is used for the process of photosynthesis. Photosynthesis occurs on surfaces exposed to sunlight only. Sunlight affects the global system because sunlight determines temperature intensity.

4. Soil and Rock

Soil characteristics, namely physical structure, pH and mineral composition limit the spread of organisms based on the content of their food sources in the soil.

Soil is a foothold for living things. For humans, land is useful for walking, building houses, growing crops, working and so on. For plants, the soil is a place for planting media.

For land animals it is useful for cages. Land for some people is a gold mine. But land can also be a dangerous place due to landslides, floods and so on.

This is because of our own carelessness as humans. For that we must be careful in cultivating the land so that the land is friends with us so it is not harmful. Be wise in cultivating the land.

5. Climate

Climate is the weather conditions that occur over a certain period of time. In addition, the climate is divided into two, namely tropical climate and sub-tropical climate. This sub-tropical climate has 4 seasons, namely autumn, spring, winter and summer. Meanwhile, the climate is tropical, namely summer and winter only.

6. Wind

The role of wind is very important for living things as a component for breathing. For this reason, wind humidity is needed so that the air on earth is not too hot, refreshing. Wind acts as a determinant of humidity and also acts as a disperser of certain plant seeds.

Closing

Natural phenomena that occur in this world are very diverse and are usually caused by the human factor. However, there are some natural phenomena that occur because of the natural conditions themselves. Natural phenomena are divided into two, namely biotic natural phenomena and abiotic natural phenomena.

Biotic natural phenomena are natural phenomena caused by living things. Meanwhile, abiotic natural phenomena are natural phenomena that are not caused by living things, such as rain, storms, and so on.

Thus the discussion of biotic natural phenomena and abiotic natural phenomena. Hopefully all the discussion above is useful for you.

Biography of WR Supratman – Sinaumed’s must be familiar with the song “Indonesia Raya” which we always sing every Monday at school during the flag ceremony. The song “Indonesia Raya”, which was later used as the national anthem, was composed by Wage Rudolf Soepratman, or WR Supratman as we know him. In fact, at every official national event or activity, even the lowest level, the obligatory anthem Indonesia Raya is always sung.

As valuable as the song “Indonesia Raya” WR Supratman is a figure who plays a role for the Indonesian nation. Even the day of his birth has been named a national music day since March 9 2013. This shows that WR Supratman’s role is very influential for the Indonesian nation. From the life journey of this national hero, we can learn a lot about his history and struggle for Indonesia.

WR Supratman’s biography traces his life story fighting for the Indonesian nation from a musician, journalist to a national hero. The story is certainly not a short journey but a long and not easy road to conquer the Indonesian invaders at that time.

WR Supratman is a national hero that Sinaumed’s needs to know about. Through WR Supratman’s Biography, Sinaumed’s can get to know this great figure and adopt positive values ​​that inspire. Learning history is a wise behavior that can be carried out by the nation’s younger generation.

The more Sinaumed’s friends understand history, it means that the nation’s younger generation has appreciated history and learned to become a better nation. The following is a review of WR Supratman’s biography that Sinaumed’s needs to know in order to get to know history and emulate the struggle of the Indonesian national hero.

WR Supratman biography

WR Supratman has six siblings, 1 brother and the rest are sisters. WR Supratman grew up in Makassar with his older brother, Roekijem, since 1914. Since then, Roekijem’s husband, Willem Van Eldik, has financed his schooling.

WR Supratman’s educational history was recorded at the age of 4, he attended Frobel School (Kindergarten) in Jakarta in 1907. He then continued his education at Tweede Inlandschool which finished in 1917.

WR Supratman took the Klein Ambtenaar Examen and passed to become a lowly employee candidate. After that, WR Supratman continued his education at the Normaalschool or Teacher Education School at that time. He eventually became a teacher at the Numbers 2 School until he finally got the Klein Ambtenaar diploma.

WR Supratman grew up in a family of musicians. His older brother, Roekijem is also very fond of plays and music. He even exhibited many of his works in military messes.

Roekijem is also good at playing the violin, his hobby is what made WR Supratman also able to play the violin and made him read a lot of music books.

WR Supratman started getting involved in the music world when his brother-in-law, WM Van Eldick gave him a violin as a gift on his 17th birthday. It was the violin that made WR Supratman become familiar with music, especially jazz. He and his brother-in-law eventually founded a jazz group called Black And White.

This jazz group was once popular among Dutch singers. Before the musician was transformed into a national figure, he often had spree and dated Dutch sinyos.

The various conditions of the nation succeeded in urging and attracting its attention to take part in the political field, such as various speeches and political readings. Especially WR Supratman really liked reading the Makasar Newspaper.

His political knowledge finally made WR Supratman have a desire to create a national anthem. He had experienced difficulties when writing the national anthem because WR Supratman felt that his political experience was insufficient. Eventually he got involved in the struggle and met movement figures.

Armed with WR Supratman’s violin, he went to the island of Java, to be precise, the city of Bandung, where the area is the center of the movement of young figures. Before arriving in Bandung, WR Supratman apparently stopped in Surabaya and got along well with the students there who were full of fighting spirit.

WR Supratman, A Musician and Journalist

After stopping briefly in Surabaya for several years, in 1924 WR Supratman finally went to Cimahi. It was there that he liked to read the Kaoem Muda newspaper which eventually led WR Supratman to become a journalist. Before he was accepted at the Kaoem Muda Newspaper, WR Supratman had taken courses on political cadres at the organization formed by Soekarno, namely the General Study Group.

His journalist career at Koran Kaoem Muda did not last long. He then moved to the Press Bureau of Algemene Pers News Agency (Alpena) as a reporter and editor. Because the economic condition of the media company where WR Supratman worked was stagnant, he finally decided to switch to other media. WR Supratman then joined the Sin Po Newspaper which made his economic life better.

In the media company, Sin Po also made WR Supratman closer to movement figures. Namely Sumarno, M. Tabrani, Bahder Djohan, Paul Pinontoan, and Sumarto. WR Supratman expressed his admiration for M. Tabrani and Sumarto during a speech at the First Indonesian Youth Congress.

It was from there that WR Supratman had the idea to compose the song “Indonesia Raya” with the inspiration “Aspirations of one homeland, one nation which is called Indonesia Raya.”

After the congress was over, WR Supratman began drafting the national anthem by writing it in musical notes and numeric notes. The song Indonesia Raya was finally created with three couplets with repeated verses and the rhythm of the song 6 by 8.

As a journalist he was assigned to cover the Second Congress on 28 October 1928 in Batavia. But this time, WR Supratman didn’t want to just write news, instead he took the initiative to sing his own song.

Leaflets copies of the Indonesia Raya anthem were distributed to the leaders of youth organizations. Finally WR Supratman got permission from Sugondo to sing it during recess.

However, because of Sugondo’s doubts after reading the very straightforward lyrics of the song, he was worried that the government might boycott the congress. Therefore Sugondo only allowed WR Supratman to perform it on the violin only.

When the break came, the song Indonesia Raya was sung with the amazing instrumental version of WR Supratman. All congress participants were stunned and moved by the beauty of WR Supratman’s violin friction.

That was the first time the Indonesian Raya anthem was sung and received a warm welcome from the audience. The lyrics and notation for the song Indonesia Raya were first published in the 10 November 1928 edition of the Sin Po Newspaper with a total of 5,000 copies.

It was from this issue of the Sin Po Newspaper that finally the title of WR Supratman’s song, which was all “Indonesia” became “Indonesia Raja” which is now familiarly known as Indonesia Raya.

After that the national anthem was then sung again by WR Supratman at the dissolution of the second congress committee in December 1928. At this event the national anthem Indonesia Raya was performed complete with the lyrics.

The performance of the Indonesia Raya anthem was also sung to the accompaniment of the choir. Next, the Indonesian song was performed at the opening ceremony of the PNI Congress from 18 to 20 December 1929.

The congress participants then stood up and joined in singing following the curation and WR Supratman’s violin accompaniment as a form of respect for Indonesia Raya.

WR Supratman’s work worried the Dutch 

The popularity of the Indonesian Raya anthem was even wider, making the Dutch worried that the song could awaken the spirit of independence.

Due to the Dutch’s unrest, in 1930 it was forbidden to sing the Indonesia Raya anthem at any event or occasion.

The colonial government used the excuse to the public that the Indonesia Raya anthem could disturb order and security.

Not only was he banned, WR Supratman as the songwriter also received threats, he was even detained and interrogated for the lyrics of the song he composed (merdeka, merdeka, merdeka).

Thanks to finances from various groups, the Dutch East Indies government finally withdrew its claim against WR Supratman and allowed the Indonesian song to be sung on condition that it was only sung in closed spaces.

The success of the song Indonesia Raya prompted WR Supratman to re-create a song called Matahari Terbit. The Dutch government again detained WR Supratman because his song creations were considered dangerous to their position.

The Song of the Rising Sun was considered by the Dutch government to praise Dai Nippon, namely the Japanese. However, WR Supratman was free from accusations by the Dutch thanks to the help of Van Eldik. After being released from detention briefly, WR Supratman actually fell ill.

This bad condition made the Dutch government happy. Due to his deteriorating condition, on August 17, 1938 WR Supratman died at the age of 35.

Before his departure, WR Supratman had said to his brother-in-law, Oerip Kasansengari that he was sure that Indonesia would definitely be with them.

Unexpectedly, the day of his death finally coincided with Indonesia’s Independence Day 7 years later. WR Supratman is buried in a public cemetery on Jalan Kenjeran, Surabaya.

The departure of WR Supratman certainly means that the Indonesian people have lost a very brave warrior. He has fought for Indonesia in his own way with his favorite violin.

His ability in music he used to fight for the nation and show his courage against the Dutch. Thanks to WR Supratman’s ability and role in creating the Indonesian national anthem, he finally set his birthday as National Music Day.

Based on Presidential Decree (Keppres) Number 10 of 2013 concerning National Music Day which was first established on March 9, 2013.

The determination of this National Music Day has sparked debate because many have stated that WR Supratman’s birthday was March 19, not March 9.

However, Megawati Soekarnoputri as the 5th President of the Republic of Indonesia at that time had already set March 9 as National Music Day.

The decision actually referred to WR Supratman’s date of birth. This decision has not been revised even though the Purworejo District Court has determined that WR Supratman was born on March 19, 1903. Until now we still celebrate National Music Day on March 9.

Apart from the national anthem Indonesia Raya, WR Supratman also composed several national anthems which we now know as the national anthem. The following are WR Supratman’s past works that you need to know about:

1. Indonesia Raya: The National Anthem of the Republic of Indonesia which was composed in 1924
2. Ibu Kita Kartini: National Compulsory Song composed in 1929
3. Di Timoer Matahari: Compulsory Song which was composed in 1931
4. Indonesia Iboekoe : Created in 1926
5. Our Flag is Red Poetih : Created in 1928
6. Bangoenlah Hai Kawan : Created in 1929
7. Mars KBI: Indonesian Pandoean Song Created in 1930
8. Mars PARINDRA: Indonesian Party Song Composed in 1930
9. Mars Soerya Wirawan: Created in 1937
10. The Rising Sun: Created in 1928
11. Selamat Tingga : Unfinished song WR Supratman wrote in 1938

In addition to writing songs, WR Supratman also wrote several books, namely Perawan Desa, written in 1929, Moeda’s Blood, and Kaoem Fanatik. One of his books was once confiscated by the Dutch East Indies government and banned from circulation, namely the book Perawan Desa.

Thanks to the role and great work, the government built the WR Supratman museum which is located on Jl Mangga No. 21 Tamansari, Surabaya, East Java Province. This museum contains several items belonging to WR Supratman, one of which is the legendary violin of the Musician.

The museum apparently was WR Supratman’s residence before he died in 1938. Before being made into a museum, the place was occupied by a family until 1974 and finally was empty for 27 years.

The traces of WR Supratman’s struggle are also on display at the Youth Pledge Museum located at JL Kramat Raya Number 106, Jakarta.

WR Supratman is a national hero who played a role with other youth leaders of the national movement in the event that gave birth to the Declaration of the Youth Pledge on October 28, 1928.

It was because of his role that WR Supratman became an activist for the national movement who created the song Indonesia Raya as a form of the Indonesian nation’s sense of unity and desire for independence.

So, that’s WR Supratman’s biography that Sinaumed’s friends need to know about his role for the Indonesian nation. Even today WR Supratman’s work has become the national anthem that unites all Indonesian people.

His work has succeeded in becoming a trace of the Indonesian nation’s historical struggle towards independence until now. Apart from the Indonesia Raya anthem, there are several national and regional obligatory songs that Sinaumed’s need to know about.

These song works are symbols of nationalism created by great figures who tell about the Indonesian nation.

sinaumedia friends can visit sinaumedia’s book collection at www.sinaumedia.com to find book references on national and regional obligatory songs.

These books are recommended for Sinaumed’s to read because they contain a complete collection of national and regional obligatory songs. As a nationalist generation, of course, Sinaumed’s must know what and how national and regional obligatory songs are as a form of love for the nation and respect for the works of heroes.

Book & Article Recommendations

The following are books recommended by sinaumedia that sinaumedia friends can read. Have a good study. #Friends Without Limits

Biography of Tuanku Imam Bonjol – The Minang people have so far been known as a tribe with customs that are not weathered, rain decks, hot decks (have a strong and unchanging stance) . Not only that, the tribe that used to call itself urang crew has given birth to many golden generations in the history of the Indonesian people and world history.

One of the figures that many of us know is the proclaimer, Mohammad Hatta. Not only being a pioneer of independence, Hatta was also known as a respected diplomacy expert. In addition, he is also known for his admirable simplicity. It’s not an exaggeration if the title of hero is pinned on him.

However, Hatta is not the only crew member who is honored and enshrined in the currency of the Republic of Indonesia (RI). The next known figure is Muhammad Syahab or better known as Tuanku Imam Bonjol.

This one figure is no longer a stranger to the ear. He was a scholar, leader and warrior who fought against the Dutch in the Padri War in 1803–1838. He became a figure who was very tough to be conquered by the Dutch at that time.

Who exactly is the figure of Imam Bonjol who is known to be polite and uncompromising towards the Dutch? The following is a brief biographical presentation of the figure.

Background of the Life of Tuanku Imam Bonjol

Tuanku Imam Bonjol.

Tuanku Imam Bonjol was born in Bonjol, Luhak Agam, Pagaruyung on January 1, 1772 with the name Muhammad Syahab. He was later known by the local community as Syekh Muhammad Said Bonjol or Inyik Bonjol.

Bonjol itself is a village in West Sumatra. This village is famous because Muhammad Syahab was born and fought with all levels of society in that place. They worked together against colonialism and fought for Indonesian independence.

Syahab is a scholar, fighter, and an elder figure by the community. He became a place to ask for advice, directions, and complain about all things, both related to religious and worldly matters. This is what caused him to obtain several titles, namely Peto Syarif , Malin Basa , and Tuanku Imam.

As one of the leaders of Harimau nan Salapan , Tuanku nan Renceh from Kamang, Agam appointed him as i mam (leader) for the Padri people in Bonjol. He eventually became better known as Tuanku Imam Bonjol.

Imam Bonjol’s life reflects exemplary and simplicity. It is appropriate if the Religious Research and Development Agency (Litbang) chooses him to write his biography, with the hope that his struggle can be used as a way of life for the next generation.

Imam Bonjol is the only son of the couple Bayanuddin Syahab and Hamatun. His father was a religious scholar who came from Sungai Rimbang, Suliki, Fifty Cities. Bonjol was born into a family of traders and enjoys traveling. This is what caused him to be sent to Malaysia to get a formal education at Sekolah Rakyat Desa (elementary school level) in 1779.

As an adult, he studied Islam with Sheikh Ibrahim Kumpulan in Bonjol in 1809–1814. Furthermore, between 1818 he deepened knowledge of the Naqsyabandiyah Order in Bonjol. He was also interested in studying noble manners, conduct, and wisdom.

He had several wives, but only one accompanied him to death, namely Hajjah Solehah. Through his marriage to Solehah, he was blessed with 10 children, namely five boys and five girls. His children are Hasan, Hasyim, Harun al-Rashid, Syahrudin, Djusnah, Sawwadjir, Hasanah, Rofiah, Cholidi, and Nur Baiti.

The habits of Imam Bonjol that should be emulated are as follows.

1. Accustomed to sleeping in the mosque, but almost 2/3 of his time is spent praying and teaching;
2. Always wears a white robe and turban;
3. Often reduce sleep time at night to seduce Allah SWT;
4. Eat with simple side dishes;
5. Everyone who came to him was served well, without discriminating against anyone.

Imam Bonjol has expertise in the fields of Sufism and Jurisprudence. In addition, he also has expertise in traditional medicine. He is known in the community to be able to cure various diseases that are often said to be mysterious. Before curing these ailments, he performed istikharah prayers and prayed to God, so that his patients also recovered as if mysteriously too.

The role of Tuanku Imam Bonjol

1. As a Teacher

Imam Bonjol educates and teaches in every surau, mosque and Islamic boarding school he has built in every village, as well as being the leader of his congregation. After it went smoothly, he then handed it over to the disciple he trusted the most. The work was done with sincerity.

2. As a role model

As a role model, he is very close to the community, and vice versa. This is what makes him very concerned about the lives of his people, both his physical life and his spiritual life. If he sees members of his community who are having a difficult life, he will help them and encourage them to find a more profitable income.

3. As a Warrior

As a nation’s son who has lived since the Dutch colonial era, he had intended to fight against Islam through the media by establishing the Naqsyabandiyah Order. Through the tarekat, he taught his students about lessons related to colonialism.

Imam Bonjol and the Padri War

Imam Bonjol was a national hero who pioneered independence, a scholar, and the leader of the Padri War who opposed Dutch colonialism in Minangkabau lands in the 19th century. The Padri movement emerged in Minangkabau after three people returned from pilgrimage from Mecca in 1803, namely Haji Miskin, Haji Sumanik, and Haji Piobang who wanted to improve the Islamic sharia that was practiced by the Minangkabau people.

Knowing this, Tuanku Nan Renceh supported the wishes of the three hadjis along with other clerics in Minangkabau who were members of the Nan Salapan Tiger. Harimau Nan Salapan then asked Tuanku Lintau to invite Yang Tuanku Pagaruyung Sultan Arifin Muningsyah and the Indigenous People to abandon several customs that were contrary to the teachings of Islam.

In several negotiations, there was no agreement between the Padri and the Indigenous People. Along with that, several villages in the Pagaruyung Kingdom were in turmoil. The climax of the Padri under the leadership of Tuanku Pasaman attacked the Kingdom of Pagaruyung in 1815 and war broke out in Koto Tangah.

This attack forced Sultan Arifin Muningsyah to step aside and flee from the royal capital. Based on Raffles’ notes who had visited Pagaruyung in 1818, he said he only found the remains of the Pagaruyung Royal Palace which had been burned down.

Due to being pressured in the war and the whereabouts of Yang Tuan Pagaruyung was uncertain, the Indigenous People led by Sultan Tangkal Alam Bagagar asked the Dutch for help on February 21, 1821, even though at that time he was actually considered not entitled to make an agreement on behalf of the Pagaruyung Kingdom.

As a result of this agreement, the Dutch made it a sign of the surrender of the Pagaruyung Kingdom to the Dutch government. Sultan Tangkal Alam Bagagar was then appointed as Regent of Tanah Datar .

The Dutch were finally involved in the war because they were invited by the Indigenous People. Dutch intervention in the war was marked by the attack on Simawang and Succubus Air by the troops of Captain Goffinet and Captain Dienema in April 1821 on the orders of Resident James du Puy in Padang. On December 8, 1821, additional troops arrived led by Lieutenant Colonel Raaff to strengthen positions in the area that had been controlled.

On March 4, 1822, Dutch troops under the command of Lieutenant Colonel Raaff succeeded in driving the Padri out of Pagaruyung. The Dutch then built a fort in Batusangkar under the name Fort Van der Capellen, while the Padri gathered strength and defended themselves in Lintau.

On June 10, 1822, the movement of Raaff’s troops in Tanjung Alam was blocked by the Padri, but Dutch troops were able to continue advancing to Luhak Agam. Furthermore, Captain Goffinet suffered serious injuries in the battle at Baso on August 14, 1822 until he died on September 5, 1822. In September 1822, the Dutch troops were forced to return to Batusangkar because they were continuously pressured by attacks from the Padri led by Tuanku Nan Renceh.

After receiving additional troops on April 13, 1823, Raaff tried to attack Lintau again, but the Padri fought persistently, so the Dutch were forced to return to Batusangkar on April 16, 1823. Meanwhile, Yang Tuan Pagaruyung Sultan Arifin Muningsyah returned to Pagaruyung at the request of Lieutenant Colonel Raaff in 1824.

However, the last Minangkabau king finally died in 1825 and was buried in Pagaruyung. Raaff himself died suddenly in Padang on April 17, 1824 after previously experiencing a high fever.

In September 1824, Dutch troops under the command of Major Frans Laemlin had succeeded in controlling several areas in Luhak Agam, namely Koto Tuo and Ampang Gadang. The troops later also occupied Biaro and Kapau, but Laemlin eventually died at Padang in December 1824 from wounds received in battle.

The resistance put up by the Padri was quite tough, making it very difficult for the Dutch to beat them. Therefore, the Dutch through their resident in Padang invited the Padri leaders, who at that time had been led by Imam Bonjol, to make peace with the Masang Agreement edict on November 15, 1825. This was understandable because at the same time the Dutch also ran out of funds in dealing with another war in Europe and the Diponegoro War.

During the period of the ceasefire, Imam Bonjol tried to restore strength and also tried to re-embrace the Indigenous People, so that finally a compromise emerged known as the Puncak Pato Plakat on Marapalam Hill, Tanah Datar Regency which embodied a consensus with Adat Basandi Syarak, Syarak Basandi Kitabullah , which meaning that Minangkabau customs are based on the Islamic religion, while Islam is based on the Al-Qur’an.

After the end of the Diponegoro War and the recovery of Dutch power in Java, the Dutch East Indies government again tried to subdue the Padri. This is based on a strong desire to control coffee cultivation which is currently expanding in the darek area (inland Minangkabau).

Until the 19th century, the coffee trade commodity was one of the main products of the Netherlands in Europe. The British historian, Christine Dobbin, called it more of a trade war because this was in line with the dynamics of social change in the Minangkabau people in the twists and turns of trade in the interior and the west coast or east coast. Meanwhile, the Dutch on the other hand wanted to take over or monopolize coffee.

The Netherlands then weakened the opposing force by violating the agreement that had been made before. They attacked the village of Pandai Sikek, an area capable of producing gunpowder and firearms. The Dutch troops then built a fort in Bukittinggi known as Fort de Kock to strengthen their position.

Since 1833, a compromise of mutual resistance began to appear on the other side between the Indigenous People and the Padri. On January 11, 1833, several fortifications of the Dutch garrison were suddenly attacked, throwing things into chaos. It is said there were around 139 European soldiers and hundreds of indigenous soldiers killed.

Sultan Tangkal Alam Bagagar who was previously appointed by the Dutch as Regent of Tanah Datar , was arrested by Lieutenant Colonel Elout’s troops on 2 May 1833 in Batusangkar on charges of treason. The Dutch then exiled him to Batavia, although he denied involvement in the attacks on several Dutch posts. The Dutch East Indies government here did not want to take the risk of rejecting reports from its officers. The position of Regent of Tanah Datar was then given to Tuan Gadang in Batipuh.

Realizing this, the Dutch were not only facing the Padri, but Minangkabau society as a whole. The Dutch East Indies government then issued an announcement called Plakat Panjang in 1833. It contained a statement that the arrival of the Dutch to Minangkabau did not intend to control the country, they only came to trade and maintain security, the Minangkabau people would still be governed by their princes and were not required to pay taxes.

The Dutch East Indies government also argued that the arrival of its troops was to maintain security, build roads, open schools, and so on. This is what makes the people are obliged to grow coffee and have to sell it to the Dutch. However, the Padri and Minangkabau people ignored this.

The failure of the conquest really hit the policy of the Governor General of the Dutch East Indies in Batavia, which at that time was held by Dominique Jacques de Eerens. He then sent a warlord named Major General Cochius in early 1837 to directly lead a massive attack on Fort Bonjol. Cochius is a high ranking Dutch officer who has expertise in the war strategy of Fort Stelsel .

Furthermore, the Dutch intensively surrounded Bonjol from all directions for about six months (16 March–17 August 1837) led by generals and several officers. This joint force consisted mostly of various ethnic groups, such as Javanese, Madurese, Bugis and Ambonese.

There were 148 European officers, 36 native officers, 1,103 European soldiers, and 4,130 native soldiers, including the Sumenapsche hulptroepen hieronder begrepen (Sumenap alias Madura auxiliary troops). The list of names of the Dutch army officers included Major General Cochius, Lieutenant Colonel Bauer, Major Sous, Major Prager, Captain MacLean, First Lieutenant van der Tak, First Lieutenant Steinmetz, and so on. There are also indigenous (native) names such as Kapiten Noto Prawiro, Indlandsche Luitenant Prawiro in Logo, Karto Wongso Wiro Redjo, Prawiro Sentiko, Prawiro Brotto, Merto Poero, and others.

Troops from Batavia were brought in as an additional force for the Dutch army. On July 20, 1837, the force arrived by ship Perle at Padang, which included a number of Europeans and Sepoys and soldiers from Africa serving in the Dutch army. They were recruited from Ghana and Mali, consisting of 1 sergeant , 4 corporaals and 112 flankeurs , and were led by Kapitein Sinninghe.

The wavy and successive attacks were carried out by artillery troops armed with large cannons for approximately 6 months. Infantry and cavalry troops also continued to arrive. On August 3, 1837, Dutch troops led by Lieutenant Colonel Michiels as commander of the front field began to take control of the situation little by little.

On August 15, 1837, Bukit Tajadi finally fell and Bonjol Fort as a whole was conquered on August 16, 1837. However, Imam Bonjol was able to withdraw from the fort accompanied by several of his followers and continued towards the Marapak area.

While on the run and in hiding, Imam Bonjol kept trying to consolidate all of his troops which had been scattered and weak. However, it turned out that only a few of his troops were left and were still ready to fight again. This is because they have been fighting the Dutch continuously for more than three years.

Imam Bonjol finally surrendered to the Dutch in October 1837, with the agreement that his son who had participated in the war, Naali Sutan Chaniago, be appointed as a Dutch colonial official.

So, that’s a brief explanation of the Biography of Tuanku Imam Bonjol: Background of His Life and Struggle History . Appreciating the services of national figures, like Prince Diponegoro, is not only by remembering and thanking them in their hearts, but also by emulating their attitudes and actions.

Sinaumed’s can visit sinaumedia’s book collection at www.sinaumedia.com to get references about other heroes, starting from their life background, education, and struggle history.

The following is a recommendation for sinaumedia books that Sinaumed’s can read to learn about Indonesian history so they can fully interpret it. Happy reading.

Book Recommendations & Related Articles

Author: Fandy Aprianto Rohman

• 6 Very Inspiring Heroes of Independence
• Biography of Ir. Sukarno, the proclaimer of Indonesian independence
• Sultan Ageng Tirtayasa Biography: His Life History and Struggle
• Biography of WR Supratman, the creator of the song Indonesia Raya
• After the Proclamation, Why Should the Indonesian Nation Defend Independence?
• History and Meaning of the Proclamation of Independence for Indonesia

Biography of Ridwan Kamil – Dr. H. Mochamad Ridwan Kamil, ST, MU D is an architect and politician from Indonesia. Ridwan Kamil has currently served as Governor of West Java since September 5 2018. Then what was the story of Ridwan Kamil when he was a child, who was often called Kang Emil, until he could serve as Governor of West Java.

The following is the story of little Kang Emil and his experiences in the world of politics in Indonesia.

Profile of Ridwan Kamil Kecil

Ridwan Kamil, whose full name is Mochamad Ridwan Kamil, was born in Bandung, West Java 50 years ago, on October 4, 1971. Ridwan Kamil’s father was named Dr. Atje Misbach Muhjiddin, SH who works as a Doctor and is also a lecturer at the Faculty of Law, Padjadjaran University.

Ridwan Kamil’s father is descended from kyai Muhyidin or known as Mama Pagelaran who is the founder of three Islamic boarding schools in Sumedang and Subang, West Java. Ridwan Kamil’s mother was named Tjutju Sukaesih. Ridwan Kamil is the second of five siblings.

Ridwan Kamil is known as a smart and active child since childhood. Ridwan Kamil is a hard worker and also never gives up. Little Ridwan Kamil was good at selling his own mambo ice. The results from selling mambo ice also get quite large. Ridwan Kamil spent his childhood to youth in the city of Bandung.

In 1978 Ridwan Kamil entered elementary school at SDN Banjarmasin III Bandung. Then in junior high school, Ridwan Kamil attended Bandung 2 Public Middle School in 1984. Then, he continued his studies finally at Bandung 3 Public High School in 1987.

After graduating from school in 1990 Ridwan Kamil took undergraduate or bachelor’s degree studies at the Faculty of Architectural Engineering, Bandung Institute of Technology and successfully graduated in 1995. Since college Ridwan Kamil was known to be active in various activities, both student groups and art activity units in campus, ITB. Even when he was in college, Ridwan Kamil was already living independently.

Ridwan Kamil ended his bachelor life by marrying a girl named Atalia Praratya Kamil. His second marriage was held in 1996. Now Ridwan Kamil and Atalia already have three children named Emmiril Khan Mumtadz, Camillia Laetitia Azzahra and Arkana Aidan Misbach.

Four years later, Ridwan Kamil took and continued his Masters studies at the Master of Urban Design, University Of California, Berkeley from 1999 to 2001. Ridwan Kamil also continued his Doctoral studies by taking an Honoris Causa Doctorate, Dong-a University in 2019.

Ridwan Kamil’s career

Ridwan Kamil, or often called Kang Emil, had a career as an architect who also served as a non-permanent lecturer at the Bandung Institute of Technology or ITB before finally serving as the Governor of West Java.

In 1995 Kang Emil got his Bachelor’s degree, then Kang Emil started his career in the United States. But his career was only around four months, in the end Kang Emil stopped working which was due to the impact of the monetary crisis that hit Indonesia at that time. However, Kang Emil did not immediately intend to return to his native country. He chose to stay in the United States before getting a scholarship at the University of California, Berkeley.

After getting the opportunity to study for free, Kang Emil took the opportunity to study at the university. Kang Emil also took a part-time job while in college, Kang Emil worked part-time at the Berkeley Urban Planning Department. In 1999 after Kang Emil graduated from the University of California, Berkeley, Kang Emil continued to work professionally as an architect at various firms located in the United States.

In 2002 Ridwan Kamil returned to Indonesia and two years after his return Kang Emil founded Urbane in July 2004 with his friends, such as Achmad D. Tardiyana, Reza Nurtjahja and Irvan W. Darwis. Urbane is a company engaged in planning, architectural and design consulting services. The Urbane team consists of young professionals who are creative and have an idealistic mind to find and create solutions to environmental and urban design problems.

Urbane also has a Community-based project within the Urbane Community Project where the vision and mission is to help people in an urban community and to provide donations and expertise in improving the surrounding area. Urbane has received many awards from international media such as the BCI Asia Awards three years in a row, from 2008, 2009 and 2010 and also the BCI Green Award in 2009 for the Bottle House design project , namely the recycling of used bottles.

Urbane also often takes part in competitions in the field of national-level architectural design, such as winning 1st place in the Tsunami Museum design competition in Nanggroe Aceh Darussalam in 2007, winning 1st place in the 1st campus design competition at Tarumanegara University in 2007, winning first place in the design competition for the Faculty of Cultural Sciences at the University of Indonesia in 2007. 2009, first winner in the Sanggar Nagari design competition in Kota Baru Parahyangan in West Bandung Regency and first winner in the Art Center design competition at the University of Indonesia in 2009.

Until now, Emil has been actively serving as a Principal at PT. Urbane Indonesia, serves as a Lecturer in the Department of Architectural Engineering at the Bandung Institute of Technology, and also as a Senior Urban Design Consultant at SOM, EDAW or Hong Kong and San Francisco, and SAA or Singapore.

Thanks to Ridwan Kamil’s career as a lecturer at the Bogor Agricultural Institute, he has become increasingly known in the city of Bandung. Ridwan Kamil is also known as a person who has a strong caring personality about progress in his city, namely the city of Bandung.

Besides that, Ridwan Kamil has also appeared in Indonesian films several times, Sinaumed’s! Ridwan Kamil appears as a cameo or the appearance of a famous person in film, theater, video and television. Ridwan Kamil has appeared in several films and soap operas, including: Demi Ucok in 2013, Hijabers In Love in 2014, Preman Pensiun soap in 2015, The Wedding and Bebek Betutu films in 2015, Total Chaos in 2017 , Film Dilan 1990 in 2017 and 2018, Dilan 1991 in 2019, Film Serendipity in 2018, Film Yowis Ben 2in 2019, Young Mangga Film in 2020, and voice actor for Riki Rhino Movie in 2020.

Career While Serving as Mayor of Bandung

In 2013 Ridwan Kamil was nominated by the Prosperous Justice Party and the Great Indonesia Movement Party as mayor of Bandung. Ridwan Kamil took Oded Muhammad Danial as a candidate for deputy mayor. In the plenary meeting of the General Election Commission for the City of Bandung on June 28 2013, Ridwan Kamil and Oded Muhammad Danial won a landslide victory over the other seven pairs by winning 45.24% of the vote and making the two winners.

On September 16 2013, Ridwan Kamil and Oded Muhammad Danial were officially appointed Mayor and Deputy Mayor of Bandung for the period 2013 to 2018. One of their work programs is to create the Bandung Command Center, which is a control center for the city of Bandung, supported by GPS tracking and CCTV . in various places to monitor the condition of the city of Bandung, besides that it is useful in order to create a smart city of Bandung.

On February 4 2017 Ridwan Kamil inaugurated a pedestrian bridge from Cihampelas to Tamansari which was named Teras Cihampelas, the purpose of this bridge is to overcome congestion on Jalan Cihampelas. The Cihampelas Terrace Bridge was built with a budget of Rp 45 billion. The Cihampelas Terrace has a length of 450 m, which is divided into three zones, namely culinary, souvenirs and gardens and can accommodate 180 traders. Even for vehicles can also be parked at Tamansari.

1. Biography of Ganjar Pranowo, Governor of Central Java
2. Variety of Musical Instruments From West Java
3. Biography of Joko Widodo, the 7th President of Indonesia
4. Traditional Clothing From West Java
5. Biography of BJ Habibie
6. Get to know the Traditional Houses of West Java
7. Biography of WR Supratman, Creator of the Indonesian National Anthem
8. Prabowo Subianto’s Career Journey

Career While Appointing Governor of West Java

In the 2018 general election for the Governor of West Java which was held on July 27 2018, Ridwan Kamil was nominated as a candidate for governor. Ridwan Kamil took Uu Ruzhanul Ulum as his representative for PPP, PKB, Nasdem Party and Hanura Party. The election schedule for this period was postponed, namely on February 24, this was because it followed the schedule for the third wave of simultaneous regional head elections in June 2018.

Under current regulations, only political parties with 20 or more seats in the West Java DPRD can submit as candidates. Meanwhile, political parties that have less seats can nominate candidates only if they have received support from other political parties.

Ridwan Kamil and Uu Ruzhanul Ulum became the first pairs of candidates for Governor and Deputy Governor to register with the West Java KPUD. And the KPU determines the nomination of the Governor and Deputy Governor of West Java on February 12 2018.

The General Election Commission or KPU of West Java Province officially appointed Ridwan Kamil and UU Ruzhanul Ulum as the elected Governor and Deputy Governor of West Java for the 2018 to 2023 period. in 2018 addressed at the West Java KPU Office, Jalan Garut.

West Java KPU Chairman, Yayat Hidayat said in his speech that, based on West Java KPU Decree No. 145 of 2018 concerning Determination of the Vote Count Results for the 2018 West Java Governor Election, determined the result that pair number 1. Ridwan Kamil and Uu Ruzhanul Ulum received the most votes of 32.88% or 7,226,254 votes.

Ridwan Kamil’s leadership as Governor of West Java

• Ridwan Kamil’s leadership style includes task and relation aspects. The task aspect is one which shows firmness in a clear work standard and is able to carry out regular coordination with its subordinates. While the relation aspect is a leader who will act as a good listener of what is conveyed by his subordinates and accept input and criticism as an evaluation given.

1. Ridwan Kamil’s Visionary Leadership.

In 2019, Ridwan Kamil was awarded the Asia Pacific Inspirational Leader at the 2019 Govinsider Innovation Awards which was held at the UN Headquarters. This award was given because Ridwan Kamil was considered a visionary and innovative leader in carrying out his leadership. One of Ridwan Kamil’s programs that was appreciated was the digital village program to accelerate development in West Java.

Ridwan Kamil has also issued many other digital-based innovation programs in order to face the industrial era 4.0 or the digital era. These various digital-based innovation programs show that Ridwan Kamil is able to identify changes that will occur in the future, especially in the industrial era 4.0. Advances in technology are increasing rapidly so that the West Java Provincial Government will be very left behind if it does not use digitization in its public services. Ridwan Kamil’s ability to identify these changes has succeeded in being considered a visionary leader and even recognized by the international community.

2. Ridwan Kamil’s Leadership in Decision Making.

Basically the leadership style of a person depends on each individual. Likewise in Ridwan Kamil’s leadership style which is required to be able to make a decision as a regional leader whose goal is to carry out the government process in the area he leads. One basis for determining the type of decision making can be based on situations of certainty, risk, uncertainty and conflict.

At the beginning of 2020, Ridwan Kamil, who served as Governor of West Java, was faced with a situation of uncertainty and risk. This was due to the entry of the corona virus into Indonesia in early March 2020. The first case occurred in the Depok area, West Java, which was under the leadership of Ridwan Kamil. Because it was the first case of the entry of the corona virus into Indonesia and it spread the Covid-19 virus throughout Indonesia until now.

The decision-making style taken by Ridwan Kamil is a directing leadership style. Decision-making style is synonymous with a rational attitude in the way of thinking, efficiency and logic. The directing style is also characterized by making decisions quickly and focusing on the short term, so it is not uncommon for decision making to occur based on limited information and few alternatives.

We can see decision-making in a directing style from the response given by the West Java Provincial Government to deal with the Covid-19 pandemic in March 2020 or one month after the first case was confirmed. At that time, Covid-19 was a new thing for the world, especially Indonesia.

In addition, the available information is also very limited. So it is necessary to have a concrete response to suppress the spread of the corona virus to other areas. Ridwan Kamil as the Governor of West Java Province decided to have mass rapid tests and swab tests independently amid the condition of the Central Government which could not carry out mass tests.

So, that’s a biography of Ridwan Kamil’s life journey, who was currently serving as Governor of West Java Province. If you want to know more about Ridwan Kamil and his leadership, Sinaumed’s can read and get his book which is available at www.sinaumedia.com . As #FriendsWithoutLimits we always try to give the best!

Author: Yufi Cantika Sukma Divine

Book Recommendations & Related Articles

RA Kartini Biography   – Who doesn’t know Kartini? The figure of a beautiful woman who is so adored by Indonesian women. Because of him, women in this country can feel equal with men.

Women don’t just spin in wells, mattresses and kitchens. Because Kartini is an Indonesian woman who deserves to be reckoned with. What he did has opened wide the door of emancipation. Women now have a role that is no less important for this country.

To know more, let’s discuss RA Kartini’s brief biography which has been summarized from various sources

RA Kartini’s biography

1. Birth of RA Kartini

RA Kartini’s short biography begins with her birth. Kartini was born on April 21, 1879 in Jepara, Central Java. He is still a Javanese noble family. That is why the title Raden Adjeng alias RA was pinned on him.

In accordance with Javanese customs that are still attached, this noble title was later changed to Raden Ayu when he married. Kartini’s father was named Raden Adipati Ario Sosroningrat son of Prince Ario Tjondro IV. Kartini’s mother was named MA Ngasirah. She is actually the first wife but unfortunately, that status does not make her the main wife.

MA Ngasirah was just a simple girl who was born as a commoner. She is the daughter of a kyai in Teluk Awur. Raden Adipati Ario Sosroningrat already fell in love with him. Even though they are of different castes, love cannot choose.

His status of not coming from a noble family violated the Dutch colonial rule. The rules applied by the Netherlands required that a regent must choose a noble family as his partner when he married.

This certainly made it difficult for Ario to take over as regent of Jepara with his first wife. Ario racked his brains so that the position of regent could still be held without having to let go of his first wife.

In order to continue to fulfill the colonial rule, Kartini’s father also married Raden Adjeng Woerjan who still had royal royal blood from Madura. Finally Kartini’s father was able to take his share to become regent after complying with Dutch rules.

Shortly after his second marriage, Ario was appointed Regent of Jepara at the same time that his little daughter, Kartini, was born. Ario gets 2 happiness at once, namely position and offspring. The full story of RA Kartini’s life can also be found in the National Hero Series: RA Kartini.

2. RA Kartini’s Adolescence

Luckily Kartini had Prince Ario Tjondro IV, the first regent of Jepara who was her grandfather. It turned out that his grandfather was used to giving western education to his children, so the way of teaching was far from being conservative.

Kartini is the 5th child of 11 siblings (siblings and half-sisters), but Kartini is the oldest daughter of all her siblings. Because of her grandfather’s open mindedness, Kartini had the opportunity to study at school at ELS (Europese Lagere) . School ) when he was 12 years old.

Studying at this school made him learn Dutch. Kartini’s intelligence was increasingly honed in the school world. Unfortunately his desire to go to school could not last long. At the age of 15, Kartini had to stop going to school.

RA Kartini had to stay at home because she was secluded like other women at that time. Kartini also had no choice. This of course makes him upset. Fortunately, he has a friend in the Netherlands named Rosa Abendanon with whom he can exchange ideas during his confinement.

The exchange of thoughts is done by correspondence. His fluency in Dutch makes it easier for the two friends from different countries to communicate. As an intelligent woman, Kartini also studied the mindset of European women. Newspapers, magazines and even books were devoured.

From what she read, Kartini knew that the lives of European women and Indonesian women were very different at that time. In Indonesia, women have a low status. Indonesian women have never received equality, freedom, and legal autonomy and equality.

This condition made Kartini sad. The desire to advance the fate of women also grew in his heart. Kartini felt moved and determined to change the fate of her people. Her determination is getting stronger and stronger which is also told in Raden Ajeng Kartini’s book which you can get at sinaumedia!

3. RA Kartini’s Adulthood

After being secluded from the age of 15, RA Kartini finally married at the age of 24. On November 12, 1903, KRM Adipati Ario Singgih Djojo Adhiningrat married him. But unfortunately Kartini was not the first wife, but the fourth wife of the Rembang Regent.

It turned out that Kartini’s husband could understand Kartini’s way of thinking. Her husband also supported Kartini’s wish to establish a women’s school. Kartini’s desire was getting stronger and imprinted in her soul. He can no longer contain the desire to free the women.

Unfortunately, fate had other plans. Kartini could not fight any longer in elevating the dignity of women because Kartini died at the age of 25. 4 days after giving birth to her only son, RM Soesalit Djojoadhiningrat who was born on September 13, 1904, Kartini breathed her last.

Kartini’s death was quite surprising because during her pregnancy and childbirth, Kartini appeared to be in good health. No one thought that Kartini would die at a young age. Many dreams that have not been achieved, of course.

Fortunately, 8 years later, right in 1912, the Kartini School was built by the Kartini Foundation in Semarang. It was the Van Deventer family, an Ethical Political figure at that time, who initiated the construction of the school. Soon construction was spread across Yogyakarta, Malang, Madiun, Cirebon, and several other areas.

B. Letters made by RA Kartini

Unexpectedly, Jacques Henrij (JH) Abendanon managed to collect Kartini’s letters to her friends in the Netherlands. JH Abendanon is the husband of one of Kartini’s pen pals, Rosa Abendanon. They were usually sent letters by Kartini. It was to them that Kartini used to convey her writings.

Through correspondence or correspondence between Kartini and her pen pals in the Netherlands, she reported on the inequality and inequality in the condition of women’s education in Indonesia and this is discussed in the book Kartini Guru, Emancipation of Women in the Archipelago .

About 115 letters were collected. These letters are Kartini’s heartfelt words for her friends, including:
1. Estelle H Zeehandelaar or Stella (14 letters)
2. Mrs. Ovink-Soer (8 letters)
3. Prof. Dr. GK Anton in Jena and his wife (3 letters)
4. Dr N Andriani (4 letters)
5. Mrs HG de Booy-Boissevain (5 letters)
6. Ir HH van Kol (3 letters)
7. Mrs N van Kol (3 letters)
8. Mrs RM Abendanon-Mandri (49 letter)
9. Mr JH Abendanon (5 letters)
10.EC Abendanon (6 letters)
11. Abendanon’s husband and wife (combined letters)
12. The recipient of one letter cannot be concluded

C. RA Kartini’s thoughts

RA Kartini’s thoughts were able to attract a lot of attention from the people at that time, especially the Dutch. They were interested in letters addressed to Europeans which turned out to be the ideas of indigenous women.

RA Kartini’s thoughts were able to replace the views of the Dutch people on native women at that time. They also took off their hats for Kartini’s thoughts. Kartini is admired not only within the country, but throughout the country.

Through the Tempo Series: Kartini below, the figure of Kartini is raised, discussed, and told in another perspective regarding the major role her work played in that era.

D. RA Kartini’s book

It was the letters that had been collected by JH Abendanon that later became the forerunner to the printing of a book with the initial title “Door Duisternis tot Licht”.

Then the title was translated into “From Darkness to Light” in 1922 by the Balai Pustaka publisher, this book was published 5 times. What’s interesting about this book is that in the fifth printing there are attachments to Kartini’s letters.

The following are some of RA Kartini’s books that are sold at sinaumedia:

E. RA Kartini Controversy

Most of Kartini’s letters were sent to her best friend, Mrs. Rose Abendanon Mandri, wife of JH Abendanon. JH Abendanon, is the Dutch Minister of Culture, Religion and Crafts. It was he who had an important role in publishing Kartini’s books.

Kartini’s age when she was diligent in sending letters was 23 years. Kartini was always eager to tell what she saw, felt and thought. Having the opportunity to sit on the school bench made Kartini’s thinking broad and open. Kartini wrote down everything she thought and felt, including discussing intimacy and the Chinese race.

The Chinese at that time were only used as shields by the Dutch against the anger of the natives and also made scapegoats for the chaotic bureaucracy. Because they were considered dangerous, several letters about the Chinese were finally censored by Abendanon.

Apart from that, Kartini also discussed the policy of the Dutch government in controlling the opium trade in Java. Kartini also issued scathing criticism of the move of a resident from Jepara. Even this letter was again censored by Abendanon because it was considered unfit to be opened. Kartini’s book was printed when ethical politics began to roll, while Abendanon was known as a supporter of ethical politics. Many suspected Abendanon’s trick in sorting Kartini’s letters.

However, in 1987, Kartini’s complete letters were published by Koninklijk Instituut voor Taal-, Land-en Volkenkunde (KITLV) with the title ‘Kartini: Brieven aan Mevrouw RM Abendanon-Mandri en Haar Echtgenoot’ It turned out that there were a total of around 150 correspondences.

In 1989, the Indonesian translation was published. In the book, it was revealed that Abendanon had sorted the letters as “sensitive” which, according to him, were not worth seeing.

In fact, several letters were also deliberately torn in certain parts, especially letters that he considered too spicy or cornered the Dutch government. Meanwhile, only letters that he thought were safe were issued.

Of course this is very unfortunate, because in fact Kartini’s letters
are not only because they discuss feminism, as many people know. Apart from the controversy over the letters, Kartini’s determination as a hero has also been met with opposition.

Many feel that it is too much for Kartini to be named a national hero. First, Kartini only fought in the Rembang and Jepara areas and secondly, Kartini never took up arms like Cut Nyak Dien or Christina Martha Tiahahu who took part in the war.

Kartini’s pro-polygamy stance also seems to contradict her thinking as an activist for women’s emancipation. However, those who are pro-Kartini managed to convince that Kartini’s struggle in voicing women’s equality is a national struggle.

No less controversial is the death of Kartini. As we already know, Kartini breathed after giving birth. This is quite surprising considering that it is said that Kartini was healthy during pregnancy and after giving birth.

But strangely, on the fourth day, Kartini closed her eyes. There are those who suspect that the Dutch killed Kartini through the hands of Dr van Ravesteyn.

Kartini’s daring thoughts cornered the Dutch, and Kartini was considered dangerous. There was a story that on the day Kartini died Dr van Ravesteyn invited her to drink wine as a sign of farewell.

Shortly after that, Kartini lost consciousness and died soon after. According to doctors’ view these days, Kartini’s condition is preeclampsia or high blood pressure in pregnant women. Although it also cannot be proven by the record of Kartini’s death somewhere.

None of the family tried to find the cause of Kartini’s death and accepted this as destiny.

F. Commemoration of Kartini Day

On May 2, 1964, President Soekarno designated RA Kartini as a National Hero of Independence. Not only that, President Soekarno set RA Kartini’s birthday on April 21 to be commemorated as Kartini Day until now.

G. Street Names RA Kartini in the Netherlands

It is undeniable that RA Kartini and her enthusiasm inspired not only Indonesian citizens but also the Dutch government. The Dutch government’s admiration for Kartini’s thoughts made Kartini’s name immortalized as a street name there. Cities in the Netherlands named Kartini are:

a. In Utrecht

Jalan Kartini in this city is located in middle class housing. The size of Kartini’s street is bigger than the streets with the names of other figures.

b. Venlo

In Venlo, the O-shaped street RA Kartinistraat in the Hagerhof area. Street names in that area are synonymous with female characters, such as Anne Frank and Mathilde Wibaut.

c. Amsterdam

In Amsterdam, the Zuidoost area, or better known as Bijlmer, is an area that has Jalan Raden Adjeng Kartini.

Women from all over the world who have had an impact on history, such as Rosa Luxemburg, Nilda Pinto, and Isabella Richards, are indeed used as street names there.

d. Harleem

Jalan RA Kartini in Haarlem is close to Jalan Mohammad Hatta, Jl Sutan Sjahrir

H. Photo gallery

There are quite a lot of photos of RA Kartini that can be enjoyed. As a noble family, it seems that capturing in the form of photos is common.

Here are some photos of Kartini

I. RA Kartini’s film

Kartini’s story has been made into a wide screen version. It was recorded that a film letter to Kartini had been made where Kartini was played by Rania Putri Sari in 2016. The film Letter to Kartini tells the story of a widower named Sawardi who works as a postman who falls in love with Kartini.

Kartini is a smart woman who dares to break with tradition. She didn’t want her fate to be like the women of that time. It’s a shame that Sawardi’s love didn’t come because Kartini was married by the Regent of Rembang.

Then in 2017, Dian Sastro also managed to play Kartini beautifully in a film called Kartini. Hanung the seasoned director made this film extraordinary. We are taken to that time to feel what Kartini’s struggle was like.

J. Lyrics of Our Mother Kartini’s song

WR Supratman’s admiration for Kartini’s thoughts was expressed in a song called KARTINI. In 1929, this beautiful song was created. The song describes the figure of Kartini as an emancipation fighter. Songs that we certainly have memorized by heart

Our Mother Kartini

Our mother Kartini,
the true
daughter of Indonesia,
has a fragrant name

Our mother, Kartini,
the Warrior of the Nation,
the Warrior of her people
, for independence

O our
noble mother Kartini Daughter
What a great dream
for Indonesia

So many biographies about RA Kartini or who is also known as a fighter for women’s emancipation. Hopefully her enthusiasm and struggle can inspire everyone, especially women in modern times.

Book & Article Recommendations

Biography of Prince Diponegoro – Friends of Sinaumed’s, of course, you already know this character. He was an actor in the Java War that erupted from 1825–1830. The Java War became one of the major changes in the world in the late 18th and early 19th centuries.

For the Javanese, especially in Surakarta and Yogyakarta, these periods showed the decline of the Javanese order, especially in the palace. In addition, the uncontrollable Dutch interference exacerbated the situation.

Prince Diponegoro’s resistance to the colonial government deserved high appreciation. His resistance gained the support of the people and also the considerable involvement of the court, which shows that he had a considerable influence on the social life of society and the kingdom at that time.

This rebellion was the first event of resistance faced by the Dutch colonial government which succeeded in changing the face of Java almost as a whole. The strategy and sacrifices he made cannot be doubted, even though his party was eventually defeated by the Dutch colonial government. However, this event has succeeded in growing a spirit of unity and nationalism within the Javanese people.

So, to get to know this figure more clearly, let’s look together at a brief explanation about Prince Diponegoro which has been summarized from the following sources. Happy reading.

Prince Diponegoro Family Background

1. The Origins of Prince Diponegoro

Portrait painting of Prince Diponegoro.

Prince Diponegoro was born in Yogyakarta on November 11, 1785. His mother was a garwa ampeyan (concubine) named RA Mangkarawati who came from Pacitan. His father’s name was Gusti Raden Mas Suraja, who later ascended the throne with the title Hamengkubuwana III.

When he was born, Diponegoro was named Bendara Raden Mas Mustahar, then changed to Bendara Raden Mas Antawirya. His Islamic name is Abdul Hamid. After his father ascended the throne, Antawirya was graduated as a prince with the name Bendara Prince Harya Dipanegara.

Towards adulthood, Diponegoro rejected his father’s wish to become king. She reasoned that her mother’s position was not that of an empress consort. That’s what makes him feel unfit for the position.

Diponegoro was known as an intelligent person, well-read, and an expert in the field of Javanese-Islamic law. He was also interested in religious matters rather than matters of court administration. That’s what allows him to mingle with the people.

He prefers to live in Tegalrejo, close to where his daughter’s great-grandmother lives, namely Gusti Kangjeng Ratu Tegalrejo, queen consort of Sultan Hamengkubuwana I, rather than living in the palace.

Diponegoro began to pay attention to palace issues when he was appointed as a member of the trusteeship to accompany Sultan Hamengkubuwana V, who was only three years old at that time. Because it was still small, the daily administration of the palace was controlled by Patih Danureja IV and the Dutch Resident. He did not approve of such guardianship, so he protested.

2. Prince Diponegoro’s Personal Life

Prince Diponegoro in his daily life was a person who liked betel and Javanese cigarettes, specially rolled by hand, collecting gold and gardening. His meditation places in Selarejo and Selarong also planted various flowers and vegetables.

At least, he married eight times in his life. He first married at the age of 27 to Raden Ayu Retno Madubrongto, a religious teacher and the second daughter of Kiai Gede Dadapan. Through the results of this marriage, Diponegoro had a son named Putra Diponegoro II.

On February 27, 1807, Diponegoro married a second time to the daughter of Raden Tumenggung Natawijaya III, a regent from Panolan Jipang, Sultanate of Yogyakarta, named Raden Ajeng Supadmi. The marriage was a request from Sultan Hamengkubuwana III.

Diponegoro then divorced three years after his marriage and was blessed with a son named Prince Diponingrat, who had an arrogant nature according to Putra Diponegoro II.

The third marriage occurred in 1808 with RA Retnadewati, a daughter of a kiai in the southern region of Yogyakarta. This was because his first and third wives, namely Madubrongto and Retnadewati, died when Diponegoro was still living in Tegalrejo.

He then remarried in 1810 to Raden Ayu Citrawati, daughter of Raden Tumenggung Rangga Parwirasentika with one of his concubine wives. However, his wife died not long after giving birth to their child due to the riots in Madiun. The baby was then handed over to Ki Tembi to be raised and given the name Singlon ( a pseudonym) which is known as Raden Mas Singlon.

Diponegoro married for the fifth time on 28 September 1814 to Raden Ayu Maduretno, daughter of Raden Rangga Prawiradirjo III and Ratu Maduretna (daughter of Sultan Hamengkubuwana II). His wife is a half-sister with Sentot Prawiradirdja, but from a different mother. Raden Ayu Maduretno was appointed empress with the title Kanjeng Ratu Kedaton I on 18 February 1828, when Prince Diponegoro was crowned as Sultan Abdulhamid.

In January 1828, he married for the sixth time Raden Ayu Retnoningrum, daughter of the Middle Prince or Dipawiyana II. He married the seventh time to Raden Ayu Ratnaningsih, daughter of Raden Tumenggung Sumaprawira, a regent of Jipang Kepadhangan. His last marriage was with RA Retnakumala, daughter of Kiai Guru Kasongan.

The extended family of Prince Diponegoro.

From his several marriages, Diponegoro has 12 sons and five daughters, whose descendants are currently living in various parts of the world, including Java, Madura, Sulawesi, Maluku, Australia, Serbia, Germany, the Netherlands and Saudi Arabia.

Diponegoro War (1825–1830)

The Diponegoro War or the Java War began with the decisions and actions of the Dutch colonial government which installed stakes on Diponegoro’s land in Tegalrejo Village. This action was exacerbated by some Dutch behavior that did not respect local customs and excessive exploitation of the people with high taxes. This made Prince Diponegoro even more fed up with it and sparked resistance.

According to the former Minister of Education and Culture Professor Wardiman Djojonegoro, there is historical distortion in some literature written by the Dutch East Indies regarding the causes of Prince Diponegoro’s resistance.

He is said to have felt hurt by the Dutch colonial government and the palace, which had refused to let him become king. The resistance that was actually carried out was because he wanted to release the suffering of the poor from the Dutch tax system and free the palace from madat.

Diponegoro’s decision and attitude to openly oppose the Dutch then won support and sympathy from the people. On the advice of his uncle, GPH Mangkubumi, Diponegoro stepped aside from Tegalrejo and made a headquarters in Selarong Cave.

At that time, he stated that his resistance was a “crusade”, that is, resistance against infidels. The spirit of the “crusade” that he waged had a wide influence on the Pacitan and Kedu regions. The battlefield includes Yogyakarta, Kedu, Bagelen, Surakarta, and several areas such as Banyumas, Wonosobo, Banjarnegara, Weleri, Pekalongan, Tegal, Semarang, Demak, Kudus, Purwodadi, Parakan, Magelang, Madiun, Pacitan, Kediri, Bojonegoro, Tuban, and Surabaya.

Dutch tactics in the Diponegoro War

For the Dutch, the Diponegoro War was an open war by deploying various types of troops, ranging from infantry, cavalry, and artillery, which since the Napoleonic Wars had always been a mainstay weapon in frontal battles.

The battle fronts took place in various villages and towns throughout Java and were very fierce. Domination of a territory is always changing. If an area was controlled by Dutch troops during the day, at night that area would have been recaptured by native troops, and vice versa.

Logistical routes were built from one region to another to support the needs of the war. Tens of gunpowder plants were built in the forests and at the bottom of the cliff. Production of gunpowder and bullets continued while the war was raging. Ciphers and couriers worked hard to find and convey the information needed to devise a war strategy.

Information about enemy forces, distance and time, terrain conditions, rainfall made headlines, because the right tactics and strategies can only be built through the mastery of information.

At the peak of the war in 1827, the Dutch deployed more than 23,000 soldiers, something that had never happened in an area that was not too large as Central Java and parts of East Java, but was guarded by tens of thousands of soldiers.

From a military point of view, this was the first war that involved all the methods known in a modern war, both the open warfare method and the guerilla warfare method which were carried out through hit and run tactics and ambush.

This was not a tribal war, but a modern war using tactics that had not yet been put into practice. This war was complemented by psywar tactics (psychological warfare) through insinuation and pressure, as well as provocation by the Dutch against those who were directly involved in the battle. Apart from that, this war also used espionage activities with both parties spying on each other and seeking information about the strengths and weaknesses of their opponents.

Various cunning methods were also used by the Dutch to arrest Diponegoro, and a competition was even used by issuing an announcement on September 21, 1829, namely anyone who could catch Prince Diponegoro, whether dead or alive, would be given a prize of 50,000 Gulden, along with land and respect.

Changes in Dutch strategy occurred when Governor General De Kock was appointed commander of all the Dutch East Indies in 1827. To limit the space for movement and guerrilla strategy from Diponegoro, De Kock used a fortification strategy (Benteng Stelsel).

Forts with barbed wire were erected once the Dutch troops succeeded in seizing the territory under the control of Diponegoro’s troops. The aim was so that the Diponegoro troops could not return and narrow their space. The distance between the forts is close together and connected by fast troop movements.

Diponegoro’s resistance had weakened since the end of 1828, namely after Kiai Madja, the spiritual leader of the rebellion, was arrested on October 12, 1828. Followed by Sentot Prawirodirdjo and his troops on October 16, 1828. his son was caught on October 14, 1829.

Negotiation and Betrayal

On 16 February 1830, Diponegoro agreed to meet with General De Kock’s envoy, namely Colonel Jan Baptist Clereens and sent Kiai Pekih Ibrahim and Haji Badaruddin so that Clereens could come to Remo Kamal, Bagelen (now part of the Purworejo Regency), upstream of the Cingcinggulung River.

Furthermore, a meeting on 20 February 1830 between the two sides did not result in an agreement, although it went smoothly and intimately. Finally, Diponegoro wanted to meet De Kock in person, who was then in Batavia and intended to wait for him in West Bagelen. However, Clereens suggested that Diponegoro wait for him at Menoreh. He finally arrived on 21 February 1830 and was cheered by his 700 followers.

At that time, the month of Ramadan took place from 25 February to 27 March 1830 and Diponegoro confirmed to De Kock that during the meeting there would be no serious discussions and only ordinary hospitality until the month of Ramadan ended. De Kock agreed. While in Magelang, all troops and their followers were marked with black turbans and robes given by Clereens.

De Kock showed kindness to Diponegoro by giving a gift of a gray horse and f 10,000 in two installments to finance his followers during the fasting month. De Kock also allowed the prince’s wife, his mother, his two sons and young daughter (Raden Mas Joned and Raden Mas Raib), his eldest son who was in North Kedu (Basah Imam Musbah) to join Magelang.

In De Kock’s mind, the voluntary arrival of Diponegoro and his followers showed that he had lost de facto . Meanwhile, during the fasting month, De Kock met him three times, namely twice during a dawn walk at the residency park and once when De Kock came alone to the guest house.

However, the spy who was implanted by Resident Valck in the Diponegoro unit, Tumenggung Mangunkusumo, reported that Diponegoro continued to insist on receiving Dutch recognition as the sultan of southern Java or as queen paneteg panatagama wontening Tanah Jawi sedaya (king and religious administrator throughout Java or head of the Islamic religion).

After that, De Kock gave secret orders to his two commanders on March 25, 1830, namely Lieutenant Colonel Louis du Perron and Major AV Michels, to prepare military equipment to secure Diponegoro’s arrest.

Finally, on March 28, 1830, coinciding with Idul Fitri, General De Kock met with Diponegoro. General De Kock was accompanied by Resident Kedu Valck, Lieutenant Colonel Roest (De Kock’s officer), Major FVHA de Stuers, and Javanese translator, Captain JJ Roefs.

Prince Diponegoro was accompanied by his three sons, religious advisors, two clowns, and commander Basah Mertanegara. De Kock started the meeting by asking Diponegoro not to return to Metesih. Diponegoro was surprised and again questioned De Kock why he was not allowed to return, even though he was only staying in touch at the end of the fasting month. De Kock immediately said he would arrest Diponegoro and the atmosphere immediately became tense.

Painting of the arrest of Prince Diponegoro by Lieutenant General Hendrik Markus de Kock on 28 March 1830, by Raden Saleh.

Diponegoro immediately responded by asking about the reasons why he had to be detained. He feels innocent and does not harbor hatred for anyone. Mertanegara interrupted the conversation and asked that political problems be resolved at another time. De Kock immediately interrupted the conversation and emphasized in a high tone that the political problems would be resolved that very day.

Diponegoro immediately spoke up and accused De Kock of being rotten because his decision was rushed and had never been discussed before during the fasting month. He said that he had no other wishes, except for the Dutch colonial government to recognize him as the religion of Islam in Java and the title of sultan he bears.

De Kock then ordered Lieutenant Colonel Roest for Du Perron to prepare troops. Diponegoro responded to this action by saying, “In such a situation and because of your evil nature, I am not afraid to die. I am not afraid of being killed and have no intention of avoiding it.”

De Kock was shocked to hear Diponegoro’s tough attitude and said in a low voice that he would not kill Diponegoro. However, it will still fulfill Diponegoro’s wish. It had occurred to Diponegoro to stab a dagger into De Kock’s body, but the intention was reversed because it would humiliate his dignity.

After drinking tea and approaching his followers, Diponegoro went out and he was successfully arrested. He is willing to surrender on condition that the rest of his army members are released. After being arrested in Magelang, he was exiled to the Semarang Residency Building in Ungaran, then taken to Batavia on 5 April 1830 by ship Pollux.

Diponegoro arrived in Batavia on 11 April 1830 and was taken prisoner in the stadhuis (Fatahillah Museum Building). He was then exiled to Manado on 30 April 1830 with his sixth wife, Tumenggung Dipasena, and other followers such as Mertaleksana, Banteng Wereng, and Nyai Sotaruna.

They arrived in Manado on 3 May 1830 and were taken prisoner at Fort Nieuw Amsterdam. In 1834, Diponegoro was transferred to Makassar until his death at Fort Rotterdam on January 8, 1855.

So, that’s a brief explanation of Prince Diponegoro’s Biography and His Role in the 1825–1830 Java War . Appreciating the services of national figures, like Prince Diponegoro, is not only by remembering and thanking them in their hearts, but also by emulating their attitudes and actions.

Sinaumed’s can visit sinaumedia’s book collection at www.sinaumedia.com to get references about other heroes, starting from their life background, education, and struggle history.

The following is a recommendation for sinaumedia books that Sinaumed’s can read to learn about Indonesian history so they can fully interpret it. Happy reading.

Book Recommendations & Related Articles

Author: Fandy Aprianto Rohman

• 6 Very Inspiring Heroes of Independence
• Biography of Ir. Sukarno, the proclaimer of Indonesian independence
• Sultan Ageng Tirtayasa Biography: His Life History and Struggle
• Biography of WR Supratman, the creator of the song Indonesia Raya
• After the Proclamation, Why Should the Indonesian Nation Defend Independence?
• History and Meaning of the Proclamation of Independence for Indonesia

Biography of Prabowo Subianto – Who doesn’t know the great figure of Prabowo Subianto? His name is always widely discussed in the world of politics and the military. Not only “mastering” the world of politics and the military, it turns out that he has carried out many important tasks in our country, both in the economic field and the Indonesian movement.

Then, who exactly is Prabowo Subianto? How was the progress of his career in the military world until finally he was in the world of politics? Let’s look at the following description!

Who is Prabowo Subianto?

General TNI (Purn.) H. Prabowo Subianto Djojohadikusumo is the third child and first son who was born on October 17, 1951. His father was named Soemitro Djojohadikusumo who came from Kebumen, Central Java. Prabowo’s father was an economist and also a politician from the Indonesian Socialist Party, who at that time had just finished serving as Minister of Industry in the Natsir Cabinet in April 1952. Meanwhile, his mother was named Dora Marie Sigar, also known as Dora Soemitro. She is a Protestant Christian woman of Minahasa descent. His mother comes from the Maengkom family in Langowan, North Sulawesi.

After the birth of Prabowo Subianto, his father, Soemitro, was reappointed as Minister of Finance in the Wilopo Cabinet. Prabowo has two older sisters, named Biantiningsih Miderawati and Maryani Ekowati. He also has a younger brother named Hashim Djojohadikusumo. Prabowo is the grandson of Margono Djojohadikusumo, a founder of Bank Negara Indonesia and also the first Chairman of the Supreme Advisory Council.

The Djojohadikusumo family descended from Raden Tumenggung Kertanegara, who was the commander of the army of Prince Diponegoro. Prabowo’s name itself is a name taken from his uncle, Captain Soebianto Djojohadikusumo, who was an officer in the People’s Security Army who died in the Lengkong Battle in January 1964 in Tangerang.

Prabowo’s childhood was spent abroad, especially after his father’s involvement in opposing President Soekarno’s government in the Revolutionary Government of the Republic of Indonesia in West Sumatra. Prabowo completed his secondary studies at the Victoria Institution in Kuala Lumpur, Malaysia; Zurich International School  in Zurich, Switzerland; and  The American School  in London, England. After the fall of Sukarno and the rise of Suharto, the Soemitro family returned to the Indonesian state. Then Prabowo entered the Military Academy in Magelang, Central Java.

In May 1983, Prabowo married Siti Hediati Hariyadi who was the daughter of President Suharto and Tien Soeharto. Prabowo and Siti Hediati were blessed with a son, namely Ragowo Hediprasetyo or Didiet. However, their marriage did not last long. Shortly after the New Order collapsed, the two separated in 1998. Their son, Didiet, grew up in Boston, United States of America and chose a profession as a designer based in Paris, France.

Prabowo Subianto’s Military Career

Prabowo Subianto is an Indonesian politician, businessman and high-ranking military officer. Prabowo was educated and had a career in the military for 28 years. It all started in 1976, when he started his military career in the Indonesian Army as a Second Lieutenant after graduating from the Military Academy in Magelang. From 1976 to 1985 Prabowo served in the Sandi Yudha Troop Command or Kopassandha which at that time was the Army’s special forces. One of his first assignments was as a platoon commander in Group I/Para Command which was part of the Nanggala operations force in East Timor.

At the age of 26, Prabowo became one of the youngest Platoon Commanders in operation. He played a major role in leading a mission to arrest Nicolau dos Reis Lobato , who was a Fretilin leader who served as Prime Minister during Operation Seroja . In 1985, Prabowo became deputy commander of the 328th Airborne Infantry Battalion. In 1991, Prabowo served as Chief of staff of the 17th Airborne Infantry Brigade headquartered in Cijantung.

In 1993, Prabowo returned to the Special Forces which is now called the Special Forces Command or Kopassus. Prabowo was appointed Commander of Group 3/Sandi Yudha, which is one of the Kopassus counter-insurgency Commands. Afterwards, Prabowo served as deputy commanding officer under the leadership of Brigadier General Agum Gumelar and Brigadier General Subagyo Hadi Siswoyo.

December 1995, Prabowo was appointed commander of the Kopassus General with the rank of Major General. One of his first assignments was the operation to free Mapenduma hostages. On March 20, 1998, Prabowo was appointed Commander of the Army Strategic Reserves Command with the position held by his father-in-law.

Prabowo oversees around 11 thousand ABRI reserve troops. Prabowo asked the Commander of the Armed Forces General Wiranto to be allowed to deploy his reservists from outside Jakarta to help quell the riots in May 1998. Although this request was ultimately refused by Wiranto, Prabowo allegedly flew hundreds of people who had been trained by the Kopassus unit under his supervision to Timor Leste from Dili to Yogyakarta, and then to Jakarta by train. On May 14, Prabowo met with several reformers such as Adnan Buyung Nasution and Bambang Widjojanto to discuss the current situation.

On May 21, 1998, President Soeharto announced his resignation and was replaced by Habibie who was directly inaugurated on the same day. In the afternoon, Prabowo met Habibie and asked him to appoint Prabowo as Armed Forces Commander to replace Wiranto. But Habibie dismissed Prabowo from his post as commander of Kostrad.

Prabowo met Suharto after being removed from office, but Prabowo’s father-in-law did not support him. Finally, Prabowo was assigned as Commander of the Armed Forces Staff and Command School in Bandung, replacing Lieutenant General Arie J. Kumaat. On July 14, 1998, the Armed Forces Commander formed the Officer Honorary Council which was chaired by General Subagyo Hadi Siswoyo along with 6 other lieutenant generals, namely: Fachrul Razi (Deputy Chair), Djamari Chaniago (secretary), Arie J. Kumaat, Agum Gumelar, Susilo Bambanv Yudhoyono, and Yusuf Kartanegara.

This council examines Prabowo on 7 points of accusation; one of which is deliberately making mistakes in task analysis, carrying out and controlling operations in the context of national stability which are not under his authority, but are the authority of the Pangab, not involving organic staff in staff procedures, control and supervision, and often going abroad without permission from the Kasad or Commander

During the trial, Prabowo claimed he was a prisoner of war protected by the Geneva Conventions and frequently exercised his right to remain silent, frustrating assembly members who already had to wear bulletproof vests. Prabowo was tried based on the Criminal Code and the Military Criminal Code.

DKP found Prabowo guilty and committed the crime of disobedience (Article 103 of the Military Criminal Code); order the deprivation of another person’s freedom (Article 55 (1) 2nd of the Military Criminal Code and Article 333 of the Criminal Code), and kidnapping (Article 55 (1) 2nd and Article 328 of the Criminal Code). Prabowo’s dismissal from military service caused controversy during the 2009 general election, when Gerindra politician Fadli Zon denied that Prabowo was sacked, but was “respectably discharged”.

Prabowo Subianto’s Business Career

After Prabowo left the military career, he chose to follow his younger brother’s career to become a businessman. In the business world Prabowo owns and leads 27 companies in Indonesia and also abroad. Prabowo became president and CEO of PT Tidar Kerinci Agung which is engaged in palm oil production, then PT Nusantara Energy which is engaged in oil and gas, mining, agriculture, forestry and pulp, and also PT Jaladri Nusantara which is engaged in fisheries.

His career started with buying Kiani Kertas , a paper mill management company located in Mangkajang, East Kalimantan. Previously, Kiani Kertas was owned by Bob Hasan, a businessman close to President Soeharto. Prabowo also bought Kiani Kertas using a loan worth Rp. 1.8 trillion. The name Kiani Kertas was changed by Prabowo to Kertas Nusantara . The Nusantara Group group of companies owned by Prabowo also controls twenty-seven domestic and foreign companies. The business owned by Prabowo is engaged in plantations, mining, palm oil and coal.

In 2011, it was reported that PT Kertas Nusantara had 161 creditors consisting of 136 concurrent creditors, 18 special creditors and 7 separatist creditors. Based on the verification by the Business Competition Supervisory Commission, at that time, Kertas Nusantara’s total debt reached Rp 14.31 trillion. On June 9 2011, the Central Jakarta Commercial Court ordered PT Kertas Nusantara to pay a debt of Rp. 142 billion to PT Multi Alphabet as one of the creditors within forty-five days, if not, Kertas Nusantara is in danger of being declared bankrupt. On July 22, 2011, PT Kertas Nusantara survived the threat of bankruptcy after 89% of creditors agreed to provide an extension of time for debt payments.

On January 20 2015, PT Kertas Nusantara was again hit by problems because around 600 employees of PT Kertas Nusantara in Berau Regency, East Kalimantan held a demonstration demanding salaries that had not been paid for 5 months. However, this news was directly denied by Indra Alam. He felt he had never made a statement that he had invited workers to demonstrate at the HI Roundabout and boycott Prabowo in the election. The management of PT Kertas Nusantara has also confirmed that the salary payable problem has been resolved since March 2014. Director of PT Kertas Nusantara Winson Pola never apologized and explained that this was due to financial difficulties because the factory was not operating at full capacity in mid 2013 .

Prabowo Subianto’s Political Career

Prabowo Subianto’s political career began when he was about to run as a candidate for the Indonesian presidency from the Golkar Party at the 2004 Golkar Candidate Convention. Even though he passed, in the end Prabowo lost the vote to Wiranto.

Together with his younger brother, Hashim Djojohadikusumo, former student activist Fadli Zon and former Deputy V of the State Intelligence Agency for Fundraising Affairs Muchdi Purwoprandjono and a number of other names, on February 6 2008 founded the Great Indonesia Movement Party or Gerindra. In the Gerindra party, Prabowo serves as Chairman of the Board of Trustees of the Central Leadership Council (DPP). The Gerindra Party won 4,646,406 votes (4.46%) and placed twenty-six representatives in the DPR RI in the Indonesian Legislative Elections in 2009.

On May 9, 2008, the Gerindra Party expressed its desire to nominate Prabowo as a presidential candidate in the 2009 elections. However, after a difficult bidding process, Prabowo finally agreed to become Megawati Soekarnoputri’s presidential candidate. The two signed a Slate Agreement stating that:

1. The Indonesian Democratic Party of Struggle and Gerindra Party nominated Megawati as a presidential candidate and Prabowo as a vice presidential candidate in the 2009 elections.

2. If both are elected, Prabowo can control Indonesia’s economic programs and policies.

3. Prabowo can determine who will later become Minister of Forestry, Minister of Agriculture, Minister of Finance, Minister of Industry, Minister of Manpower and also Transmigration, Minister of Law and Human Rights, and also Minister of Defence.

4. The government formed will support the PDI Perjuangan populist program and also the eight action programs from the Gerindra Party for the prosperity of the people.

5. Funding for elections will be shared.

6. Megawati will support Prabowo’s candidacy as a presidential candidate for the 2014 election.

In the 2009 presidential election, Prabowo became the richest vice presidential candidate. Prabowo has total assets of Rp. 1.579 trillion and $7.57 million, including 84 special horses some of which cost up to 3 billion each and a number of luxury cars. This wealth is 160 times the wealth reported in 2003.

The results of a quick count from the Indonesian Survey Institute, the Indonesian Survey Circle, the Institute for Economic and Social Research, Education and Information, the Center for Policy Studies and Strategic Development, CIRUS, the Information Research Institute, and Quick Count Metro TV, predict that the Megawati-Prabowo pair will lose badly from the pair Susilo Bambang Yudhoyono and Boediono. The results of the KPU Manual calculations announced on 25 July 2009 were not much different from the quick count results.

In the 2014 presidential election, the Great Indonesia Movement Party stated that it would nominate Prabowo as Indonesia’s presidential candidate. Prabowo stated that he is ready to be nominated as president. Although several survey institutions noted that Prabowo’s electability was the highest when compared to other presidential candidates. Not even a few political observers believe that Prabowo’s move will be hindered by the very low electability of the Great Indonesia Movement Party.

In the 2014 legislative elections, based on Kompas quick calculations until April 9 2014, Gerindra won third place by winning 11.58%, while PDIP won 19.52% and Golkar won 15.22%. Prabowo Subianto presents ” Six Nation Transformation Action Programs“. In his campaign, Prabowo stated that if he was elected President of the Republic of Indonesia, Prabowo wanted to build a strong, sovereign, just and prosperous economy, implement a people’s economy, build food and energy sovereignty and monitor water resources, improve the quality of Indonesian human development through education, health, social and cultural affairs, as well as building infrastructure and preserving nature and the environment, as well as building a government that is free from corruption, strong, firm and effective.

In the presidential election, Prabowo ran again by collaborating with Sandiaga Uno as his running mate. However, victory was not in his favor. On October 23, 2019, Prabowo was appointed as the 26th Minister of Defense of the Republic of Indonesia in the Advanced Indonesia Cabinet for the 2019 to 2024 period.

Prabowo Subianto was born not from random people, from a young age he was involved in the world of military, business and politics. If Sinaumed’s wants to know more about Prabowo Subianto, Sinaumed’s can read the book and get the book which is available at www.sinaumedia.com . As #FriendsWithoutLimits we try to give our best!

Author: Yufi Cantika Sukma Divine

Also Read:

1. Biography of Ir. Sukarno, the proclaimer of Indonesian independence
2. What is a Government System?
3. Biography of Joko Widodo, President of the Republic of Indonesia
4. Learn about the Theory of Legal Certainty
5. Biography of Suharto, President of the New Order Era
6. Biography of BJ Habibie, Visionary President
7. Biography of General Soedirman, the Great General of the TNI

Biography of Joko Widodo – Joko Widodo or what we usually know as Jokowi is one of the Presidents of Indonesia. President Joko Widodo became the seventh President of Indonesia. The name of the seventh President of Indonesia is widely known by the people of Indonesia.

However, not everyone knows about the biography of this seventh Indonesian President. Did you know that President Jokowi is a furniture entrepreneur from Solo? How was Jokowi’s political career? Check out reviews about Joko Widodo or Jokowi starting from his childhood to achievements and unique facts that were pinned on Jokowi.

Jokowi Comes From a Simple Family

Joko Widodo was born at Minulyo Hospital on June 21, 1961, he had a father named Noto Mihardjo and a mother named Sujiatmi. Jokowi is the first or eldest child and has three younger sisters, namely Iit Sriyantini, Ida Yati and Titik Relawati.

Jokowi’s father worked as a seller of wood and bamboo around the banks of the Karanganyar river, Solo, so it can be said that Jokowi’s life was far from luxurious.

The Jokowi family can be said to be an underprivileged family, especially in meeting their needs, such as having difficulty paying school fees, difficulty finding food, and several other difficulties.

To help ease the burden on his family, Jokowi helps his father who works as a carpenter, sometimes even after school, he helps his father to collect payments from customers who have bought wood and helps load the wood that has been purchased by his customers onto pedicabs or carts.

Jokowi married Ibu Iriana in 1986. From this marriage Jokowi gave birth to three children consisting of two sons and one daughter. The first child was named Gibran Rakabuming Raka, the second child was named Kahiyang Ayu, and the third child was named Kaesang Pangarep.

Currently, Jokowi has four grandchildren, two from his first child and two from his second child. The marriage between Gibran Rakabuming Raka and Selvi Ananda gave one grandson named Jan Ethes Srinarendra and one granddaughter named La Lembah Mana.

Meanwhile, the marriage between Kahiyang Ayu and Bobby Nasution gave one granddaughter named Sedah Mirah Nasution and one grandson named Al Nahyan Nasution.

Jokowi’s Childhood

As a child, Jokowi spent a lot of time in the Karanganyar river. Lots of activities carried out by Jokowi either alone or with his friends.

Activities undertaken, such as bathing in the river, looking for duck eggs, fishing, playing, and many more. Even though he likes to play or do activities with his friends, he does not forget his obligation, namely studying. Jokowi is very good at managing his time, when to play and when to study.

Jokowi’s activities when he was small were not only about playing and studying, but he also did recitation activities. Jokowi did not only study, play and recite the Koran, but he also helped his father sell wood or helped his mother take care of the house and his younger siblings.

Jokowi’s childhood can be said to be quite difficult and hard. This was because Jokowi’s family had moved from house to house due to evictions several times, so he and his family temporarily stayed at a friend’s house in the Gondang area.

Jokowi believes that unpleasant childhood experiences are not a form of suffering. This is because, he feels that all the unpleasant things in the past are God’s way of building and shaping his character in the future.

Jokowi Education

Jokowi’s education started from 111 Tirtoyoso Public Elementary School. This school is also known as an educational institution aimed at the lower middle class society. This school is located in the Banjarsari area, Solo.

Since attending elementary school, Jokowi has started to actively help ease the living expenses of his family by earning his own pocket money. The things he does are being a porter, selling, and umbrella taxis.

Surakarta 1 State Junior High School became the secondary educational institution chosen by Jokowi after completing his primary education at Tirtoyoso 03 Public Elementary School. This school is located on Jalan MT Haryono 4, Surakarta.

After graduating from secondary education at Surakarta 1 State Junior High School, Jokowi wanted to continue his senior secondary education at Surakarta 1 State Senior High School, but after making maximum efforts, Jokowi failed to enter Surakarta 1 State Senior High School and chose to continue his education at State Senior High School 6 Surakarta.

After completing his senior secondary education, Jokowi continued his education at Gajah Mada University, Yogyakarta. When studying at Gadjah Mada University, Jokowi chose the forestry faculty with a major in wood technology. On campus, he learned more about wood, from wood utilization, wood structures to wood technology.

Jokowi took the field of study in wood technology because he was very close to the world of “timber” since he was a child. Jokowi graduated from Gajah Mada University in 1985 with the thesis title “Study of Consumption Patterns of Plywood in End Use in Surakarta Municipality”.

Apart from being listed as a student, Jokowi is also listed as a member of “Mapala Silvagama”. “Mapala Silvagama” is a semi-autonomous organization located at Gadjah Mada University.

Jokowi Was Once a Furniture Entrepreneur

After graduating from university, Jokowi worked for a State-Owned Enterprise (BUMN), namely PT Kertas Kraft Aceh and was given an assignment in the Merkusii Pine Forest area in Gayo Highlands, Central Aceh. However, Jokowi worked at PT Kertas Kraft Aceh for not so long and decided to return to his hometown.

Arriving at his hometown, Jokowi had the desire or determination to do business in the timber sector. This business in the wood sector started with his uncle’s company, which was named CV Roda Jati.

Until 1988, he ventured to set up his own timber business. The business name Jokowi gave for his timber business was CV Rakabu, the name was taken from his first son named Gibran Rakabuming Raka.

Jokowi started his business with debt capital. To get business capital, Jokowi guarantees the land title belonging to his parents to the bank so that he can get a loan from the bank.

The choices and decisions made by Jokowi can be said to be quite bold because if the timber business fails then the certificate cannot be returned. However, because of Jokowi’s persistence, hard work, and sense of optimism, his business has been successful and has survived to this day.

After obtaining venture capital, Jokowi started his furniture business by renting a fairly simple place, namely a place made of woven bamboo. When he just started his business, Jokowi was assisted by three workers processing wood, making construction and painting furniture.

Jokowi’s strong determination made him work harder and work from morning to morning. In other words, the time Jokowi spends at work exceeds working hours in general.

Sometimes, he would sleep in the factory just to finish his work. With his hard work, Jokowi’s furniture began to show quite advanced results or progress in his furniture business. The progress made in Jokowi’s furniture business came after three years of struggling and working hard to develop this furniture business.

When he first started his career as a furniture exporter, Jokowi began to actively participate in furniture exhibitions held from Singapore, the Middle East, Europe, to America. The first exhibition attended by Jokowi was an exhibition held in Jakarta.

Jokowi’s Political Career

Jokowi’s experience in a political career can be said to be very different from his career in the world of furniture business. Jokowi already has experience in the furniture business for 23 years. Meanwhile, in the world of politics, Jokowi can be said to have not had much experience.

Jokowi’s early political career began in 1998 by following the world of practical politics and the party he chose was the Indonesian Democratic Party of Struggle (PDI-P) led by Megawati Soekarnoputri. This party became Jokowi’s political vehicle, from becoming Mayor of Solo to becoming President of the Republic of Indonesia.

1. Become Mayor of Solo

In 2005 the Regional Head Election (Pilkada) for Mayor of Solo was held. Jokowi became a candidate for Mayor of Solo with partner FX Hadi Rudyatmo. The two candidates are endorsed by the Indonesian Democratic Party of Struggle (PDI-P) and the National Awakening Party (PKB).

From that election, Joko Widodo and FX Hadi Rudyatmo won 36.62% of the votes and won the Pilkada.

In his leadership, Jokowi was able to make the city of Solo neater, even the city of Solo became one of the study materials at domestic and foreign universities.

Not only that, during his leadership, Jokowi also introduced the Batik Solo Trans bus and made the city of Solo the host for several international events.

On April 26, 2010, Joko Widodo and FX Hadi Rudyatmo became the Mayor and Deputy Mayor of Solo as the incumbent candidates. At that time, the votes obtained by Joko Widodo and FX Hadi Rudyatmo could be said to be quite surprising because they received 90.09% of the votes.

The votes they got almost broke the MURI record. In the MURI record, the pair Herman Sutrisno and Akhmad Dimyati, as Mayor of Banjar, won the most votes, where they are also the incumbent pair and the votes obtained were 92.19% in 2008.

2. Become the Governor of DKI Jakarta

After successfully becoming Mayor of Solo, Jokowi continued his political career by running for Governor of DKI Jakarta. Jokowi was initially hesitant to contest the gubernatorial election, but he was convinced by the leader of the Indonesian Democratic Party of Struggle (PDI-P), namely Megawati Soekarnoputri.

At that time, Jokowi needed 9 more seats to become a candidate for Governor of DKI Jakarta so the leader of the Great Indonesia Movement Party (Gerindra) conducted political lobbying with the PDI-P party. After conducting political lobbying, the Gerindra party presented a candidate for Deputy Governor of DKI Jakarta, namely Basuki Tjahaja Purnama.

At that time, more precisely in 2012, the couple Joko Widodo and Basuki Tjahaja Purnama were the underdog. This is because they have to face the incumbent candidates, namely Fauzi Bowo and Nachrowi Ramli.

However, in the end the pair Joko Widodo and Basuki Tjahaja Purnama managed to defeat the pair Fauzi Bowo and Nachrowi Ramli and become Governor and Deputy Governor of DKI Jakarta.

As for several policies carried out by Jokowi when leading Jakarta, such as the row village, the Jakarta Healthy Card (KJS), the Jakarta Smart Card (KJP).

3. Become the President of the Republic of Indonesia

After several years as the Governor of DKI Jakarta, Jokowi was trusted by his party to continue his political career as a candidate for President of the Republic of Indonesia. 2014 was the year of the General Election (Election) of the President of the Republic of Indonesia. That year, Jokowi and Jusuf Kalla became the presidential and vice presidential candidates for the 2014 election.

After the vote counting process was completed, it was stated that the Jokowi pair received 53.15% of the vote. As for several policies made by Joko Widodo when he was President, such as the Healthy Indonesia Card (KIS), the Smart Indonesia Card (KIP), and others.

In the next general election, Jokowi ran for the incumbent with a different pair, namely KH. Ma’ruf Amin. In this election, Joko Widodo competed with Prabowo Subianto and Sandiaga Uno and Joko Widodo’s pair won this election by getting a vote of 55.50%.

Jokowi’s Unique Awards and Facts 

Jokowi’s outreach skills in getting support from the community earned him an award as Marketer of The Year 2012 held by the Markplus Conference 2013, Marketing: Info Innovation and Technology.

As many people already know, Jokowi’s real name is Joko Widodo. However, do you know that the nickname Jokowi was originally given to Joko Widodo?

When he was a furniture export entrepreneur, Joko Widodo had a client or customer who liked to buy his furniture, named Michl Romaknan from France.

Long story short, this customer from France found it difficult to distinguish the name Joko Widodo from the name Joko-Joko who work in the same profession, namely as a furniture exporter.

Michl looked for a way to distinguish Joko Widodo’s name from other Joko-Joko and Michl gave him the name “Jokowi” so he could distinguish it from other Joko-Joko names.

Until now, the name Jokowi is better known by the public than the name Joko Widodo. This is because the name Jokowi has its own uniqueness and is easier for many people to hear and remember.

Conclusion

Jokowi always tries to provide a sense of security and comfort to his younger siblings so that he becomes a role model for his three younger sisters. The sense of security and comfort is shown by being kind and protective of their younger siblings.

Not only that, Joko Widodo or Jokowi is also very happy to help his mother to care for and look after his younger siblings, such as taking them to school, helping with homework, and so on.

The furniture business owned by Jokowi can be said to be a business that is not obtained easily and requires hard work to build a more advanced business.

Ups and downs in building this business are usually passed. It can be said that the key to developing a business in a more advanced direction requires courage and enthusiasm to get back up when you have to fall many times.

Jokowi started his political career in 1998 and chose PDI-P as his political vehicle. So that in 2005-2010 he succeeded in becoming the Mayor of Solo, then continued his political career to become the Governor of DKI Jakarta in 2012 and in 2014 until now he has become the President of the Republic of Indonesia.

This book is a sketch of the woman who accompanied Jokowi, when he was still a fetus in the womb until now he is the governor of DKI Jakarta. Hopefully, the values ​​of simplicity, honesty and not being greedy will inspire more families in Indonesia so that in the future there will be new leaders who are honest and can be proud of.

sinaumedia.com

This book provides empirical information and analysis related to family background and struggles, as well as Jokowi’s development as a child up to the time he entered college. More than just a story about Jokowi, the analysis in this book is placed within the framework of the struggle of an ordinary Javanese family in vertical mobility in the social, economic and political arenas, amidst an elitist and hierarchical social structure.

Also read articles related to “Joko Widodo Biography” :

• Gus Dur’s biography
• Biography of Bj Habibie
• Cak Nun Biography
• Biography of Ki Hajar Dewantara
• General Seodirman’s biography

Biography of Ir. Soekarno – Sinaumed’s must be familiar with Ir. Soekarno, Indonesian National Hero who was the first president of the Republic of Indonesia. His struggles and services for the Indonesian nation are countless, and his prowess is not only well-known domestically but internationally. That is why the biography of Ir. Soekarno is very interesting to be discussed and known by generations of Indonesians.

The figure of Soekarno has its own place for Indonesian society and provides many role models for the nation. Soekarno put a lot of energy, thought, even his soul for Indonesia, from fighting colonialism to building this nation into what it is today. Soekarno became an important figure in Indonesian history who will always be remembered for his services.

The following is a brief description of the biography of Ir. Soekarno, which Sinaumed’s needs to know as the nation’s generation, so that he can reap positive values ​​from the story of the proclaimer.

Ir. Sukarno

Full name : Ir. Sukarno

Nickname: Bung Karno

Nickname: Kusno

Place, date of birth : Surabaya, 6 June 1901

Islam

Wife’s Names: Fatmawati, Hartini, Ratna Sari Dewi, Kartini Manopo, Haryati, Yurike Sanger, and Heldy Djafar

Names of Children: Guntur, Megawati, Rachmawati, Sukmawati, Thunder (from Fatmawati) Typhoon, Bayu (from Hartini) Kartika (from Ratna Sari Dewi)

Education : HIS in Surabaya, Hogere Burger School (HBS), Technische Hoogeschool (THS) in Bandung

Died: Jakarta, June 21, 1970

Buried: Blitar, East Java

Personal Life Ir. Sukarno

Ir. Soekarno or familiarly called Bung Karno was born on June 6, 1901 in Surabaya, East Java with his first name Kusno Sosrodihardjo and died on June 21, 1970 in Jakarta. Bung Karno was the son of the couple Raden Soekemi Sosrodihardjo and Ida Ayu Nyoman Rai. Because he was sickly, little Soekarno was cared for by his older brother named Raden Hardjodikromo in Tulungagung. Soekarno returned to live with his father and mother in 1909 in Mojokerto.

It was in Mojokerto that his father was assigned as head of the Eerste Inlandse School and Soekarno also attended school there . Since living back with his parents, Soekarno changed his name from Kusno to Soekarno so that he would not be sick anymore and could grow healthily. Since childhood Soekarno has become a child who achieves even able to master many languages. That is why Soekarno’s intelligence is known by the world.

In 1911 Soekarno moved again to ELS which was equivalent to Elementary School (SD) which was specially prepared to enter the Hogere Burger School (HBS) in Surabaya. In 1915 Soekarno graduated from school at ELS and then lived at the house of his father’s friend, Haji Oemar Said Tjokroaminoto or HOS Cokroaminoto who was the founder of the Islamic Union. Since then Soekarno was noble to know the world of struggle which ultimately made him really want to fight for the Indonesian nation.

At the Cokroaminoto Residence, young Soekarno began to study politics a lot and practiced a lot of speeches. It was there that Sukarno began to know and interact with great figures, such as Dr. Douwes Dekker, Tjipto Mangunkusumo, and Ki Hajar Dewantara. They were the leaders of the National Indische Partij organization at that time.

Going to school at HBS gave Soekarno a lot of experience and lessons, until he finally graduated in 1921. After that Soekarno moved back to Bandung and lived with Haji Sanusi to continue his education at the Technische Hooge School (THS) majoring in civil engineering or us. known now as the ITB campus. It was there that Soekarno earned his engineering degree by graduating on May 25, 1926.

Soekarno was inaugurated along with eighteen other elements at the 61st ITB Anniversary on 3 July 1926. According to Prof. Jacob Clay as head of the faculty on the campus expressed his pride because there were 3 Javanese engineers, namely Soekarno, Anwari and Soetedjo, and engineers from other regions.

During his lifetime, Soekarno married several women, namely Fatmawati, Hartini, Ratna Sari Dewi, Kartini Manopo, Haryati, Yurike Sanger, and Heldy Djafar. Upon his marriage, Soekarno was blessed with 11 children. In the end, some of Soekarno’s descendants also followed in his father’s footsteps in Indonesian politics.

Namely his daughter named Megawati Soekarnoputri who had served as the 5th president of the Republic of Indonesia, Rachmawati Soekarnoputri, and Sukmawati Soekarnoputri. His first son and Fatmawati, Guntur Soekarnoputra, did not enter politics like himself and his younger sisters.

Political Journey Ir. Sukarno

Talking about Ir. Soekarno’s biography is incomplete if you don’t discuss his extraordinary work in the world of politics. Ir. Soekarno even plunged into the world of politics from a very young age. Soekarno became famous for the first time in 1915 when he became a member of the Surabaya Branch of Jong Java. According to Soekarno, most organizations in Indonesia are still Java-centric, which only think about culture.

That’s what made Soekarno need to answer the challenge. Because of his sadness, Soekarno also gave a speech using ngoko (rough Javanese) at the Jong Java annual plenary meeting in Surabaya. Not long after, after a month of the meeting, Soekarno sparked the idea to make the Jong Java newspaper use Malay instead of Dutch.

Soekarno then founded Algemeene Studie (ASC) in Bandung in 1926 which was the result of inspiration from Dr. Soetomo at the Indonesische Study Club. It was this ASC organization that became the forerunner to the founding of the major party in Indonesia, the Indonesian National Party, which was born in 1927. Thanks to his being active in the PNI organization, Soekarno was arrested by the Dutch because he was considered a danger to the colonial government.

December 29, 1929 Sukarno was arrested in Yogyakarta to be transferred to the Banceuy prison in Bandung. Then in 1930 he was moved to Sukamiskin prison and in this year Soekarno also issued a pledoi Indonesia suing which was phenomenal at that time until he was finally released on December 31, 1931. After being released from prison, in 1932 Soekarno joined the Indonesian Party (Partindo) which was still a PNI fragment because at that time the PNI was disbanded and declared banned by the Dutch.

But his activities at Partino again led to prison in 1933 in Folders exile because of a dangerous movement for the Netherlands. Because his exile was long enough and very far away, it almost made other Indonesian national figures forget Soekarno’s existence and involvement. This did not make him give up and Soekarno continued to send letters to Ahmad Hasan, a teacher of Islamic Unity.

In 1938 Soekarno was then exiled to Bengkulu Province until 1942. During the Japanese occupation in 1942 Soekarno was only released again. After going through a long journey, in 1943 the Japanese prime minister, Hideki Toja, invited Soekarno, Muhammad Hatt, and Ki Bagoes Hadikoesoemo who were then warmly welcomed by Emperor Hirohito. The three of them have been considered as the imperial family of Japan by being bestowed with the Imperial Star (Sacred Pearl).

Since the Japanese colonial period, many organizations emerged, such as Jawa Hokokai, BPUPKI, Center for People’s Power (Putera) to PPKI with the main figures namely Soekarno, KH Mas Mansyur, Ki. Hajar Dewantara, and other figures active in national movement organizations. Finally the national movement figures bought clenbuterol in collaboration with the Japanese government for Indonesian independence. Although there are still those who carry out the underground movement, such as Amir Sjarifuddin and Sutan Syahrir, who do not fully believe in Japan and consider it dangerous and fascist.

During the long struggle finally Sukarno and Moh. Hatta proclaimed Indonesia’s independence on August 17, 1945 which was urged by young people and was kidnapped to Rengasdengklok. Since then Soekarno was appointed as the first President of Indonesia and began to be known as the Proclaimer accompanied by Mohammad Hatta as his deputy. Previously, on June 1, 1945, at the BPUPKI Soekarno meeting, he had put forward the idea of ​​the basis of the State, namely Pancasila, which is still the basis of our State.

After successfully formulating Pancasila, Soekarno attempted to unify the archipelago into the Unitary State of the Republic of Indonesia. Even the nations of Asia, Africa, and Latin America were attempted by Soekarno at the 1955 Asian-African Conference in Bandung until it eventually developed into the Non-Aligned Movement. It was thanks to Soekarno’s services that many countries in the Asian-African region supported them, although some had prolonged conflicts due to injustice in their countries. That is why Soekarno is known for carrying out the free and active politics of the international world.

For the glory of his struggle for Indonesia, Ir Soekarno also experienced a period of decline in his politics after Vice President Mohammad Hatta finally decided to resign and separate from Soekrano in 1956. In addition, there were many separatist rebellions that occurred in several regions in Indonesia. Based on historical records, the peak of the rebellion was when there was a rebellion known as the G30S PKI which devastated Indonesian society at that time.

It was because of this incident that Sukarno was ostracized by the president who replaced him, namely Suharto. Because he was old and often sick, Soekarno finally died in Jakarta, Wisma Yaso to be precise on June 21, 1970. Then his body was buried in Blitar and has become an icon of the city of Blitar to this day. Soekarno’s grave is always crowded with pilgrims and tourists who come on certain days and are very busy during the haul of the Proclaimer.

Relics of Personal Items Ir. Sukarno

The passing of a figure who was once the number one person in Indonesia left many historical relics in his struggle for the Indonesian Nation. Until now, Sinaumed’s can still see Ir. Soekarno following in some famous museums in Indonesia:

1. Black Cap

In historical documents, we must be familiar with Sukarno, who always wore a black cap. This item has even become the hallmark of Bung Karno. Until now, we can still find many people who still use this black cap. In fact, it was almost rare to see Soekarno seen without his black cap at that time.

2. Wesi Kuning

Soekarno’s yellow wesi or yellow iron is shaped like Minak Jinggo’s mace. This item is considered to have supernatural powers for Sukarno.

3. Command Stick

The stick of command, made of wood from the Kalak mountains, Ponorogo, East Java, was never left by Soekarno. Even until his visit abroad, this stick was still carried by Soekarno. This stick has become an item that Soekarno must carry anywhere

4. Puputan War Relics Keris

Soekarno was very fond of collecting various kinds of keris, one of his collections, namely the very famous Puputan war keris. This keris is even believed by many people to make Soekarno the president of Indonesia.

5. Monkey Stick

Monkey stick owned by Ir. Soekarno got when he was in Dutch exile. Soekarno often carried the stick in his daily activities.

6. White Coat

The white coat is the attire often worn by Soekarno at several national events at home or abroad. In fact, this item has become the unique identity of the Proclaimer. This white coat can make Soekarno’s appearance more authoritative and bring a positive aura to him.

7. Ajian Lembu Sekilan

This item belonging to Soekarno is said to have been the magic of Patih Gajah Mada who had supernatural powers to protect Soekarno’s safety.

8. Keris Loses Body

The magic keris, which was known to have been owned by General Soedirman, was also owned by Soekarno. This keris was also considered to have certain supernatural powers for Soekarno in his lifetime.

Awards Received by Ir Soekarno

Sinaumed’s needs to know that Soekarno’s greatness was not only domestically but also recognized worldwide. During his life Soekarno has received many awards from the title of Doctor Honoris Causa from 26 universities in the country and abroad. Soekarno had many awards during his work in the world of politics, especially his struggle for statehood. The following is a list of awards that Soekarno had during his lifetime that Sinaumed’s needs to know:

1. First Class Star of The Order of the Supreme Companions From South African President, Thabo Mbeki
2. Lenin Star From Russian Government
3. Grand Yugoslav Star From the Government of Yugoslavia
4. Grand Of The Order Of The Southern Cross From The Government Of Brazillia
5. Grand Knight of The Order If Oats IX of the Vatican Holy See
6. Satyalancana Pioneers of Independence from the Government of the Republic of Indonesia
7. White Lion Medal From Czechoslovakia
8. The Gold Medal Of The Consecration Of The Vatican Holy See
9. Collar Of The Order Of San Martin From The Government Of Argentina
10. Medal Of The Order Of The Golden Spur Of The Vatican Holy See
11. The Medal Of The Highest Order Of The Australian Government
12. Philippine Legion of Honor From the Government of the Philippines
13. Medal of Resistance, First Class From the Government of North Vietnam
14. Order of The Condor of the Andes From the Government of Bolivia
15. The Eighth Star of the Indonesian Armed Forces (APRI) From the Government of the Republic of Indonesia in 1959
16. Bintang Republik Indonesia Adipura From the Republic of Indonesia in 1959
17. Guerrilla Stars From the Republic of Indonesia in 1959
18. Bintang Mahaputera Adipura From the Republic of Indonesia in 1959
19. Bintang Bhayangkara Utama From the Republic of Indonesia in 1959
20. Bintang Sakti From the Republic of Indonesia in 1959
21. Garuda Star From the Republic of Indonesia in 1959
22. Bintang Dharma From the Republic of Indonesia in 1959
23. Bintang Jasa Utama From the Republic of Indonesia in 1963
24. Proclaimer Hero of the Republic of Indonesia in 1983
25. Grand Cordon of the Supreme Order of the Chrysanthemum From the Government of Japan 1961

Well, that’s the biography of Ir. Soekarno, whom Sinaumed’s needs to know as the young generation of the Indonesian nation. The best way to appreciate the services of the nation’s heroes is to recognize and study the history of their struggle. The story of the struggle of Ir. Soekarno for the Indonesian people gave us a lesson how valuable this nation is for us to protect.

Grades can take many positive values ​​in Ir. Soekarno’s biography as an idealist, thinker, brave and persistent person not to give up easily. Soekarno has also made a major contribution to the development of the Indonesian nation to become the country it is today.

Book & Article Recommendations

If sinaumedia is interested in a more complete and extensive biography of Ir. Soekarno, you can visit sinaumedia’s book collection at www.sinaumedia.com . Grmaeds will find many references about Ir. Soekarno, from personal life, political progress, to Soekarno’s great thoughts. The following is a recommendation for sinaumedia books that Grandes can read so that he can get to know Soekarno better, a great figure who is the pride of the Indonesian nation: Enjoy studying. #Friends Without Limits

Biography of General Soedirman – Sinaumed’s, you must be familiar with this one figure, namely General Soedirman, one of the heroes of the national revolution who played an important role for the Indonesian nation.

It is not surprising that many of General Soedirman’s biographies perpetuate his services for Indonesia. The story of General Soedirman’s struggle is indeed very inspiring to know.

General Soedirman is a figure respected by his troops in Indonesian history as a hero of the National Revolution. He had a very big role during the revolution to win Indonesian independence from the Dutch colonial. General Soedirman later became the first commander-in-chief as well as the first RI General with the youngest age, namely 31 years.

Behind his courage, General Soedirman has a calm personality in solving problems to find solutions that are solutive, persistent, and very firm in upholding principles.

That is why he is known as a tough and tireless warrior. There are many other things that can be learned from General Soedirman, Sinaumed’s can get to know him through the following biography of General Soedirman:

Biography of General Soedirman

General Soedirman’s real name is Raden Soedirman who was born on January 24, 1916 in Purbalingga, Central Java Province.

General Soedirman’s parents were Mr. Karsid Kartawiraji, a sugar factory worker in Kalibagor, Banyumas and Mrs. Siyem who was a descendant of the Rembang Wedana. He has one brother namely Muhammad Samingan. His wife is Alifah and with him he has 7 children.

General Soedirman was not lived by his parents, he was raised by his uncle named Raden Cokrosunaryo who was a sub-district head in Rembang Purbalingga so he could live a more decent and established life. At that time Raden Cokrosunaryo did not have children so he adopted General Soedirman as his son. Together with his uncle, since childhood, the General did get a proper education.

At the age of 7 years, he attended Hollandsch Inlandsche School (HIS) which then continued to Taman Siswa when he was 8 years old. Then he was transferred again to the Wirotomo School because Taman Siswa was considered by the Dutch to be an illegal institution the following year.

Young Soedirman was known as a child who was obedient in worship, diligent in studying, and diligent in understanding Islam from Raden Muhammad. He later earned the nickname Hajj because of his religious knowledge and often lectured in front of Muslims at that time.

After his uncle died, General was devastated by the departure of his adoptive parents. He also had to experience very poor economic problems. Luckily, he was still allowed to go to school in Wirotomo without paying.

Thanks to his intelligence he survived and continued to hone his skills. General Soedirman finally started co-founding Islamic organizations when he was still a teenager, namely Hizbul Wathan, which belongs to the Muhammadiyah Organization. Because of his dedication from an early age, in the end, General Soedirman was entrusted with leading the organization at the Cilacap branch.

General Soedirman’s leadership spirit had emerged since he was young, so that the people respected and respected the General. He also continued his studies at Kweekschool (a special school for teacher candidates) although in the end it was not completed due to financial problems. General Soedirman returned to Cilacap and taught Muhammadiyah elementary school teachers there.

His personal teacher named Muhammad Kholil was the one who appointed the general to become a teacher at the Hollandsch Inlandsche School (HIS).

It was also in Cilacap that the General met his beloved, Alifah the wife who is the daughter of a wealthy batik entrepreneur, namely Raden Sosro Atmojo.

During the Dutch era, General Soedirman was not known as a fighter. According to Hatta, the general was known by the people as a teacher. Sinaumed’s can also learn the life story of General Soedirman through Soedirman’s book which contains the history of life, struggles, and love.

Organizations Followed by General Soedirman

General Soedirman’s biography shows the role of the General besides being a teacher, he was active in organizing Muhammadiyah youth. During the Japanese occupation in 1942, his teaching activities were restricted by the Japanese and the school where he taught was made into a Japanese military post.

General Soedirman managed to negotiate with the Japanese government so that he could still teach native children there, even with makeshift and limited learning equipment. During the Japanese colonial period it also worsened the economy and welfare of the Indonesian people at that time.

Due to his active involvement, the General was finally appointed as chairman of the Japanese Residency Council in 1944. Since then, General Soedirman began to be active in the military world and joined PETA, where he later went to study military education in Bogor. After graduating from this military education, General Soedirman became the Kroya battalion.

His activity in the military brought General Soedirman to meet Soekarno and Hatta and was assigned to oversee the process of surrendering Japanese troops in Banyumas, to be precise after he established the local division of the Indonesian People’s Security Agency at that time.

Since that incident, General Soedirman’s troops were made the V division by Oerip Soemohardjo, who was the interim commander at the time. While General Soedirman became commander in chief for division V or the Banyumas area with the rank of Colonel right after the formation of the People’s Security Army (TKR) or BKR.

After that, at the TKR Conference on November 2, 1945, the General was elected as the Commander of the TKR or the first Commander of the Armed Forces of the Republic of Indonesia.

Although he had not been officially appointed as commander in chief, General Soedirman was quick to order his troops to attack the British and Dutch troops in Ambarawa. Because of his actions, the people became stronger in supporting the general’s cause.

It was his great role that led Soedirman to be given the rank of General who was appointed by President Soekarno on December 18, 1945 which Sinaumed’s can also read through the book General Soedirman: An Example of a Modest Leader.

General Soedirman’s Military Career

A smart leader in negotiating is the right name for General Soedirman. Before being ordered by the Japanese, General Soedirman had already been entrusted by the Dutch government to provide military training for native soldiers.

During the Japanese colonial period, the General was then entrusted with leading an organization formed by the Japanese called Syu Sangi Kai to maintain the security of the Indonesian people from allied attacks. These organizations include Defenders of the Homeland (PETA).

Becoming a member of PETA was the beginning of the story of General Soedirman in his involvement in the military struggle and the formation of the Indonesian army. The General then attended training in Bogor as Batch II.

Because of his qualified potential in the military training, General Soedirman was eventually appointed commander assigned to the Kroya Banyumas Battalion, Central Java Province, with complete weapons and equipment.

Thanks to his responsibilities, General Soedirman became chairman of the People’s Security Agency (BKR) and Lieutenant Colonel Commander of the Regiment I Division I of the People’s Security Army (TKR) for the Banyumas Residency.

On November 12, 1945, General Soedirman was appointed General of the Supreme Commander of the TKR and Commander of the TKR on December 18, 1945. His military career continued brilliantly until he earned the rank of General Commander in Chief of the Indonesian People’s Army (TRI) on May 25, 1946 until he became General Commander of the National Armed Forces Indonesian first. The greatness of the General was recognized by the Indonesian people at that time.

When Amir Syarifudin became Minister of Defence, he sidelined General Soedirman, who demoted him to Commander of Mobile Battles under the Minister of Defence.

Then after the Second Dutch Military Aggression, General Soedirman showed a letter of objection regarding the ceasefire agreement to the President. As a result of the letter, the General had to be relieved of duty from the APRI Commander-in-Chief and dismissed as a member of the army.

Because the President and Vice President strongly objected to the General’s decision, in the end, General Soedirman gave up his intention to leave the Indonesian military. Find the full story through General Soedirman’s book below.

The following is a brief summary of General Soedirman’s military career:

• PETA Batch II in Bogor
• Daidanco Kroya, Banyumas, Central Java Province
• Chairman of the People’s Security Agency for the Residency of Banyumas, Central Java Province
• Lieutenant Colonel Commander Regiment I Division I People’s Security Army (TKR)
• Colonel Commander of Division V TKR Banyumas, Central Java Province
• General Commander-in-Chief of TKR on November 12, 1945
• General Commander of the TRI on May 25, 1946
• General Commander of the Indonesian Armed Forces

 

General Soedirman’s struggle for Indonesia

Studying the biography of General Soedirman is incomplete if it does not discuss his struggle for the Indonesian nation. This general was a witness to various diplomatic efforts that Indonesia failed to make against the Dutch government at that time, which always wanted to colonize.

The first diplomatic failure was the Linggajati Agreement, which General Soedirman participated in drafting. Apart from that, the failure of the Renville Agreement had to make Indonesia return the territory it had taken during the First Dutch Military Aggression to the Netherlands and required General Soedirman to withdraw his 35,000 troops.

The Roem Royen negotiations also involved the role of General Soedirman because they were related to the military and the attempted domestic rebellion in 1948 from the G30S PKI incident in Madiun.

Of all the agreements with the Netherlands, General Soedirman continued to urge Soekarno to continue the guerrilla war because he did not trust the Dutch to really fulfill his promise.

But at that time Soekarno refused and made the General very hard hit and made him fall ill. General Soedirman suffered from Tuberculosis (TB) because he was infected while fighting in November 1948 which caused his right lung to be deflated.

Oerip’s death in 1948 also worsened the General’s condition. He had wanted to resign from the Indonesian military but was rejected by Soekarno because it could cause instability in the country’s struggle at that time.

After General Soedirman left the hospital on December 19, 1948, the Dutch actually launched their 2nd Military Aggression. The serious illness he suffered apparently did not prevent the General from continuing to fight against the Dutch.

General Soedirman finally went to the South with a small group and his personal doctor to carry out a guerrilla war for seven months in deplorable conditions, namely on stretchers with makeshift and limited medical equipment.

Their troops were found by the Dutch, but they managed to escape to Sobo near Mount Lawu from the Dutch. General Soedirman led the military in Java, including continuing to command the March 1, 1949 General Offensive in Yogyakarta against the Dutch led by Lieutenant Colonel Suharto.

His increasingly severe condition forced him to withdraw from the battlefield against the Dutch directly in the field. His tenacity against the Dutch was greatly admired by his troops and gave them great motivation to continue fighting the Dutch. Sinaumed’s can also read the full story about the character Soedirman through Soedirman’s book A Panglima, A Martyr.

Death of General Soedirman

General Soedirman’s illness got worse after he forced himself to continue the guerrilla fight against the Dutch. Apparently, his deteriorating condition did not make General Soedirman give up trying to recover.

The General continues to diligently control the Panti Rapih Hospital in Yogyakarta to fight against his illness. When he was being treated at the Pakem Sanatorium in December 1949,

General Soedirman received happy news because the Netherlands finally recognized Indonesian sovereignty through the United Republic of Indonesia on December 27, 1949. The general was finally transferred to Magelang to receive more intensive treatment.

However, the General’s treatment efforts were unsuccessful, exactly 1 month after Indonesian sovereignty became independent from the Netherlands, General Soedirman died of an illness he had suffered on January 29, 1950.

There was a convoy of troops with four tanks and 80 Indonesian military motorized vehicles accompanying General Soedirman’s funeral at the Semaki Heroes Cemetery, Yogyakarta. The departure of General Soedirman was crowned as the departure of the Hero of the Defender of Independence.

The Indonesian people were also devastated and lost a great hero. Thousands of people even gathered along 2 kilometers to watch the general’s funeral procession.

The Indonesian people also raised the red and white flag at half mast to honor General Soedirman’s departure on the day of his death. The traces of his struggle later became the esprit de corps for the Indonesian army, namely his very brave guerrilla tactics.

The 100-kilometer guerrilla war route that was once carried out by General Soedirman became a military training zone for Indonesian cadets who had not graduated from their military academy. The story of General Soedirman’s eternal struggle for the Indonesian nation, so that his name has been used as the names of many streets, buildings, universities and museums.

The General was later designated as a National Hero of Indonesia since December 10, 1964 by President Soekarno. In 1997 General Soedirman was awarded the Posthumous Great General title by Suharto, where the title has only been owned by three people in Indonesia until now.

So, that’s the short story of General Soedirman’s biography that Sinaumed’s needs to know, which can also be found in Sudirman’s book, The Soldier from Banyumas.

Is Sinaumed’s increasingly admiring the Great General of the TNI? Exactly, imitating the positive values ​​of the nation’s heroes is a wise way for the nation’s generation to appreciate the nation’s history.

His struggle deserves to be appreciated and is something that inspires the next generation of the nation to continue to protect the nation for which they have fought. That is why we, as the next generation of the Indonesian nation, must recognize the nation’s heroes so that we are not neglectful of our own nation.

The nation’s heroes gave many lessons and motivation to move forward and become better individuals as citizens.

sinaumedia can visit sinaumedia’s book collection at www.sinaumedia.com to get references about General Soedirman. These books at sinaumedia can give Sinaumed’s a clear picture of the struggle and what General Soedirman has done.

So Sinaumed’s friends will gain broader knowledge about the history of the Indonesian nation, especially from the point of view of the struggle of General Soedirman. Happy learning #Friends Without Limits.

Book & Article Recommendations

Biography of Cut Nyak Dien – Indonesia has a female hero who comes from Aceh. The hero is named Cut Nyak Dien. Cut Nyak Dien is a great Indonesian female figure who never gives up in fighting against the invaders. Cut Nyak Dien was later nicknamed the “Queen of Aceh” because of her strong determination to fight against the Dutch colonialists in Aceh, Indonesia. Throughout his lifetime, Cut Nyak Dien continued to fight and fight with the aim of achieving the nation’s ideals, namely being free from colonial power.

In this article, Sinaumed’s will find out about the birth of Cut Nyak Dien and his marriage to Teuku Ibrahim, Cut Nyak Dien and the outbreak of the Aceh War, Cut Nyak Dien with Teuku Umar, Cut Nyak Dien and Teuku Umar’s strategy to defeat the Dutch, Cut Nyak Dien fought until exile, the end of Cut Nyak Dien’s life, Cut Nyak Dien’s grave, interesting facts about Cut Nyak Dien, to book recommendations about Cut Nyak Dien.

The birth of Cut Nya Dien and her marriage to Teuku Ibrahim

Cut Nyak Dien is a descendant of the Acehnese nobility. He was born in 1848 in the village of Lam Padang Peukan Bada, region VI Mukim, Aceh Besar. As a child, Cut Nyak Dien was known as a beautiful girl. Beauty is more complete with Cut Nyak Dien’s cleverness in the field of religious education.

In 1863, when Cut Nyak Dien was 12 years old, he was betrothed to Teuku Ibrahim Lamnga, son of Teuku Po Amat, Uleebalang Lam Nga XIII. Her husband is a young man whose insight is broad and religious. Cut Nyak Dien and Teuku Umar are married and have a son.

Aceh’s historical history records that Teuku Ibrahim fought against the Dutch colonialists. Teuku Ibrahim often left Cut Nyak Dien and his children because they were carrying out a noble task, namely fighting against the Dutch colonialists. Months after leaving Lam Padang, Teuku Ibrahim returned to issue orders to evacuate and seek shelter in a safe place. At the call of her husband, Cut Nyak Dien and other residents then left the Lam Padang area on December 29, 1875.

Sad news befell Cut Nyak Dien, on June 29, 1878, Teuku Ibrahim died. The death of her husband made Cut Nyak Dien worse off. However, this incident did not make him despair, on the contrary it became a strong reason for Cut Nyak Dien to continue the struggle of his deceased husband.

Cut Nyak Dien and the Eruption of the Aceh War

On March 26, 1873, the Netherlands started a war with Aceh. The Dutch, through the Citadel van Antwerp fleet , began to fire cannons at the Aceh mainland. Furthermore, on April 8, 1873, the Dutch under the leadership of Johan Harmen Rudolf Köhler managed to land on Ceureumen Beach and immediately seized and burned the Baiturrahman Great Mosque, Aceh.

What was done by the Dutch then triggered the Aceh war led by Panglima Polim and Sultan Mahmud Syah against around 3,198 Dutch soldiers. However, the Sultanate of Aceh was able to win the first war against the Dutch by shooting Köhler to death.

In 1874-1880, under the leadership of General Jan van Swieten, the VI Mukim area was successfully occupied by the Dutch as well as the Sultan’s Palace which finally had to recognize the great power of the Dutch colonialists.

With this incident, forcing Cut Nyak Dien and his baby to flee with residents and other groups on December 24, 1875. However, Teuku Ibrahim remained determined to reclaim the VI Mukim area. Unfortunately, when Teuku Ibrahim fought at Gle Tarum, he died on June 29, 1878. This finally made Cut Nyak Dien very angry and vowed to destroy the Dutch.

Cut Nya Dien with Teuku Umar

After the death of Teuku Ibrahim, Cut Nyak Dien remarried Teuku Umar, an Acehnese warrior figure. Not only tied by marriage, but both of them united to fight the invaders. The marriage between Cut Nyak Dien and Teuku Umar is an interesting story.

Cut Nyak Dien reasoned that he wanted to fight together with the man who allowed him to go down to the battlefield to fight against the Dutch colonialists, not just to get the head of the household. Initially Cut Nyak Dien refused, because Teuku Umar allowed Cut Nyak Dien to fight the invaders, finally Cut Nyak Dien accepted the proposal from Teuku Umar and they married in 1880.

With the union of Cut Nyak Dien and Teuku Umar, the morale and enthusiasm of the Acehnese warriors increased. As if not wanting to waste the opportunity, Teuku Umar tried to approach the Netherlands and strengthen his relationship with the Dutch. On September 30, 1893, Teuku Umar and his troops, numbering around 250 people, then went to Kutaraja and surrendered to the Dutch colonialists.

Teuku Umar’s strategy finally succeeded in tricking the Dutch into giving Teuku Umar the title of Teuku Umar Johan Hero and making Teuku Umar the commander of a Dutch troop unit that had full authority.

Cut Nyak Dien with Teuku Umar strengthened the ranks of the fighters to drive the Dutch back from Aceh. The two of them, carried out the battle with a burning fighting spirit. One of the successes they have done is to retake Cut Nyak Dien’s hometown from the Dutch colonialists. Apart from that, Teuku Umar also pretended to submit to the Dutch in order to get weapons supplies which they then used to attack the invaders again.

Cut Nyak Dien and Teuku Umar’s Strategy to Beat the Netherlands

In order to smooth out the strategy to defeat the Dutch, Teuku Umar was willing to be considered a traitor by the Acehnese. Cut Nyak Meutia was no exception, who came to meet and scold Cut Nyak Dien. Even so, Cut Nyak Dien still tried to advise Teuku Umar to focus again on fighting and defeating the Dutch.

When Teuku Umar’s power and influence was quite large, Teuku Umar took advantage of the moment to gather the Acehnese in his army. When the number of Acehnese under the command of Teuku Umar was sufficient, then Teuku Umar carried out a false plan to the Dutch and claimed that he wanted to attack the Aceh base.

After that, Teuku Umar and Cut Nyak Dien left with all the Dutch troops and heavy equipment, weapons and ammunition. However, they never returned to the Dutch headquarters. The betrayal strategy carried out by Teuku Umar is called Het verraad van Teukoe Oemar (Teuku Umar’s betrayal).

This slick strategy by Teuku Umar to betray the Dutch made the Dutch angry and launched a massive operation to arrest Cut Nyak Dien and Teuku Umar. However, the Acehnese guerrillas are currently equipped with equipment from the Netherlands and are sufficient to fight the Dutch.

When General Van Swieten was replaced, the person who replaced him, namely General Jakobus Ludovicus Hubertus Pel, was quickly killed by the Acehnese guerrillas, eventually placing the Dutch colonial troops in a very difficult and chaotic condition.

Cut Nyak Dien Fights to Exile

Time after time passed, Teuku Umar died on the battlefield in Meulaboh. Cut Nyak Dien’s second husband died because his intention to attack was known by the Dutch troops from the start.

Even though the people he loves have left him, Cut Nyak Dien has continued to fight for six years. He guerrilla from one region to another. During that time, he along with the people and other fighters, were faced with life’s difficulties: suffering, running out of food, money, and weapons supplies.

Cut Nyak Dien, with his increasingly old physical condition, kept trying to escape from the Dutch attack. Even though Cut Nyak Dien and his combat troops began to weaken because of threat after threat coming from the Netherlands. Unfortunately, the commander of his troops, Pang Laot betrayed. Traitor and other Dutch troops then searched for Cut Nyak Dien’s whereabouts. They managed to find Cut Nyak Dien’s hiding place and then brought Cut Nyak Dien to Kutaradja.

Pang Laot asked the Dutch that Cut Nyak Dien would receive good treatment from the Dutch. The Dutch governor in Kutaradja, Van Daalen, did not like this so Cut Nyak Dien was exiled to the island of Java, to be precise in Sumedang, West Java, in 1907.

A year into his exile, Cut Nyak Dien ended the struggle during his lifetime. Cut Nyak Dien is an Indonesian woman whose bravery is exemplary. Since May 2, 1964, Cut Nyak Dien has been awarded as a national hero of Indonesia through Presidential Decree No. 106 of 1964 on May 2, 1964. Cut Nyak Dien was an Acehnese woman who did not give up in fighting, she continued to fight until the end of her life.

The End of Cut Nyak Dien’s Life

Pang Laot, a bodyguard for Cut Nyak Dien, reported the location of Cut Nyak Dien’s headquarters to the Dutch. This made the Dutch attack Cut Nyak Dien’s headquarters in Beutong Le Sageu. Cut Nyak Dien’s troops were shocked and fought desperately, until finally Cut Nyak Dien was arrested and taken to Banda Aceh.

After being caught by the Dutch, Cut Nyak Dien was taken and treated in Banda Aceh. Myopic disease and gout gradually healed. However, unfortunately Cut Nyak Dien was banished to the land of Sumedang, West Java.

Cut Nyak Dien was brought to Sumedang, West Java, along with other Acehnese political prisoners and caught the attention of one of them, the regent Suriaatmaja. Other male detainees also expressed their concern for Cut Nyak Dien, but the Dutch soldiers were prohibited from disclosing the identity of the detainees.

Cut Nyak Dien was detained with a cleric named Ilyas and the cleric immediately realized that Cut Nyak Dien was an expert in Islam. This made Cut Nyak Dien nicknamed “Mother Slavery”.

Cut Nyak Dien’s grave

Cut Nyak Dien died on November 6, 1908 because of his old age and his condition which was often sickly. After that, Cut Nyak Dien was buried in his exile area in Sumedang. Cut Nyak Dien’s grave itself was only discovered in 1959, it was also due to a request by Ali Hasan, the Governor of Aceh at that time.

President Soekarno through the Decree of the President of the Republic of Indonesia Number 106 of 1964 established Cut Nyak Dien as a National Hero on May 2, 1962. Meanwhile, Cut Nyak Dien’s house in Aceh was rebuilt by the local government as a symbol of his struggle in the Land of Rencong. Until now, the story of Cut Nyak Dien’s struggle is still often discussed and studied as part of history in schools and general knowledge.

Interesting Facts About Cut Nyak Dien

There are several interesting facts about Cut Nya Dien, including:

1. Cut Nyak Dien is a descendant of a great noble who fought with the people
2. Married at a young age, namely 12 years
3. Join the struggle against the invaders with her husband
4. Married twice and continued to fight against the Dutch
5. Cut Nyak Dien continued to struggle in his lifetime

Biography of BJ Habibie – Sinaumed’s must be familiar with the figure of BJ Habibie. Many have written biographies of BJ Habibie and even filmed his life story. He is an extraordinary inspirational figure for the people of Indonesia.

Profile of BJ Habibie

Name : Prof. Dr. -Ing. H. Bacharuddin Jusuf Habibie
Popular Nickname : BJ Habibie
Wife : Hasri Ainun Besari
Place, Date, Birth : Pare-pare, 25 June 1936
Term of Office of President : 21 May 1998 Until 20 October 1999
Educational History : SMAK Dago, Bandung, Bandung Institute of Technology (ITB), RWTH Aachen
Children’s Names : Ilham Akbar, Thareq Kemal

Full name Bacharuddin Jusuf Habibie was born in Pare-Pare City, South Sulawesi on June 25, 1936. Before becoming an influential person for the Indonesian nation, BJ Habibie had studied at SMAK Dago, Bandung, in 1954 and went on to tertiary education at the Institute of Technology Bandung (ITB).

Because of his intelligence and intelligence, BJ Habibie finally continued his studies in Germany with his other friends. Unlike his friends who used scholarships to study in Germany, BJ Habibie used funds from his mother, RA Tuti Marini Puspowardojo.

His decision to study in Germany was due to Bung Karno’s advice on the importance of mastering national technology, namely maritime technology and aerospace technology when Indonesia was still developing at that time.

BJ Habibie finally chose to major in Aviation Engineering specializing in Aircraft Construction at the Rhein Westfalen Aachen Technische Hochschule, Germany in 1955.

It was from here that BJ Habibie learned to master technology and became an aircraft expert who first created airplanes in Indonesia. So do not be surprised if he is called the father of Indonesian technology because of his extraordinary work.

There are many lessons that we can take from the life story or biography of BJ Habibie. Even though BJ Habibie’s presidential term was very short, he was one of the national figures who brought the national spirit and intellectual change to the Indonesian people.

So that Sinaumed’s can learn a lesson and be inspired by his life story, let’s get to know BJ Habibie from his short biography below.

BJ Habibie’s Childhood

BJ Habibie’s childhood was in Pare-pare, South Sulawesi with his mother, father and seven siblings. Alwi Abdul Jalil Habibie is the father of BJ Habibie who is an agricultural expert from Gorontalo and the mother named RA Tuti Marini Puspowardojo who is an ophthalmologist from Yogyakarta.

Of eight children, BJ Habibie was the fourth child who grew up in a religious family. BJ Habibie’s childhood was very familiar with his father’s reading of the Koran which made him calm. That is why at the age of 3 years, BJ Habibie was fluent in reading the Al-Quran. BJ Habibie was known as a smart kid from his childhood.

BJ Habibie was abandoned by his father and died when he was very young, namely 14 years. From there the mother had to fend for herself to continue living with her eight children. Since the departure of his father, BJ Habibie’s family finally moved to Bandung.

BJ Habibie’s Education Period

Because he is known as an intellectual, it would be incomplete if he did not know BJ Habibie’s educational background. Because BJ Habibie had grown up to be a smart kid since he was young, even at school he was a smart student.

SMAK Dago Bandung is the school where BJ Habibie received his education until then he continued to tertiary education at ITB, which at that time was still called the University of Indonesia Bandung. BJ Habibie only studied for a year at ITB then continued his studies in Germany for 10 years.

When Habibie was still a student at ITB, President Soekarno’s government was intensively financing the nation’s children to study abroad and study abroad. Of the hundreds of students who received scholarships and went to Germany, BJ Habibie was included in the second group who went to Germany without a state scholarship in 1955.

It was his mother who paid for BJ Habibie to study at the Department of Aviation Engineering, specializing in Aircraft Construction at the Rhein Westfalen Aachen Technische Hochschule Germany.

Gaining knowledge that he traveled abroad was not short and easy. For many years BJ Habibie studied at RWTH Aachen while working practically. Initially, the motivation that he brought to study in Germany was that BJ Habibie was interested in building a commercial airplane according to Soekarno’s idea.

Finally, the company PT PAL emerged, namely IPTN at that time. Besides that, BJ Habibie’s biggest motivation for success also came from his mother, who had struggled to pay for her education and living abroad, which was not cheap.

In 1960 BJ Habibie successfully completed his studies for his Ing Diploma at the Technische Hochschule with a perfect predicate or Cum Laude with an average score of 9.5. This Engineer degree allowed him to work at the Talbot Firm, the Railway Industry in Germany.

The company really needs the Wagon to transport light goods in large quantities. BJ Habibie also constructed the tools needed by the German Railway Industry wagon by making airplane wings. The method was fruitful and really helped the company’s needs.

BJ Habibie’s biography regarding his educational history continues because he continued his doctoral degree while still in Germany, namely the Technische Hochschule Die Fakultät de Fuer Maschinenwesen Aachen.

While pursuing his doctoral education, in 1962 BJ Habibie finally married Hasri Ainun and brought him to Germany. His life is said to be very simple and difficult because he has to save money and work late into the night.

Even though BJ Habibie also had to keep studying and completing his college assignments. Ainun, his wife also lives a simple life in order to save expenses by queuing to wash clothes in public places.

BJ Habibie’s efforts and hard work finally paid off where he graduated with his Doctor Ingenieur degree at the Technische Hochschule Hochschule Die Fakultät de Fuer Maschinenwesen with the predicate Cum Laude or Very Perfect whose average grade is 10. The figure of BJ Habibie is indeed a very genius expert.

BJ Habibie, Nicknamed the Father of Indonesian Technology

Another interesting story from BJ Habibie’s biography is his genius in discovering the Crack propagation theory which was eventually named the Habibie Factor formula. The Habibie Factor formula is the formula used to calculate the cracks to the atoms of airplanes.

With the right calculation, the aircraft material can be stronger and more precise. The theory created by BJ Habibie is very important because at that time there were still many plane crashes caused by structural failures.

This formula made BJ Habibie nicknamed Mr. Crack. Because of his genius, BJ Habibie also received the title of Honorary Professor or Professor title from ITB and the high award of Ganesha Praja Manggala.

Apart from coming from within the country, recognition from international institutions, such as Gesellschaft Luft und Raumfahrt (aviation institute in Germany), The Royal Aeronautical Society London England, The Academie Nationale de l’Air et de l’Espace France , The Royal Swedish Academy of Engineering Sciences Sweden, and The US Academy of Engineering United States .

Even BJ Habibie has received prestigious awards that are almost equivalent to the Nobel Prize, namely the Edward Warner Award and the Von Karman Award. This revolutionary figure was admired by many people, even when BJ Habibie visited Germany he never escaped the news.

Before taking part in politics, BJ Habibie was known first as a genius aircraft technology expert in Indonesia. In 1973 Suharto sent Ibnu Sutowo to go to Germany and meet BJ Habibie so he could make a career in Indonesia. So a year after the arrival of Ibnu Sutowo, BJ Habibie returned to Indonesia and started his career at the Nurtanio Aircraft Industry Institute (LIPNUR) as a leader.

In 1976 the company changed to Nurtanio Aircraft Industry (IPTN) until 2000 it changed again to PT Dirgantara Indonesia. In 1978, Suharto also appointed BJ Habibie to serve as Minister of State for Research and Technology of the Republic of Indonesia and he also held this position for 20 years. Referring to the 1997 book Indonesia’s Industrial Transformation , BJ Habibie used a unique approach when creating the aircraft industry in Indonesia.

IPTN under the control of BJ Habibie succeeded in developing the technology of a number of aircraft, namely the CN235, N250 and N2130. BJ Habibie’s most legendary work is N250 or also known as Gatotkaca which aired for the first time in 1995.

Gatotkaca is the only turboprop aircraft that uses fly by wire technology created by BJ Habibie. Because of his extraordinary work for Indonesian technology, shortly after his death, Jokowi stated that BJ Habibie was the Father of Indonesian Technology as well as a revolutionary statesman.

BJ Habibie’s political career

BJ Habibie’s political career began when he returned to Indonesia in 1974 on Suharto’s orders. Starting in 1978 BJ Habibie was appointed as Minister of Research and Technology for 10 decades until March 1998 during the reign of President Soeharto. In addition, he also led a 10-year strategic BUMN Industry company.

Starting in 1998, to be precise on March 14, BJ Habibie was appointed as the 7th Vice President accompanying Suharto in the VII Development Cabinet until May 21, 1998 when Suharto stepped down from his presidential position. Habibie’s work as vice president was quite short, which you can read in the book Series Leaders of the Nation – BJ Habibie the Last New Order Vice President.

After Soeharto’s resignation, BJ Habibie was appointed as the 3rd President of Indonesia at the age of 62 with a short term of office, from 1 May 1998 to 20 October 1999.

When BJ Habibie served as president, on August 30, 1999 Indonesia lost East Timor from the Unitary State of the Republic of Indonesia and became a separate country. However, BJ Habibie managed to resolve the issue peacefully, namely holding a poll for East Timorese to choose independence or remain part of Indonesia. His decision was controversial by Indonesian experts and politicians.

Term of Office of President BJ Habibie

Despite his short tenure as President of the Republic of Indonesia, his work cannot be underestimated. After the fall of Suharto, the Indonesian state was in an economic crisis and riots occurred everywhere.

You could say he was inherited from the position when Indonesia was in a state of chaos and concern where many regions and regions wanted to break away from Indonesia. In the Reformation Era, with the instability and disintegration after the May 1998 riots in several regions in Indonesia, BJ Habibie had to oversee all this chaos.

BJ Habibie swiftly formed a new cabinet with important roles in order to return the support of international monetary funds and the donor country community to restore the Indonesian economy at that time. BJ Habibie also freed several Suharto-era political prisoners and reduced controls on freedom of expression and organizational activities.

That is what makes this figure special, he is still trying to rebuild a better Indonesian nation. Several forms of policies and decisions made by BJ Habibie are very valuable for the Indonesian nation, namely the Law on Regional Autonomy, the Anti-Monopoly Law (the Fair Competition Law), and freeing its people to participate in many political parties.

BJ Habibie also succeeded in increasing the dollar exchange rate to the Indonesian rupiah from 10 thousand rupiahs to 15 thousand rupiahs during the economic crisis before 1998. In addition, he also succeeded in completing the liquidation of troubled banks at that time due to Indonesia’s chaotic economic conditions.

In 1999 BJ Habibie was forced to step down because his responsibility was not accepted at the general session of the MPR for the release of East Timor from the Republic of Indonesia. KH Abdurrahman Wahid eventually replaced him as the 4th President of the Republic of Indonesia.

BJ Habibie became an ordinary citizen and returned to live in Germany, although he occasionally visited Indonesia.

However, since the reign of SBY, BJ Habibie has been active again in Indonesia as an adviser to the democratic process in Indonesia in the organization he created, namely the Habibie Center. Apart from that, BJ Habibie is also Chairman of the Advisory Board in the Golkar Party.

BJ Habibie’s Love Story

Discussing BJ Habibie’s biography cannot be separated from his love story with his wife which is very touching. BJ Habibie once said that Mrs. Ainun was his eyes to see life.

Sinaumed’s can also find the complete story of Hasri Ainus Habibie as an irreplaceable figure in BJ Habibie’s life in the book BJ Habibie-Habibie’s Soulmate.

Ibu Ainun was a filler of love for BJ Habibie’s life when it was hard and until BJ Habibie was established. 48 Until BJ Habibie’s mother Ainun died, they were always together. Mrs. Ainun always faithfully accompanied BJ Habibie and accompanied him patiently and lovingly.

On May 22, 2010, BJ Habibie lost Hasri Ainun, his beloved wife who died of ovarian cancer. Previously, BJ Habibie never knew that his wife had ovarian cancer because Ms. Ainun never once complained to her.

BJ Habibie only found out 3 days before Ainun’s mother left, that’s when he felt hurt. BJ Habibie also wrote a book entitled Habibie & Ainun with a thickness of 323 pages as a form of his love for his late wife.

That book was later appointed to the big screen with the same film title as the book title. BJ Habibie’s biographical film premiered in Indonesia in December 2012 with the story of his visionary figure and the romance of his love story with Mrs. Ainun.

The film was directed by Hanung Bramantyo and Faozan Rizal and played by Reza Rahardian and Bunga Citra Lestari, which successfully attracted the attention of the Indonesian public of 4.5 million viewers. The following are recommendations for books in the sinaumedia collection that Sinaumed’s can read about the extraordinary romance of BJ Habibie and Mrs. Ainun.

So, that’s the biography of BJ Habibie that Sinaumed’s can know to emulate BJ Habibie’s inspirational stories. His passing on September 11 2019 made many Indonesian people lose his extraordinary figure.

BJ Habibie is a meritorious figure for the history of the Indonesian nation. That is why there is much that can be learned from genius ideas and stories of their struggles. sinaumedia friends can visit the sinaumedia website at www.sinaumedia.com to see a collection of various books about BJ Habibie. Happy Learning #Friends Without Limits

Book & Article Recommendations

President Soekarno and Mohammad Hatta while in Rengasdengklok.

On August 15, 1945 at 23.00 WIB, there was a great debate between the old and the young. They expressed their respective opinions about the implementation of the proclamation. Both the old and the young groups agreed that Indonesia’s independence should be proclaimed immediately, but they disagreed on how to present it and how to implement it.

The older group was of the opinion that the Proclamation of Indonesian Independence had to be carried out without bloodshed and wanted the first PPKI meeting to be held on August 16, 1945. The younger group, on the other hand, disagreed on the grounds of the old group.

Young people think PPKI is a body formed by Japan. They also did not approve of the birth of the proclamation of independence because of General Terauchi’s promise. Instead, they argued that the proclamation had to be made on its own and free from the Japanese government. They believed that the Japanese promise was just a ruse.

After going through a long debate, the older group still insisted that the proclamation of independence must be discussed first at the PPKI meeting which was to be held the next day, August 16, 1945. The young group who felt disappointed then held a meeting at around 24.00 WIB at Jalan Cikini 71.

The young people at the meeting decided to get Soekarno and Hatta out of town so that these two figures would be free from the influence of the Japanese and the old groups. In the early morning of 16 August 1945 at around 04.00 WIB, the youth group assigned Sukarni and Singgih along with several youths to pick up Soekarno and Hatta at their respective residences to be taken to Rengasdengklok.

Rengasdengklok was chosen because it felt safe and far from the reach of the Japanese army, and the place was under PETA’s surveillance area. It was they there who tried to urge Soekarno and Hatta to immediately declare Indonesian independence.

On the morning of August 16, Soebardjo was shocked by the news that Sukarno and Hatta had been kidnapped. He was confused because soon PPKI members would hold a meeting regarding the implementation of the proclamation of Indonesian independence at 10.00 WIB.

Without wasting too much time, he immediately tried to find out the whereabouts of Soekarno and Hatta. He met Wikana and tried to pressure her to tell him where Soekarno and Hatta were hidden.

Through lengthy discussions, Soebardjo was finally able to convince Wikana that the proclamation of independence would soon be implemented. The proclamation could not be carried out if Soekarno and Hatta were not in Jakarta. After getting information from Wikana, he asked that he be taken to Rengasdengklok immediately to pick up the two of them back to Jakarta.

Arriving at Rengasdengklok, Soebardjo was then brought to see Major Subeno who immediately held a brief discussion, at the same time asking for guarantees for the proclamation of independence as soon as possible. Major Subeno asked for the proclamation of independence to be carried out right away. The request was refused because it did not make sense.

Soebardjo then convinced Major Subeno that the proclamation of independence would be carried out as soon as possible and gave a guarantee that if he failed, he was willing to be shot dead by Major Subeno himself.

This guarantee succeeded in convincing Major Subeno and he was finally allowed to bring Soekarno and Hatta back to Jakarta to proclaim Indonesia’s independence.

Formulation of the Proclamation Text

After Soebardjo’s group arrived in Jakarta, they immediately proceeded to the residence of Admiral Maeda to hold a meeting related to the affairs of the Indonesian nation’s independence.

The figures present in the room of the house were Soekarno, Hatta, Soebardjo, Maeda, Myoshi, while those who were a little further back near the table were Sukarni, BM Diah, and Soediro.

Soebardjo and Hatta expressed their opinions verbally in formulating the text of the proclamation. Soekarno then Sukarno wrote it down on a piece of paper. Soebardjo contributed his main ideas in the first paragraph of the proclamation text, “We, the People of Indonesia, hereby declare our independence”.

Hatta then expressed his opinion, “This is not enough and is an abstract statement without content. We must bring our independence to a practical exercise and we cannot possibly do so without the power in our hands. We must add the thought of transferring power from Japan into our own hands.”

Then a number of considerations arose regarding the correct formulation of the idea of ​​handing over power. Hatta then stated, “Matters concerning the transfer of power and other things will be carried out in the most careful way possible, and in the shortest possible time.”

The formulation of the text of the proclamation in the latter form is simplified more sensibly, namely “We, the Indonesian people, hereby declare the independence of Indonesia. Matters concerning the transfer of power and other matters shall be carried out in a thorough manner and in the shortest possible time.”

After it was finished and some words had to be replaced, the text of the proclamation was then submitted to all participants present for approval. On the suggestion of Sukarni, it was enough for the text of the statement to be signed by Soekarno and Hatta, who represented the Indonesian nation.

The text of the proclamation was then given to Sayuti Melik to type. In the typing process, Sayuti made several changes. These changes are as follows:

1. The word “tempoh” is changed to “tempo”;
2. The word “representatives of the Indonesian nation” was changed to “on behalf of the Indonesian nation”;
3. The formula “Djakarta 17-8-’05” is changed to “Djakarta hari 17 boelan 8 tahoen ’05”.

The typed manuscript was then submitted to Soekarno and Hatta to be signed. After everything was finished, Hatta asked BM Diah and the youth from the press to immediately reproduce it and announce that the text of the proclamation of Indonesian independence had been successfully formulated, and would be read at 10.00 WIB at Soekarno’s residence at Jalan Pegangsaan Timur 56.

Well, that’s a brief explanation of Achmad Soebardjo’s Life History . Appreciating the services of national figures, like Achmad Soebardjo, is not only by remembering and thanking them in their hearts, but also by emulating their attitudes and actions.

Sinaumed’s can visit sinaumedia’s book collection at www.sinaumedia.com to get references about other heroes, starting from their life background, education, and struggle history.

The following is a recommendation for sinaumedia books that Sinaumed’s can read to learn about Indonesian history so they can fully interpret it. Happy reading.

Author: Fandy Aprianto Rohman

Book Recommendations & Related Articles

sinaumedia Literacy – Ecology or can also be interpreted as a science that studies the relationship between organisms and their environment. Several ecosystems are correlated with one another through biological, physical and chemical processes. For more details, let’s learn about biogeochemical cycles, along with a more complete explanation of the icon, Sinaumed’s!

DEFINITION OF THE BIOGEOKCHEMICAL CYCLE

This means that the balance of the ecosystem depends on the repetition that occurs in rotation on certain chemical elements. Chemical elements that can undergo biogeochemical cycles include carbon, nitrogen, hydrogen and oxygen, as well as phosphorus. In biogeochemical cycles as well as the exchange between living and non-living biosphere components which will be at the trophic level which is not lost in the ecosystem.

The elements as biotic substances through water are recycled with living components including ecosystem materials that will be removed at every level, in the form of elements made from organic materials and will be recycled, the elements include components and biotic elements that pass through the air and Recycling of creatures and rocks (geophysics). Cycles in the formation of the Biogeochemical Cycle Among them are as follows:

• Evaporation: In this cycle of the atmosphere with the formation in a saturated state, water vapor (clouds) becomes water stains, which then fall in the form of rain, and snow.
• Infiltration is a flow of water that enters the soil through cracks and pores in the soil to the groundwater surface and then moves vertically and horizontally below the soil surface.
• Surface water is a surface runoff usually observed in urban areas by forming the main river on the surface around the watershed towards the sea.

VARIETY OF THE BIOGEOKCHEMICAL CYCLE

The function of the Biogeochemical Cycle is to become a material cycle or cycle that reverses all the chemical elements that have been used by all on earth from biotic components or abiotic components, which in the end is sustainable and balanced in life on earth can be maintained. Below are the various biogeochemical cycles that you need to know about in Sinaumed’s:

THE BIOGEOCHEMICAL CYCLE OF THE CARBON CYCLE

The carbon cycle is the biogeochemical cycle in which carbon is exchanged between Earth’s biosphere, geosphere, hydrosphere, and atmosphere (other astronomical objects may have a similar carbon cycle, although this is currently unknown). In this cycle there are four main carbon reservoirs connected by exchange pathways.

These reservoirs are the atmosphere, the terrestrial biosphere (usually including freshwater systems and non-living organic material such as soil carbon), the oceans (including dissolved inorganic carbon and living and non-living marine biota), and sediments (including fossil fuels). The movement of carbon years, the exchange of carbon between reservoirs, occurs due to various chemical, physical, geological and biological processes.

The oceans contain the largest pool of active carbon near the Earth’s surface, however, the deep-sea part of this pool undergoes slow exchange with the atmosphere. The global carbon balance is the balance of carbon exchanges (inflows and outflows) between carbon reservoirs or between specific loops of the carbon cycle (eg atmosphere – biosphere). Analysis of the carbon balance of a pond or reservoir can provide information about whether the pond or reservoir functions as a source or sink of carbon dioxide.

To learn more about the sea and what’s in it, Sinaumed’s can study the book Why? The Sea – The sea which explains everything that happens in the sea through interesting animations.

BIOGEOCHEMICAL CYCLE OF THE NITROGEN CYCLE

The nitrogen cycle is a process of converting compounds containing nitrogen into various other chemical forms. This transformation can occur biologically or non-biologically. Several important processes in the nitrogen cycle, including nitrogen fixation, mineralization, nitrification, denitrification. Although there are many nitrogen molecules in the atmosphere, nitrogen in the gaseous state is not very reactive. Only a few organisms are capable of converting them into organic compounds by a process called nitrogen fixation.

Other nitrogen fixation occurs due to geophysical processes, such as the occurrence of lightning. Lightning has a very important role in life, without it there would be no life forms on earth. However, very few living things can absorb nitrogen compounds that are formed from nature. Almost all living things get nitrogen compounds from other living things. Therefore, the nitrogen fixation reaction is often called the topping-up process or the function of adding to the availability of reserves of nitrogen compounds. Below are the stages of the nitrogen cycle:

• The first stage is the nitrogen cycle or the process of transferring nitrogen from the atmosphere into the soil. In addition to the entry of nitrogen into the soil due to rainwater, nitrogen can also enter through the nitrogen fixation process, this process is carried out by Rhizobium bacteria which will be in symbiosis with Azotobacter, Clostridium, and legumes bacteria. Green algae also have the same ability as fixing nitrogen.
• The second stage is where nitrate is obtained from the results of biological fixation used by producers or plants which will then convert it into protein. If there are animals or plants that die, decomposers will convert them into NH3 (ammonia gas) and NH4+ (ammonium salts dissolved in water), the process that occurs is called ammonification. Nitrosomonas bacteria can convert ammonium and ammonia compounds into nitrates which are processed by Nitrosomonas. Denitrification is a process in which the oxygen contained in alkaline soil, then nitrate will be quickly transformed into nitrogen oxides or nitrogen gas.

Vertebrates indirectly consume nitrogen through the intake of nutrients in the form of protein and nucleic acids. In the body, these macromolecules are broken down into smaller forms, namely amino acids and components of nucleotides, and used for the synthesis of new proteins, nucleic acids, or other compounds.

About half of the 20 types of amino acids found in proteins are essential amino acids for vertebrates, meaning that these amino acids cannot be produced from the nutritional intake of other compounds, while the rest can be synthesized using several basic nutritional ingredients, including intermediate compounds from the citric acid cycle.

BIOGEOKCHEMICAL CYCLE HYDROGEN AND OXYGEN CYCLE

The water cycle or hydrologic cycle is the never-ending circulation of water from the atmosphere to the earth and back to the atmosphere through condensation, precipitation, evaporation and transpiration. The heating of sea water by sunlight is the key to the continuous process of the hydrological cycle. Water evaporates, then falls as precipitation in the form of rain, snow, hail and snow (sleet), drizzle or fog.

Water is a vital need for all living things. No living thing can survive without water. Water is abundant in the sea, but its availability is relatively limited on land. For plants, water is an important factor for photosynthesis, germination and growth, as well as a means of transporting substances.

Hydrogen also has so many health benefits and goodness that you can learn from the book Hydrogen and Medical Gas by Dr. Iskandar Junaidi.

For animals and humans, water is an important factor in carrying out the transportation of substances. The water cycle is also known as the hydrologic cycle. Broadly speaking, the hydrological cycle is divided into three types, namely the short hydrological cycle, the medium hydrological cycle, and the long hydrological cycle. Here’s an explanation:

• Short hydrologic cycle: Seawater evaporates, water vapor rises into the air and then coalesces into clouds. At a certain height the clouds condense and precipitate into water droplets, then fall as rain. In this short hydrologic cycle, clouds form and rain occurs over the sea, so rain does not reach land.
• Moderate hydrologic cycle: Sea water evaporates, water vapor rises into the air and is carried by the wind until it reaches the land to form clouds. At a certain height the clouds condense and precipitate to form water droplets, then fall as rain on land. Some of the water seeps into the ground, while others return to the sea via rivers.
• Long hydrologic cycle: Water vapor originating from the evaporation of sea water, ponds, lakes, rivers or the results of plant transpiration rises into the air, then unites into clouds. The clouds are carried by the wind towards the land and at some distance are blocked by mountains. Eventually the clouds condense and precipitate into water droplets and fall as rain over the mountains. Rainwater seeps into the ground in the mountains, then is absorbed by the plants in the mountains, some of which appear as springs. Through the river the water flows back to the sea.

BIOGEOKCHEMICAL CYCLE OF SULFUR CYCLE

The sulfur cycle or the sulfur cycle is a form of the biogeochemical cycle. Another understanding and definition of the sulfur or sulfur cycle is the change of sulfur from hydrogen sulfide to sulfur dioxide, then to sulfate and back to hydrogen sulfide again. Sulfur in nature is found in various forms. In the soil sulfur is found in the form of minerals, in the air in the form of sulfur dioxide gas and in the bodies of organisms as a constituent of protein.

The sulfur cycle starts from the soil, when sulfate ions are absorbed by the roots and metabolized into protein constituents in the plant body. When animals and humans eat plants, the protein will move into the human body. From within the human body, sulfur compounds undergo metabolism, the remains of which are broken down by bacteria in the stomach in the form of gas. One of the substances contained in the gas is sulfur.

Sulfur is abundant in the earth’s crust. Sulfur can be absorbed by plants in the form of sulfate. Sulfur is required in the synthesis of protein compounds. Sulfate in the soil is absorbed by plants, then used for protein synthesis. Through the food chain sulfur moves to consumers. If the organism dies, the sulfur compounds in the organism will decompose aerobically to form sulfate again, and if the decomposition takes place anaerobically it will produce sulfur and sulfide gas.

Sulfur and sulfide gas also comes from the results of anaerobic reduction of sulfate compounds by sulfur-reducing bacteria. By sulfur bacteria, sulfur and sulfide gases in the air are oxidized to produce sulfur, then sulfur is further oxidized to form sulfate in the soil. The process of sulfur occurring as a result of the burning of coal fossil fuels or occurs as a result of volcanic activity, then the smoke will rise into the atmosphere, or the sulfur oxide air will be in the clouds which become hydrolidids in water to form H2SO4, the clouds will experience condensation which will eventually rain is known as acid rain.

The rain water will enter the soil where it will be converted into sulfates which are very important for plants. Sulfate is only found in inorganic form (SO42-), this sulfate is able to move from the earth or nature to the plant body through the absorption of sulfate by roots. Sulfur will be reduced by bacteria to become sulfide and form sulfur dioxide or hydrogen sulfide.

In studying other mineral forms you can find, Sinaumed’s can make the book Why? Rock and Minerals as a reference because it explains the types, uses and much more.

PHOSPHORUS CYCLE BIOGEOCHEMICAL CYCLE

The presence of phosphorus in living organisms is very small, but its role is very necessary. Phosphorus atoms are only found in the form of phosphate compounds (PO43-). Phosphates are absorbed by plants and used for organic synthesis. Phosphorus is mostly contained in nucleic acids, which are materials that store and translate the genetic code.

Role and Reproduction of Chrysophyta Phosphorus atoms are also the basis for the high-energy ATP (Adenosine Tri Phosphate) used for cellular respiration and photosynthesis. In addition, it is a mineral that makes up bones and teeth. Phosphorus is a very rare component in non-living organisms. The productivity of terrestrial ecosystems can be increased if the phosphorus in the soil is increased. The weathering of rock by phosphate will increase the phosphate content in the soil.

An example is the effects of acid rain. After producers incorporate phosphorus into a biological form, phosphorus is transferred to consumers in organic form. Thereafter, phosphorus is added back to the soil through excretion of phosphate by animals and detritus-decomposing bacteria. Humus and soil particles bind to phosphate in such a way that the phosphorus cycle is localized in the ecosystem. However, phosphorus can easily be carried away by the flow of water which eventually collects in the sea.

Erosion that occurs will accelerate the depletion of phosphate in addition to rock weathering which is in line with the loss of phosphate. Phosphate in the oceans slowly collects in sediments which are then incorporated into rocks. When the sea level drops or the sea floor rises, these phosphorus-containing rocks become part of the terrestrial ecosystem. Cytoplasmic Cell Organelles Thus, phosphate cycles among soil, plants, and consumers over time.

EXAMPLE OF THE BIOGEOCHEMICAL CYCLE

The Biogeochemical Cycle functions as a material cycle that returns all chemical elements that have been used by everything on earth, both biotic and abiotic components, so that survival on earth can be maintained.

• Carbon Cycle: An example of the carbon cycle is an element that is necessary and most important for life on earth. The process of producing carbon causes organisms to decompose in the earth, which then rises to the surface of the earth to become food for the bottom layer
• Oxygen Cycle: Describes the delivery of oxygen around the lithosphere, atmosphere and biosphere. In particular the release of oxygen through photosynthesis, and in the use of oxygen by living things in the biosphere is taken from the atmosphere.
• Water Cycle: Describes the accumulation of water on earth, especially in the seas, rivers and lakes. As an important part of the existing ecosystem, rivers, lakes and seas have various functions that you can learn about in the book Science World – Ocean Ocean Rivers.

Thus a review of the Definition, Types and Examples of Biogeochemical Cycles. Hope this is useful Sinaumed’s, enjoy learning!

sinaumedia Literacy – Biodiversity or diversity of living things comes from various sources in an ecosystem. Ecosystem is a group of organisms both plants and animals that interact with each other as well as with the surrounding environment. Let’s look at a more complete explanation of biodiversity below, Sinaumed’s.

DEFINITION OF BIODIVERSITY

Biodiversity is a term used for the diversity of natural resources, including the number and frequency of ecosystems, species and genes in a place. Basically diversity describes the various conditions of an object that occur due to differences in terms, size, shape, texture and amount.

While the word biodiversity itself means something that is alive, so Biodiversity can be interpreted as the diversity or diversity of living things that can occur as a result of differences ranging from differences in shape, size, color, number of textures, appearance and also their properties.

Indonesia with its diversity of both flora and fauna, Biodiversity or often known as biodiversity. Biodiversity is a level that exists in the earth and this becomes a benchmark or measure in determining the health of the earth.

The biodiversity that exists in the environment of a terrestrial ecosystem has a higher number than the environmental biodiversity at the poles. This is caused by climate or weather because biodiversity is a function of climate.

Changes that occur in an environment can have a negative impact on species, this is the mass extinction of a species. Historical records show that there have been five mass extinctions during the time life existed on earth. About 540 million years ago, the Phanerozoic eon saw rapid growth in biodiversity.

The rapid growth of species was due to an explosion when multicellular phyla with large majorities first appeared. Then around 400 million years ago, a mass extinction occurred or is often said to be a big loss for biodiversity. It is also said that rainforests are one of the causes of mass extinction due to the presence of an excess of carbon.

It was followed by the most serious mass extinction 251 years ago and recovery which took 30 years. Then the last mass extinction that has existed until now is the Paleogene extinction that occurred about 65 million years ago. This extinction is the most interesting thing because in it the dinosaurs became extinct.

Due to the extinction of the dinosaurs, many types of fauna disappeared from this world. Thus, we can only study their lives through books. sinaumedia has a book entitled Ng Dinopedia Second Edition which contains the most complete types of dinosaurs in the world. Sinaumed’s can purchase this book by clicking “buy now” below.

LEVELS OF BIODIVERSITY

Biodiversity occurs at levels ranging from low organisms to high levels of organisms. These levels are as follows:

1. GENE LEVEL

The book entitled Genes, written by Siddhartha Mukherjee, explains that what forms the characteristics, life, and even the characteristics of all living things is something that is inside each of these creatures, namely genes which are instructions for the formation and operation of the body in the deoxyribonucleic acid molecule or DNA. in all living cells. If Sinaumed’s wants to buy this book, click the “buy now” button above.

This level of diversity is due to variations in genes or gene structure within a species of living thing. Genes are hereditary factors that can be found in chromosomes. Each gene sequence will give each organism an appearance, either anatomy or physiology. If the arrangement is different, then the appearance will also be different in one characteristic or even as a whole.

This diversity is quite easy to recognize by the characteristics that have variations, the same scientific name, and morphological differences that are not too striking. Usually, gene-level biodiversity is referred to as variety.

Examples of gene-level biodiversity in plants:

• Rice (Oryza sativa) with varieties of rojolele rice, ciherang rice, ciliwung rice, and others
• Mango (Mangifera indica) with Varieties of Arumanis Mango, Manalagi Mango, Golek Mango, and others
• Durian (Durio zibethinus) with Petruk Durian Varieties, Bawor durian, Monthong durian, and others.

Examples of gene-level biodiversity in animals:

• Dogs (Canis familiaris) with golden retriever dog breeds, bulldogs, German shepherd dogs, and others
• Cats (Felis catus) with the Angora cat race, Persian cat, sphinx cat, and others
• Cattle (Bos taurus) with Bali cattle, Madura cattle, Fried Holland cattle, and others.

At the gene level of biodiversity, increases can occur through crosses or hybridization between organisms or species with different characteristics as well as the cultivation of wild animals and plants by humans, aka domestication.

2. SPECIES LEVEL

In a book entitled The Origin of Species – On the Origin of Species written by Michael Keller, it discusses the origin of existing species, and whether humans are descended from apes. This book is a graphic adaptation of Chares Darwin’s On the Origin of Species by Means of Natural Selection, or the Preservation of Favored Races in the Struggle for Life, which is one of the most famous, controversial, and most important books of all time. .

Sinaumed’s can buy this book by clicking “buy now”. This one diversity can be found in communities or groups of various species of living things in the same genus or family in one place. Usually, the further away from human life, the higher the diversity at the species level. For example, in the forest.

Examples of species-level biodiversity in plants:

• Genus level: Genus Citrus, for example, grapefruit (Citrus maxima), lime (Citrus aurantifolia), and sweet orange (Citrus nobilis). Also, the genus Musa includes fruit bananas (Musa paradisiaca) and fiber bananas (Musa textilis).
• The family level is divided into the Poaceae family on rice (Oryza sativa), corn (Zea mays), and reeds (Imperata cylindrical), and the Zingiberaceae family on turmeric (Curcuma domestica) and ginger (Zingiber officinalis).

Examples of species-level biodiversity in animals:

• The genus level is divided into the Genus Felis and Genus Bos. Genus Felis, including leopard cats (Felis bengalensis), domestic cats (Felis silvestris), and forest cats (Felis chaus) and Genus Bos in humped cattle (Bos indicus), beef and dairy cattle in Europe (Bos Taurus), and native cattle Indonesia (Bossondaicus).
• Family level, divided into the Bovidae family for cattle (Bos) and buffalo (Bubalus) and the Canidae family: wolves (Canis) and foxes (Lycalopex).

3. ECOSYSTEM LEVEL

This diversity occurs due to differences in geographical location that cause climate differences and affect differences in temperature, rainfall, sunlight intensity, and duration of sunlight. With so many differences, the flora and fauna that occupy an area will also vary.

Examples of ecosystem-level biodiversity:

• Moss ecosystems are located in areas around mountain peaks or in cold areas around the poles and are dominated by moss plants. Animals that can be found in it are thick furry animals such as polar bears.
• Conifer forest ecosystems that are dominated by plants with leaves like needles, for example pine or fir, in which there are animals as well as one of them is a bear.
• Tropical rain forest ecosystem with a variety of trees, lianas and epiphytes. Animals that live in it such as monkeys.
• The grassland ecosystem is found in dry areas at an altitude of around 4000 MDPL and is dominated by grasses. In this ecosystem, live large mammals, carnivores and herbivores.
• Desert ecosystems that have marked temperature differences between day and night, strong winds, hot climates, and very little rain and are dominated by xerophytic plant groups such as cacti. Animals that can be found in it are reptiles and small mammals.
• The coastal ecosystem is dominated by pes-caprae and barringtonia formations in the form of shrubs or trees. In it, there are insects, shorebirds, and others.

Based on a book entitled Diversity of Indonesia’s Natural Ecosystems: Short Expressions with Photographs and Images written by Kuswata Kartawinata. It also explained that the characteristics of vegetation or plant communities in an ecosystem are one of the easiest features to use to identify ecosystems in an area.

This is because the form of vegetation is a reflection of the external appearance of the interactions that occur between plants, animals, and their environment. If Sinaumed’s is interested in buying this book, click “buy now” below.

BIODIVERSITY BENEFITS

For example, the galactic bird that lives in the Galapagos Islands, originally this bird came from the same place in South America. Because his life moves around and inhabits different places, over time the beak of the galactic bird changes according to the new environmental conditions of Sinaumed’s.

Biodiversity or biodiversity on earth has vital benefits for the survival of all creatures. The diversity of animals and plants as well as organisms on earth fulfill all kinds of needs that are needed by us as humans. The needs fulfilled by the three include not only primary needs, but also secondary needs. The benefits of biodiversity in the fields of food and clothing, ecology, pharmacy, and science and technology:

THE FOOD AND CLOTHING FIELD

Food is one of the things that must be done by all living things on earth so that their life goes on. Biodiversity has benefits as a useful food ingredient to fulfill energy and nutrition. Living things, especially humans, must have enough energy to carry out their activities.

Biodiversity of plants and animals provides a choice for humans in choosing what kind of food is needed. According to a study, our country has at least hundreds of types of food-producing plants such as vegetables and fruit. It was recorded that 400 fruit-producing species and 370 vegetable-producing species and 55 spices and other producers were recorded.

It is also noted that in our country there are 70 types of tuber-producing species, which of course will further add to the existing diversity. Animal biodiversity is no less amazing because hundreds of species of animals that produce meat and milk and skin live here. Humans can obtain carbohydrate sources from corn, wheat and various types of tubers such as taro.

Furthermore, humans can meet their protein needs from animal products, namely eggs and fish meat and various other marine animals. Nutrition and mineral fulfillment will be obtained from various types of fruits and vegetables such as spinach and citrus fruits. Not only that, milk and coconut water will also increase the protein intake needed by the human body.

In addition, several types of wood have benefits for the interests of the Indonesian people as well as for export purposes, for example, if teak wood is exported, it will generate foreign exchange for the country. Some plants can also be used as medicines and cosmetics (Plants that are often used for cosmetic ingredients are aloe vera, pandanus and various flowers such as roses and jasmine).

Resources derived from animals can be utilized as a source of industrial activity. Two-thirds of Indonesia’s territory is waters that can be used as natural resources with economic value. The sea, rivers and ponds are sources of fisheries in the economic field.

ECOLOGY FIELD

Biodiversity is a very important ecosystem component, for example in tropical rain forests with ecological or environmental values ​​that play a very important role in the survival of living things on earth, including:

• Act as the lungs of the earth. Photosynthetic activities in tropical rain forests can reduce levels of carbon dioxide (CO2) in the atmosphere, which means it can reduce air pollution and prevent the greenhouse effect.
• Maintain global climate stability, namely maintaining air temperature and humidity. In addition to functioning to support human life, biodiversity has a role in maintaining ecosystem sustainability. Each type of organism has a role in its ecosystem. This role cannot be replaced by any other type. For example, owls and snakes in the paddy field ecosystem are rat eaters. If these two predators were eradicated by humans, then no one would control the rat population. As a result, rat breeding increased rapidly and rat pests occurred everywhere.

PHARMACY FIELD

Plants that can be used as medicine grow as many as 940 species in Indonesia and 250 of them are used as herbal medicines. Various plants commonly used for medicine are quinine trees with a function as a medicine for malaria because of their alkaloid content. In addition, there is also noni fruit which has a role in reducing high blood pressure.

Not only that, meat from wild animals with venom, namely snakes, is also useful for skin medicine such as itchy skin. Even the fat from snake meat is also believed to have properties in healing various skin diseases that most people often suffer from. Another example is honey which is believed to increase the immune system of anyone who drinks it.

SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY

The wealth of various flora and fauna has long been utilized for the development of science. Until now there are still many animals and plants that have not been studied and their benefits are not known. Thus this situation can still be used as a means of developing knowledge and research for various fields of knowledge.

Classification of Biodiversity

The classification of biodiversity is divided into three, namely natural systems, artificial systems, and phylogenetic.

1. Classification of Natural Systems

As the name implies, the classification of natural system biodiversity is made or created based on the morphological similarities and differences of a living thing. For example, the classification of animals based on how they move (animals with wings, animals with fins, and animals with legs), the classification of plants based on seeds in pieces (seeds with one chip and seeds with two pieces).

2. Classification of Artificial Systems

The classification of biological diversity in artificial systems is the diversity of species that is classified using one or two characteristics of living things. Therefore, this artificial system is usually formed or arranged according to the characteristics of humans. For example, Aristotle classified living things into two groups based on their ability to move and chlorophyll.

3. Classification of Phylogenetic Systems

The phylogenetic classification system is a biological diversity classification system based on the close relationship between one taxon and another. Therefore, the classification of phylogenetic systems can be arranged based on observable characteristics of living things or from phenotypic equations.

Biodiversity in Indonesia

Basically every country already has its own diversity, so both the flora and fauna in a country are not always the same. According to several sources, in Indonesia, diversity is divided into two, namely the biodiversity of flora and fauna.

Flora

The diversity of flora in Indonesia can be said to be very much, but there is one original Indonesian flora whose name is well known abroad, namely  Rafflesia Arnoldii  or better known by many people as “corpse flower”. The plant is usually found in the forests of Sumatra. Not only a lot, but Indonesia’s flora is also uneven, for example, the number of forests on the islands of Kalimantan, Papua and Sumatra is different from the forests on the islands of Java, the Sunda Islands, Maluku and Sulawesi.

The flora in Indonesia are included in the  Malesiana flora . The plants in the  Malesiana flora are plants that have very large stems and quite dense leaves. In fact, sometimes there are some plants that look like a forest canopy.

Fauna

Unlike the flora, the fauna of Indonesia is basically divided according to the lines of  Wallace  and  Weber. From these two lines, the Indonesian fauna is divided into three regions, namely Australian, Oriental and Transitional.

The Australian fauna is in the area of ​​Papua and the surrounding islands, one of the animals included in the Australian fauna is the bird of paradise. Meanwhile, Oriental fauna can be found in Java, Bali, Sumatra and Kalimantan. In Oriental fauna we can find animals or fauna that have quite large body sizes, such as the Sumatran Rhino, Elephant, Bull, and so on. Not only large bodies, there are also birds, such as the Javanese Eagle, Bali Starling, and so on.

Finally, Transitional fauna whose territory is located in the Central region of the Indonesian archipelago, such as the Nusa Tenggara Islands. As for animals or flora in the central part of Indonesia, for example Singapore, Sulawesi rangkok, Maleo, and Anoa.

BIODIVE CONSERVATION EFFORTS

INSITU METHOD

The in-situ method is an effort to preserve biodiversity, which is carried out directly where the flora and fauna are. This method provides protection to areas that are considered to have unique ecosystems or endangered flora and fauna. This is usually done by establishing animal sanctuaries, nature reserves, forest nature reserves and national parks:

• Wildlife sanctuary is an effort to protect ecosystems that are considered unique. This uniqueness contains various types of flora and fauna that must be protected.
• A national park is a piece of land that has absolute protection from the government. This soil usually contains protected ecosystems.
• A nature reserve is a state of nature that has distinctive characteristics derived from the flora and fauna in it. Nature reserves also have ecosystems that must be protected.
• Nature reserve forest is a forest that has a protected ecosystem in it. Nature reserve forests are also commonly known as protected forests.

EXITU METHOD

Ex-situ method is a method of preserving biodiversity which is carried out by taking fauna and flora from their original area. The goal is conservation, protection and breeding. This method is also carried out when the ecosystem where the flora and fauna live has been completely destroyed or damaged, so it takes time to be habitable again.

The ex-situ method is also a conservation effort using a collection of rare species, so that the life span of these animals or plants can be longer. In the ex-situ method, there are several ways, namely using zoos, safari parks, and forest parks.

Well, that’s an explanation of the definition, structure, examples, benefits and efforts to preserve biodiversity. One way to preserve biodiversity is to know it first. Hopefully useful Sinaumed’s! Eager to learn.

 

History of Bing – Bing is a Search Engine which originally had another name, namely Live Search, MSN Search or Windows Live Search. Then what is this one site like? What are the advantages of this Bing? Check out the explanation as follows.

Definition of Bing

Bing is a web search engine site that is under the auspices of Microsoft. Bing is a search engine which was officially introduced on May 28, 2009. Search engines are web search engines or web search engines that function as computer programs designed to search files stored on services, such as www, ftp, publication of mailing lists or newsgroups in one or a number of computers in one network.

Bing was first introduced directly by Microsoft CEO Steve Ballmer at the All Things Digital conference, in San Diego, United States. Bing is a way of re-preservation carried out by Microsoft from the three search engines that already existed in the past, such as Windows Live Search, Live Search and MSN Search.

Meanwhile, Microsoft is an American multinational corporation that has its headquarters in Redmond, Washington, United States. This Microsoft company develops, manufactures, licenses and supports a variety of computer-related products and services.

Microsoft became a company founded by world founders, namely Bill Gates and Paul Allen. Both of them founded Microsoft on April 4, 1975. Microsoft is the largest software maker in the world, calculated according to revenue figures, you know ! Microsoft is also one of the most valuable companies in the world.

Sinaumed’s can read stories from the founder of Microsoft, namely Bill Gates, to increase his knowledge about Microsoft and its development, which are available at the sinaumedia store.

On June 1, Bing was officially launched as a replacement for its previous search engine, namely Live Search. Bing was created by Microsoft equipped with or using Powerset technology which was purchased by Microsoft in 2018. Bing can be used by its users to get more accurate results. Bing also has completeness in storing and also sharing search history via Facebook, Skydrive and also email.

Bing Search Site Categories

Bing groups these search sites into four categories, namely:

1. Web to search for sites or websites

It is known that when it comes to searching for a site or web, you can rely on Bing. Because Bing provides more accurate information regarding your search.

2. Images for image search

Apart from that, the GUI or Bing image search is also considered to be superior and also considered to be more intuitive than other sites. Bing is able to bring users who want to find a video by displaying the original footage without connecting to Youtube.

3. News for news search

Bing news displays a wide variety of news recorded on the web. Attractive design, more striking highlight given to headlines. And if the user switches to a mobile device, the display becomes adaptive, depending on the type of device used. The news that is displayed is of course based on trending topics on Facebook and Twitter.

4. xRank 

xRank is a service for search or as part of the Microsoft search engine. In this xRank, you can track what and who is most searched by Bing users. However, xRank was officially closed by Microsoft in October 2010.

On July 29, 2009, Microsoft and Yahoo! announced an offer, in which the announcement stated that Bing would power Yahoo! Search . And to all users and partners of Yahoo! Search is expected to undergo a transition in early 2012. In October 2011 Bing also announced that it was working on a new search infrastructure, the aim of which is to provide faster and more relevant search results for its users.

While Yahoo! is a multinational internet company headquartered in Sunnyvale, California, United States. Yahoo! became known for having its own web portal as well as search engines, such as Yahoo! Search, Yahoo! Directory, Yahoo! Yahoo Mail! News, Yahoo! Finance, Yahoo! Groups, Yahoo! Answers, a website and service advertising online maps, video sharing, fantasy sports and other social media.

The indexing technology known as “Tiger” was successfully incorporated into Bing globally starting in August 2011. And in May 2012, Bing also announced another redesign or there is a search engine that includes a “Sidebar” or Sidebar which is a social feature that searches on social networking site for Bing users to get relevant information by typing in search keywords.

History of Bing

It is known that previously Microsoft had produced three search engines before launching Bing, namely MSN Search, Windows Live Search and Live Search. But according to Microsoft, the performance of these three search engines is still not optimal in attracting users, so they have not been able to shift Google Search’s position as the ruler of search engines in the internet world.

So Microsoft continues to innovate by trying to evaluate and analyze what weaknesses existed in the three search engines before Bing was launched. Not only that, Microsoft also analyzes what weaknesses competitors’ search engines have, especially Google Search and Yahoo! Search. Microsoft has also made every effort to improve and apply it to the newest search engine product, namely Bing.

The creation of Bing is inseparable from Microsoft’s three previous search engines. Because Bing is a complement to the previous search engine. The creation of Bing started from the existence of MSN Search to Windows Live Search and then Live Search. However, the chronology of the formation of Bing is as follows:

1. MSN Search

MSN Search is the first search engine created by Microsoft. MSN Search was first launched in 1998. MSN Search itself contains an engine, index and web crawler. Since the launch of the MSN Search search engine, it has continued to develop and also experience improvements.

In November 2004, Microsoft also upgraded the MSN Search search engine by collaborating with Picsearch which is specifically for displaying an image.

2. Windows Live Search

In fact, the development of MSN Search cannot shift the dominance of the Google Search search engine. On September 11, 2006, from this failure, Microsoft again presented a new search engine, namely Windows Live Search. This Windows Live Search search engine has deeper capabilities to search for more specific and better information in the form of websites, news, pictures and music or others.

3. Windows Live Search

It doesn’t stop there, Microsoft continues to develop and always makes a decision to separate the search engine from Windows Live. Microsoft also changed the name of its search engine to Live Search, then consolidated with Microsoft adCenter. Microsoft’s reorganization has resulted in many policy changes, such as stopping several existing products, such as Windows Live Expo, Live Search Macros and so on.

Changes that continue to be made by Microsoft have not yet produced results. Microsoft also realizes that the use of brand names for search engine products is very important. In the end, on June 3, 2009, to create a new identity, Microsoft presented a new search engine called Bing.

 

 

Features on Bing

There are several features available on Bing, which Microsoft predicts that with these features and is expected to replace Google Search, namely features such as:

1. Best Match

Best Match is a feature from Bing that can display searches that are more relevant or in accordance with the keywords entered. The relevant link will display at the top of the list or list of search results. This Best Match feature also makes it possible for users to get results from searches that match the existence of similar site links.

2. Interface Features

Features is a feature of Bing that can display an image on the background which will continue to change every day. The background image that is also displayed is the result of unique and well-made images from around the world.

In addition, the background image displayed is also equipped with information about the image. The background images on this search engine are flexible, which means they can be activated and deactivated. While the Bing interface is a search result that displays the navigation panel results section on the left sidebar and a preview on the right side of search results that are also related.

3. Media Features

Media Features is a feature of Bing that allows its users to search for the images and videos that the user wants. The results of the search will display all search results in the form of thumbnails on one page, so that users don’t have to move on to the next pages, which certainly takes a long time. To play videos on Bing, users only need to hover the mouse cursor on the video thumbnail.

 

 

4. Instant Answer

Instant Answer is a feature that allows users to obtain precise and accurate information. Not only that, Bing can also function as a calculator or calculating machine, knowing stock prices, airline ticket prices, flight schedules, shipping goods by ship by companies, information about traffic, restaurant reviews, dictionaries and so on.

5. Bing Maps

Bing Maps is a feature of Bing that can be used as a virtual earth. Bing Maps can allow users to find locations from various regions and even various countries in the world. The Bing Maps feature can also function as a guide to out of town and even abroad, you know! If Sinaumed’s is going to leave, Sinaumed’s can use the Bing Maps feature which is believed to provide more accurate address information.

6. Bing Travel

Bing Travel is a special feature of Bing that displays several budget plans that you need in one trip. Sinaumed’s can find out from transportation, hotels, car rental prices and much more. If Sinaumed’s wants to stay at a hotel, especially with family, Sinaumed’s can rely on the Bing Travel feature.

 

 

What are the advantages of Bing?

Of course, Bing has complete and cool features too! With the completion of these features, Bing actually has its own advantages and makes it easier for users. What are the advantages of this Bing? Let’s look at the following description!

1. Various background images

When Bing users access the front page of the Bing site on different days, the display of the background image used will also change by itself. Users will no longer feel bored when opening the Bing site with the same appearance.

2. Instant Answer facility

The instant answer facility is one of the performance innovations that Bing has successfully developed and integrated into the system so that Bing is able to provide answers. Another performance that Bing has is the ability it has in interpreting a question sentence even to matters relating to problems in the field of mathematics or calculations.

3. Search results for photos or videos can be filtered and displayed precisely and in detail

If there are users who search for sites or web pages that contain image content, Bing will present a list of search results by itself and display them in the form of thumbnails that can be enlarged or reduced by utilizing facilities, such as Zoom which is divided into several, namely Zoom small, Zoom medium , Zoom large and accompanied by Show image details . Show Images details serves to present image thumbnails and information about that image.

4. Detail box on the search result link

Bing is a search engine site for users who don’t need to press links anymore, but users only need to hover over the link to display the details box. This details box lets the user get a quick look at the information about the link.

 

 

5. More effective display of Bing Maps

Excess Bing Maps has access to fast loading. In addition, Bing users can also change the presentation of geographic maps into various display modes. Bing Maps can also allow users to display multiple areas or areas in three dimensions.

6. Related Searches facility

Bing also has the capability of an intelligent search system, in which this system is shown by Bing not only for displaying a list of sites, web pages, or links or keywords, but users can also find various options as alternatives that can be selected via the Related Searches sidebar . . The purpose of this feature is to enrich the search performed.

7. Smart video preview facility

Speed ​​in accessing and loading is an advantage possessed by Bing. This also happens to the content of video files too ! Microsoft emphasizes that users only need to wait less than thirty seconds to get a video preview through the Bing Videos feature. Not only that, the speed of the buffering system that is integrated into the Bing Videos directory is able to play a video show in a short time, the user only needs to point the cursor at the desired video player box.

Sinaumed’s can study and find out more information about Microsoft and one of its sites, namely Bing, you know ! How to? Namely by reading a book and getting the book available at www.sinaumedia.com . As #FriendsWithoutLimits we always try to give the best!

• 10 Home Internet Providers You Can Choose
• Definition of Servers
• Definition of the Internet: History, Benefits, and Negative Impacts
• Positive and Negative Impacts of the Internet for Humanity
• What is Online? Types, Components, Strengths and Weaknesses
• 5 Application Recommendations To Help You Manage Your Schedule

Author: Yufi Cantika Sukma Divine

BI Fast Is – In this all-digital era, anything can be done easily and quickly, even only via a smartphone. Is Sinaumed’s aware of this? Starting from the existence of digital money to the transaction process, it is enough to do it through the applications that have been installed on our smartphones. Especially in terms of transactions, where in ancient times we were required to go to the nearest ATM and queue in a crowd of people. Now? It’s easy to do through the Mobile Banking application at each bank.

So, for Sinaumed’s who often use Mobile Banking from any bank, you must often find BI Fast and Real Time Online features when you want to transfer money to other parties? Just a little trivia, this feature is relatively new, you know because it was only launched in December 2021 by Bank Indonesia, which oversees all state and private banks.

So, what is the BI Fast feature? What banks have used this feature? What are the striking differences between BI Fast and Real Time Online? How to use BI Fast correctly, especially for beginners? So, so that Sinaumed’s understands these things, let’s immediately see the following review!

What is BI Fast?

Basically, BI Fast is a service feature initiated by Bank Indonesia in the form of convenience for online, real-time transfers, and lower admin fees. It’s called cheaper, because usually when we transfer to another bank, an admin fee of IDR 6,500 will definitely be charged, right? So, when Sinaumed’s uses BI Fast, the admin fee is only IDR 2,500. Obviously cheaper right!

Since the era is now completely digital, including online transactions via Mobile Banking, of course Bank Indonesia is also innovating to adapt to this. One of the innovation efforts that have been made is of course by developing this BI Fast feature, in order to answer the challenges in the digital era as it is today.

Of course, the convenience when using this feature can be felt by many people, especially those who use Mobile Banking for transfers to other parties. Yep, to use this BI Fast feature, Sinaumed’s doesn’t need to install a special BI Fast application from the PlayStore or App Store, because this feature already exists in each bank’s Mobile Banking. Try Sinaumed’s and see for yourself!

BI Fast Service Development Background

According to the BI Fast Guidebook Version 1.1 issued by Bank Indonesia, BI Fast is the object of developing Bank Indonesia’s infrastructure in order to provide real-time , seamless (easy) payment services, available 24/7, alias can be done at any time, and of course with an end-to-end level of security . All of this is done by Bank Indonesia to support the development of the Digital Financial Economy (EKD) in Indonesia.

Considering that currently, the availability of the Bank Indonesia National Clearing System (SKNBI) services is apparently not fully able to meet the needs of the community, especially because it is limited by service time. This of course hampered community activities, especially those who worked by relying on the transfer process. Well, BI Fast is also here as a savior alternative to the SKNBI infrastructure.

BI Fast Service Development Goals

Reporting from bi.go.id , there are at least 3 objectives for developing the BI Fast feature on Mobile Banking which is used by most Indonesian people, especially in this digital age, namely:

1. To support the merger between the National Payment System industry and the Digital Financial Economy in an end-to-end manner .
2. Become a national initiative that is in line with Bank Indonesia Regulations (PBI), Payment Systems (SP), PBI Payment System Infrastructure Providers (PIP), PBI Payment Service Providers (PJB), and SP principles that are fast, cheap, easy, safe, and reliable for user use.
3. In line with Bank Indonesia’s future policy directions, especially in terms of Financial System Stability and Payment System so that an integrated, interoperable and interconnected ecosystem can be created .

Benefits of BI Fast Services for the Community

The existence of this feature is of course not only an answer to challenges in the digital era as it is today, but also provides a series of benefits for the wider community and industry in Indonesia. Bearing in mind that the SKNBI and BI Real Time Gross Settlement (BI-RTGS) feature services only have certain operating hours, so they cannot be accessed at any time. So, through this BI Fast service, the general public and industry can feel:

• Efficient, due to the use of a proxy address as an alternative to the account number.
• Real time 24/7, because anyone can do it at any time.
• Complete, because it serves various instruments and any payment channels such as QRIS, ATM, and EDC.
• Secure , proven safe because this feature is complemented by fraud detection and AML/CFT.

75+ List of Banks Using BI Fast Services

At least, there are 77 banks in Indonesia that have used the BI Fast service feature on their mobile banking. This is because every bank, be it a state bank or a private bank, definitely wants to provide the best service for its customers. One of the efforts is to add this feature to their service. Reporting from bi.go.id , here is a complete list of banks in Indonesia that have used the BI Fast service.

Batch 1 (1 December 2021)

1.	Bank BCA Syariah
2.	Bank Central Asia
3.	CIMB Niaga Bank
4.	Bank CIMB Niaga UUS (Sharia Business Unit)
5.	Citibank, NA
6.	Bank Danamon Indonesia
7.	Bank Danamon Indonesia UUS
8.	Bank DBS Indonesia
9.	Mandiri Bank
10.	Megabank
11.	Bank Negara Indonesia (Persero)
12.	Bank OCBC NISP
13.	Gem Bank
14.	UUS Permata Bank
15.	Indonesian People’s Bank (BRI)
16.	Sinarmas Bank
17.	Indonesian Sharia Bank
18.	State Savings Bank (Persero)
19.	UUS State Savings Bank
20.	Bank UOB Indonesia
21.	Bank Woori Brothers Indonesia 1906

Batch 2 (January 2022)

1.	Allo Bank Indonesia
2.	BCA Digital Bank
3.	Ganesha Bank
4.	Bank HSBC Indonesia
5.	Bank Ina Perdana
6.	Bank KEB Hana Indonesia
7.	Bank Mandiri Taspen
8.	Indonesian Maspion Bank
9.	Mestika Dharma Bank
10.	Bank Multi Arta Sentosa
11.	Bank Nationalnobu
12.	Pan Indonesian Bank
13.	Bali Regional Development Bank
14.	West Java and Banten Regional Development Banks
15.	Central Java Regional Development Bank
16.	Central Java Regional Development Bank UUS
17.	East Java Regional Development Bank
18.	Regional Development Bank of East Java UUS
19.	East Nusa Tenggara Regional Development Bank
20.	Papua Regional Development Bank
21.	Sampoerna Friends Bank
22.	Bank Sinarmas UUS
23.	Indonesian Central Securities Depository

Batch 3 (May and June 2022)

1.	Artha Graha International Bank
2.	Artha Earth Bank
3.	DKI bank
4.	Bank DKI UUS
5.	Jago Bank
6.	West Java Regional Development Bank and Banten Syariah
7.	Riau Islands Development Bank
8.	Bank Raya Indonesia

Batch 4 (August 2022)

1.	BTPN bank
2.	Bank Capital Indonesia
3.	CTBC bank
4.	Bank ICBC Indonesia
5.	Bank Index Selindo
6.	Bank Jago UUS
7.	Jakarta Services Bank
8.	Mayapada Bank
9.	Mayora Bank
10.	Muamalat Bank
11.	UUS Nagari Bank
12.	Neo Commerce Bank
13.	DIY Regional Development Bank
14.	Regional Development Bank DIY UUS
15.	West Kalimantan Regional Development Bank
16.	West Kalimantan Regional Development Bank UUS
17.	South Kalimantan Regional Development Bank
18.	South Kalimantan Regional Development Bank UUS
19.	West Sumatra Regional Development Bank
20.	South Sumatra Regional Development Bank Bangka Belitung
21.	Regional Development Bank of South Sumatra Bangka Belitung UUS
22.	sea ​​bank
23.	Maybank Indonesia
24.	Maybank Indonesia UUS
25.	MNC Bank

The difference between BI Fast and Real Time Online

Even though BI Fast and Real Time Online are both features developed by Bank Indonesia in order to support the development of the Digital Financial Economy (EKD) in Indonesia, the two have striking differences. Not only in the amount of admin fees, but also the service as a whole.

BI Fast	Real TimeOnline
Transaction fees, aka admin fees, are cheaper, which is only Rp. 2,500 per one transfer.	Transaction fees, aka admin fees, are more expensive, namely IDR 6,500 per one transfer.
The transfer limit is bigger, which is up to IDR 250 million per transaction.	The transfer limit is smaller, which is only IDR 25 million per transaction.
Allows customers to make transactions without using an account number. Another alternative is, of course, using a cellphone number or email address.	It is not yet possible for customers to make transactions without using an account number.
Has several advanced features, such as Fraud Detection and Anti Money Laundering (AML), Countering Financing of Terrorism (CFT), and others.	The features that are owned are not as sophisticated as BI Fast.

Advantages and Disadvantages of BI Fast in Bank Transactions

Even though it has technological sophistication in the development of its features, that doesn’t mean that BI Fast doesn’t have drawbacks … 

Advantages of BI Fast	Disadvantages of BI Fast
Transaction fees, aka admin fees, are cheaper, which is only Rp. 2,500 per one transfer.	The maximum transfer limit is IDR 250 million. For some people who are required to transfer an amount in excess of that, they will definitely find it difficult, so they have to take an alternative to clearing.
The transfer limit is bigger, which is up to IDR 250 million per transaction.	Not really fully serviced 24/7. In some banks, at certain times, such as prayer times, it is certain that transactions using this feature will fail.
Allows customers to make transactions without using an account number. Another alternative is, of course, using a cellphone number or email address.	Not all banks in Indonesia use this feature.
Has several advanced features, such as Fraud Detection and Anti Money Laundering (AML), Countering Financing of Terrorism (CFT), and others.	It often experiences maintenance alias repairs, so it is not uncommon for customers to fail when transferring.
There are at least 77 banks in Indonesia that use this feature.	Only focus on transfers via debit and credit only. Not yet developed for Virtual Accounts (VA) and other digital wallets.

Questions Regarding BI Fast

Even though 77 banks in Indonesia already have the service features launched by Bank Indonesia since December 2021, there are still many people who don’t understand how it works. In its use, bank customers who can practice this feature are individuals and industry players. So, here are some questions about BI Fast and their answers that were reported via bi.go.id.

1. Who Can Have BI Fast Service?

Basically, BI Fast participation is open to all banks and Non-Bank Institutions (LSB) in Indonesia, as long as they meet the following criteria:

1. Qualified in terms of institutional aspect, financial performance, and Information System capability.
2. Must meet the 3C criteria, namely contribution (contribution to the growth of EKD), capability (capability of capital and liquidity capabilities), and collaboration (fully collaborating in supporting BI policies going forward).
3. Meet the criteria of champion in readiness which includes aspects of people, process and technology.

2. Do All Banks Have to Have the BI Fast Alias ​​Mandatory Feature?

In fact, Bank Indonesia is actually encouraging all banks and Non-Bank Institutions (LSB) to have this service feature so that they can meet the needs of the community, especially in terms of more efficient digital transactions. For this reason, Bank Indonesia also asked every bank or Non-Bank Institution (LSB) to submit an application as a BI-FAST participant according to their respective timelines .

3. What is the Admin Fee for the BI Fast Feature Service?

Bank Indonesia as the originator of this service feature has determined that there are 2 pricing schemes for admin fees, namely from Bank Indonesia to the bank concerned and from the bank concerned to the customer.

The admin fee from Bank Indonesia to the bank concerned is IDR 19.00 per transaction. Meanwhile, the admin fee from the bank concerned to the customer is a maximum of IDR 2,500 per transaction.

4. What’s the difference between BI Fast and SKNBI and BI RTGS?

The difference between the BI Fast service features and SKNBI and BI RTGS can be seen from several aspects, namely the nominal amount of the transaction, service time, payment channels, and payment instruments.

• Transaction Amount

The BI Fast service feature will serve a minimum nominal transfer of Rp. 250 million per transaction, while the SKNBI will serve up to a nominal value of Rp. 1 billion per transaction. Meanwhile, the BI RTGS feature is only up to a nominal value of IDR 100 million.

• Service Time

The BI Fast feature has 24/7 service time, aka around the clock, while SKNBI and BI RTGS have shorter operating hours, namely 06.30 to 16.30 WIB.

• Payment Channel

The BI Fast feature which was developed to answer the digital world as it is today, of course can be done via mobile/internet, especially m-banking at each bank. Even in the future, it will be further developed so that it can be used via QR, ATM, and EDC channels.

Meanwhile, SKNBI and BI RTGS can only be accessed via bank counters and mobile/internet channels.

• Payment Instruments

SKNBI can only serve transfer transactions via credit and debit. Then, the BI RTGS feature only serves transactions via credit. Meanwhile, the BI Fast feature is more sophisticated because it fulfills payment instruments in the form of credit, debit, and electronic money.

Source:

BI Fast Handbook Version 1.1. Bank Indonesia Central Bank of the Republic of Indonesia. 

https://www.bi.go.id/

https://www.rkonline.id/

Also Read!

• History, Duties, Authorities, and Roles of the Central Bank
• Functions and Types of Banks You Need to Know
• Discussion and Examples of Bank Reconciliation
• Duties and History of the Indonesian Bank Restructuring Agency
• A Brief History of Central Banks and Their Functions
• Definition of Credit Agreement and Process
• Concept, Function, and Difference Between Debit and Credit Notes
• What is a Credit Instrument?

History of Bhinneka Tunggal Ika – The Indonesian Nation and its diversity in terms of religion, skin color, ethnicity, language, which then makes it a plural and sovereign nation. This can be seen from the moments leading up to independence, almost all of the nation’s children who were members of various tribes also fought for independence.

The national leaders themselves then realized the challenges they had to face because of this diversity. This diversity then becomes a reality that cannot be avoided. Diversity as an essence of reality that already exists in the nation, while Singleness is a national ideal.

A. The Meaning and Meaning of Bhinneka Tunggal Ika

Literally the word Bhinneka Tunggal Ika comes from Old Javanese. Bhinneka Tunggal Ika has different meanings but still one. Bhinneka Tunggal Ika is the national motto of Indonesia and is written in the Garuda Pancasila symbol.

The concept of Bhinneka Tunggal Ika itself is taken from the book Sutasoma written by Mpu Tantular , who lived during the Majapahit Kingdom around the 14th century AD.

Etymologically, the words Bhinneka Tunggal Ika come from Old Javanese which, if divided into Bhinneka , means variety or variety, Tunggal is one, and Ika is that.

So that the meaning of Bhinneka Tunggal Ika is different but still one. It means, with the soul and spirit of the Indonesian people, they acknowledge the reality of a pluralistic nation (ethnicity, language, religion, race, class, etc.) but still upholds unity.

I Nyoman Pursika (2009) in the journal Analytic Study of the motto “Unity in Diversity ” states that Bhinneka Tunggal Ika is a reflection of the balance between the reflections of the balance between the elements of difference which characterize diversity and the element of similarity which characterizes unity .

Bhinneka Tunggal Ika firmly defines harmony between diversity and singleness, between diversity and uniqueness, between diversity and unity, between many things and one thing, or between pluralism and monism.

Initially Bhinneka Tunggal Ika was used to express the spirit of religious tolerance between Hinduism and Buddhism. After being made the motto of the Indonesian nation, the context of “Bhinneka” or its differences has become wider, not only different religions but also ethnicity, language, race, class, culture, customs can even be drawn into differences in a smaller scope such as differences of opinion, thoughts /ideas, likes, hobbies.

Bhineka Tunggal Ika is one of the four pillars of nationalism, apart from Pancasila. The 1945 Constitution, NKRI is a value that must be instilled in every Indonesian citizen which is discussed in the Pancasila book.

So, if there are differences in support for football clubs, don’t fight, OK?

B. A Brief History of Unity in Diversity

In the beginning, Bhinneka Tunggal Ika was a motto that showed the spirit of religious tolerance, especially
between Hinduism and Buddhism.

The term “Unity in Diversity” was taken from the Book of Sutasoma by Mpu Tantular during the Majapahit kingdom around the 14th century. The term is contained in stanza 5 chapter 139. This stanza in full is as follows:

Rwāneka dhātu winuwus Buddha Wiswa,
Bhinnêki rakwa ring apan hit parwanosen,
Mangka ng Jinatwa kalawan Śiwatatwa single,
Bhinnêka Tunggal Ika tan hana dharma mangrwa.

Translation:

It is said that Buddha and Shiva are two
different substances.
They are indeed different, but how
can they be identified?
Because the truth of Jina (Buddha) and Shiva is
one

According to the journal of Lt. Col. Czi Dr. Syafril Hidayat, psc, M.Sc regarding Bhinneka Tunggal Ika, in the book Bung Hatta Answering (1979), Mohammad Hatta wrote that after independence, this motto was imprinted with a symbol made by Sultan Abdul Hamid (in Pontianak) and its use was inaugurated by the RIS Cabinet on February 11, 1950 as the motto of the national symbol.

Through this motto, Indonesia later became the Unitary State of the Republic of Indonesia (NKRI). Bhinneka Tunggal Ika itself was first examined by Prof. H. Kern (1888). This motto itself was originally printed on a papyrus stored in the Leiden City Library (Purusadasanta or Sutasoma).

This motto was then re-examined by Muhammad Yamin in the following years and then he wrote in his book 6000 years of the Red and White in 1954.

The history of the motto Bhinneka Tunggal Ika has gone through a process of evolution and crystallization starting before independence, the national movement in 1928 until the founding of the Republic of Indonesia in 1945.

After being used as the motto of the Indonesian nation, Bhinneka Tunggal Ika has become a statement by the Indonesian nation that recognizes the reality of a plural nation but still upholds unity.

C. The Principle of Unity in Diversity

Why tolerance? Because tolerance can dilute differences so that there are no more divisions or conflicts. Therefore diversity must be interpreted by society through an understanding of multiculturalism based on the power of spirituality. Ethnic, religious and ideological differences.

The following are the principles of Unity in Diversity that you need to know:

1. Common Denominators

There are 5 religions in Indonesia, but in accordance with the first principle of Bhinneka Tunggal Ika, differences in religious matters must be sought for a common denominator, or in other words find similarities in differences so that all Indonesian people can live in harmony side by side.

Likewise with various other aspects with all the differences in Indonesia, such as customs and culture in each region. All of this diversity of customs and culture is still recognized for its validity with all the differences that remain united in the unitary state of the republic of Indonesia.

2. Not sectarian and inclusive

Not sectarian and exclusive, meaning that in the life of the nation and state, every Indonesian person is not justified in considering himself or his group to be the most righteous compared to other people or groups.

Sectarian and exclusive views must be eliminated, because when sectarian and exclusive attitudes have been formed, there will be many conflicts that occur due to jealousy, suspicion, excessive attitudes and lack of consideration for the existence of other groups or individuals.

3. Not Formalistic

Bhinneka Tunggal Ika is universal and comprehensive. This is based on a sense of love, respect, mutual trust, and harmony with one another. In this way diversity can then be united in an Indonesian frame.

4. Is Convergent

Being Convergent means that all diversity is not to be exaggerated, but a meeting point must be found that can make all interests meet in the middle. This can be achieved if there is an attitude of tolerance, mutual trust, harmony, non-sectarianism, and inclusiveness among the people.

5. Pluralistic and Multicultural Principles

Bhinneka Tunggal Ika contains values ​​including: tolerance, inclusiveness, peace and togetherness, and equality. These values ​​do not require closed or exclusive nature so that it is possible to accommodate the nation’s cultural diversity and face the currents of globalization.

Mutual respect between religions, ethnic groups, respecting the work of others, working together to build the nation regardless of differences in ethnicity, culture and religion, not discriminating against one another or even insulting one another because this can lead to conflict and become the initial source of breaking the unity and integrity of the nation.

6. The Spirit of Mutual Cooperation

The spirit of gotong-royong is not only about working together to clean up the environment, or keeping the environment around your home safe. But also in the spirit of mutual cooperation in fighting hoaxes or fake news which are now being spread everywhere in the name of clickbait.

Make it a habit to verify the data or news received and want to spread. Because digital footprints are very difficult to get rid of, the reason is, every day, there are thousands of hoaxes that spread and are ready to destroy the generation and diversity of this country.

In strengthening the mutual cooperation that we have and the national, democratic, legal, and multicultural spirit in supporting the realization of citizens who are aware of their rights and obligations, the book Strengthening the Spirit and Spirit of Nationalism is an appropriate reference for Sinaumed’s.

D. Interesting Facts about Bhinneka Tunggal Ika

In a shared life, where various interests will meet, and not all interests are in line, it will certainly result in friction and even social conflicts. In such a situation, the boundaries between the rights and powers of each party must be clearly, decisively and proportionately determined.

Every citizen is then free to claim their rights, but at the same time they are also obliged to respect the rights of others. Fair itself has the meaning of being impartial, not closed, and in groups. On the other hand, be fair or require an open attitude that always provides “space” for the presence of other people.

The habit of greeting others is a real form of manifesting a fair attitude. Greeting other people (anyone) is essentially the initial act of building a social network that will become a strength so that it is not easily divided and pitted against one another. Here are some facts about Bhinneka Tunggal Ika that you need to know:

1. Sourced from Lontar Sutasoma

The term Bhinneka Tunggal Ika is taken from Lontar Sutasoma by Mpu Tantular, a poet who lived in the 14th century in Majapahit and was still a royal relative during the reign of King Rajasanegara. The term Bhinneka Tunggal Ika itself is taken from a fragment of kakimpoi alias Syair Sutasoma. The following reads in Sanskrit, and is translated into Indonesian:

Rwāneka dhātu winuwus Buddha Wiswa, Bhinnêki rakwa ring apan hit parwanosen, Mangka ng Jinatwa kalawan Śiwatatwa single, Bhinnêka Tunggal Ika tan hana dharma mangrwa.

Meaning: Buddha and Shiva are two different substances but how can they be recognized? Because the truth of Jina (Buddha) and Shiva is one, it is divided, but it is also one. There is no confusion in the truth.

2. Not Bung Karno’s creation

In a book written by Mohammad Hatta entitled Bung Hatta Answering, it is written that it was Bung Karno who coined the term “Unity in Diversity”, meaning that Bung Karno did not invent it, but it was he who suggested adding the phrase to the ribbon gripped by the Garuda bird.

The Garuda bird itself was originally designed to grip the red and white flag but was later replaced with a ribbon that read Bhinneka Tunggal Ika which is used as the national motto, meaning it unites diversity.

Garuda bird itself uses a shield, as a form of building power in Indonesian civilization. The eagle from this mythology is closely related to the eagle. Birds are painted on several temples, including Dieng, Prambanan and Penataran.

3. Housed in the Leiden Library

With the close ties between the Archipelago and the Netherlands. The Sutasoma transcript later became one of the archives stored in the Leiden Library, with the verse containing the term Bhinneka Tunggal Ika located on the 120th sheet of Sutasoma’s papyrus.

4. Not Just About Tribal Unity

Bhinneka Tunggal Ika is not only about ethnic and cultural differences that must be united, but also differences in thoughts. According to Sultan Hamid, Soekarno described Bhinneka Tunggal Ika as a union of federalist thoughts and unity in the United Republic of Indonesia (Indonesia’s name at that time).

E. Unity in Diversity and Nationalism

In order to fortify themselves from destruction due to the rapid development of technology and the various efforts made to divide the nation, the Indonesian people must return to the values ​​of Pancasila.

Pancasila as the philosophy of the Indonesian nation, has developed naturally from a long history, contains the outlook on life, character and noble values ​​of the Indonesian people, including Bhinneka Tunggal Ika. The noble values ​​contained in Pancasila are the spirit of unity, respect for differences, willingness to sacrifice, never giving up, mutual cooperation, patriotism, nationalism, optimism, self-esteem, togetherness, and self-confidence.

In learning more about nationalism in a short, concise and clear way, Sinaumed’s can read the book Nationalism by Steven Gr which is below.

Bhinneka Tunggal Ika is indirectly a picture of Indonesian nationalism. The meaning of Bhinneka Tunggal Ika is the principle of Indonesian citizens to build nationalism. The following are some of the elements that make up nationalism:

1. Historical Unity

The Indonesian nation grew and developed from a historical process, namely since prehistoric times, the Srivijaya era, Majapahit then invaders came, sparked the 1928 Youth Pledge and finally proclaimed independence on August 17, 1945.

2. Unity of Fate

The Indonesian nation was formed because of a common fate, namely experiencing the suffering of colonialism for three and a half centuries, then fighting for independence together and finally getting joy in the form of independence.

3. Regional Unity

The Indonesian nation lives in the territory of Indonesia, its people are spread from Sabang to Merauke. The unity of the nation’s own spiritual principles as one of the ideals, philosophy and way of life rooted in the Pancasila view of life.

4. Cultural Unity

Even though the Indonesian nation has a diversity of cultures ranging from traditional houses, traditional clothing, traditional events, languages ​​and other diversity, the whole is one culture, namely the national culture of the unitary Republic of Indonesia.

E. Application of Unity in Diversity in Everyday Life

Bhinneka Tunggal Ika is contained in Government Regulation Number 66/1951. Stipulated in Jakarta on October 17, 1951 by President Soekarno and Prime Minister, Sukiman Wirjosandjojo. Bhinneka Tunggal Ika is contained in Article 5 which reads,

“Under the symbol written in Latin letters, a motto in Old Javanese reads: Bhinneka Tunggal Ika.

The explanation from Article 5 is that the word Bhinneka is a combination of two words: bhinna and ika. The entire sentence can then be copied into ‘different but still one nevertheless’.

The following is the application of Bhinneka Tunggal Ika in the life of our nation and state:

1. Inclusive Behavior

The first implementation is that a person is required not to see himself as taking precedence over the interests of others. It is the same with groups, where common interests take precedence over personal or group interests.

2. Accommodate Pluralistic Nature

Judging from its diversity, it is fitting for Indonesia to become a nation with the largest pluralistic level in the world. This is also what makes the Indonesian nation respected by other nations. However, if it is not used wisely, there is a high possibility of disintegration within the nation. Race, Culture, Ethnicity, Language, Religion, and customs, the Indonesian nation.

By understanding more about the cultural diversity that exists in Indonesia through the book Guys, Indonesia is Bineka, Loh! Sinaumed’s will better understand the development of a very dynamic society and avoid misunderstandings and conflicts that occur due to differences.

3. Not Winning Alone

Differences of opinion are actually commonplace, especially in a democratic system. The system then demands that people are free to express their own opinions.

With this implementation of the principle of Bhinneka Tunggal Ika, one is required to respect one opinion and another. Differences of opinion do not need to be exaggerated, but common ground must be sought that prioritizes common interests. Avoid diverging characteristics and apply convergent characteristics in the life of the nation and state.

Just like what happened in Indonesia where there was a conflict between Aceh and Papur which was successfully resolved with the shared values ​​conveyed by Gus Dur as a conflict resolution strategy which you can read in Gus Dur’s book: Islam Nusantara & Diverse Citizenship.

4. Deliberation for Consensus

As previously explained, with the motto Bhinneka Tunggal Ika , if there are differences between groups or individuals, a solution must be sought jointly by deliberation.

As is the case with the common denominator principle or what is known as finding the core of similarity. This should then also be applied in conducting deliberations for consensus. With a variety of ideas, all of which are then summarized into one agreement. That way the agreement here aims to reach consensus on individuals and groups.

Indonesian society is basically indigenous peoples who sociologically have very strong ties in groups (ethnic or ethnic). However, in the Indonesian context, ties in the form of ethnic (origin) or religious sentiments can be reduced for the sake of building a sense of nationality.

The increasingly swift currents of globalization have brought with them new values ​​that cannot be fully accommodated or understood by the majority of Indonesian people. New values ​​tend to loosen national bonds, and worry for the future of national unity and territorial integrity of Indonesia.

Therefore, efforts are urgently needed to refresh the understanding of national values ​​which are a characteristic of the personality of the Indonesian people.

Strengthening the national values ​​contained in the motto Bhinneka Tunggal Ika, as moral teachings about tolerance, fairness and mutual cooperation is the right strategy to deal with new values ​​that tend to clash.

Examples of behavior that reflects “Unity in Diversity” :

• No discrimination against anyone
• Be fair to everyone (at school, home, community)
• Avoid fights/disputes that can harm yourself and others
• Respect each other despite different religions, ethnicities, races and cultures
• Do not insult or demean others
• Living in harmony in the family, school and community environment
• etc

Thus the information about Bhinneka Tunggal Ika, I hope this is useful!

Also read articles related to  “The Meaning & Meaning of Unity in Diversity”  :

• Dimensions of Pancasila as an Open Ideology
• History of Pancasila
• Understanding Pancasila as a Source of Value
• The Meaning and Meaning of Pancasila as State Ideology
• Understanding Pancasila Democracy
• History of the Garuda Pancasila Coat of Arms
• Understanding Archipelagic Insight
• The Meaning of Pancasila as the Source of All Sources of Law
• Meaning of the Youth Pledge
• The Practice of Pancasila Values

If you want to dig more about  Pancasila  in a more comprehensive manner, have the book immediately at www.sinaumedia.com.

1. Pancasila Education

Buy now

2. Pancasila Philosophy of National Islamic Epistemology

Buy now

3. Common Home Pancasila

Buy now

Source:

• https://ejournal.undiksha.ac.id/index.php/JPP/article/viewFile/1726/1512
• etc

Does Sinaumed’s know what the abbreviation for bhabinkamtibmas is? So, bhabinkamtibmas is one of the terms in the elements of the Indonesian National Police or Polri. As part of the National Police, this bhabinkamtibmas certainly has its duties and functions. Then, what is meant by bhabinkamtibmas? What are their duties and powers? To find out more, let’s see the full explanation below.

Bhabinkamtibmas is

Bhabinkamtibmas is an abbreviation of Bhayangkara Pembina Security and Public Order. According to Article 1 Paragraph 4 regarding Regulation of the Head of the National Police of the Republic of Indonesia Number 3 of 2015, regarding Community Policing, bhabinkamtibmas are Polmas officers in villages or sub-districts. The bearer of this Polmas is every member of the National Police who conducts Polmas in the community or community.

That way, it can detect and also identify problems with Community Security and Order or Kamtibmas in the environment and find solutions to the problems.

In general, bhabinkamtibmas are Polri officers on duty at the village to sub-district level who have the authority to carry out the Pre-emptive function by partnering with the community.

Based on the Decree of the Head of the National Police of the Republic of Indonesia No.Pol.KEP/8/II/2009 regarding changes to the National Police Chief’s field manual No.Pol. :BUJUKLAP/17/VII/1997 explains the designation of Babinkamtibmas (Bintara Pembina Kamtibmas) to Bhabinkamtibmas (Bhayangkara Pembina Kamtibmas) from the rank level of Brigadier to Inspector.

Meanwhile, according to Article 1 paragraph 4, the Chief of Police Regulation Number 3 of 2015 concerning Community Policing explains that the purpose of bhabinkamtibmas is to carry out Community Police.

Duties, Functions and Authorities of Bhabinkamtibmas 

Basically, the task of bhabinkamtibmas has been regulated in Article 27 of the Chief of Police Regulation No. 3 of 2015. Meanwhile, the function of bhabinkamtibmas has also been regulated in Article 26 of the Chief of Police Regulation No. 3 of 2015. Following are some explanations regarding the duties, functions, and also the authority of bhabinkamtibmas, including:

1. Main Duties of Bhabinkamtibmas 

The main task of bhabinkamtibmas is to carry out community development, early detection and mediation or negotiation in order to create more conducive conditions in the village or sub-district. In carrying out its main tasks, bhabinkamtibmas performs the following activities:

• Conduct visits from home to all areas that are assigned.
• Doing and also help solving a problem.
• Organizing and also securing community activities.
• Receive information about the occurrence of a crime.
• Provides temporary shelter to stragglers, victims of crime, as well as violations.
• Participate in providing assistance to victims of natural disasters and disease outbreaks.
• Provide guidance and instructions to the community or community related to Kamtibmas issues and also Polri services.

2. The function of Bhabinkamtibmas 

The following are some of the functions of bhabinkamtibmas that need to be understood, including:

• Conducting visits or visits to the community with the aim of listening to community complaints regarding Kamtibmas issues and then providing explanations and solutions, maintaining friendly or brotherly relations.
• Guiding and counseling in the field of law and Kamtibmas in order to increase awareness of law and Kamtibmas by upholding Human Rights or HAM.
• Disseminating various information regarding the policies of the National Police leadership related to the Maintenance of Public Security and Order or Harkamtibmas.
• Encouraging the implementation of siskamling in protecting the environment and community activities.
• Providing police services to people in need.
• Mobilizing positive community activities.
• Coordinate efforts to foster Kamtibmas through village or sub-district officials and other related parties.
• Carry out consultations, negotiations, mediation, facilitation, motivation to the community in Harkamtibmas and solving social crime problems.

3. The authority of Bhabinkamtibmas 

As previously explained regarding bhabinkamtibmas, which stands for Bhayangkara Pembina Security and Community Order, bhabinkamtibmas here plays the role of a Polri officer who has duties at the village or sub-district level, namely developing tasks and functions by partnering with the community.

Therefore, this bhabinkamtibmas certainly has the authority to carry out its duties and functions. The authority of bhabinkamtibmas has been contained in Article 28 of the Police Chief’s Regulation No. 3 of 2015, the following are the details:

• Resolving disputes between the colors of society or communities.
• Taking various steps needed as a follow-up to the FKPM agreement in maintaining environmental security.
• Visit the crime scene or TKP and take the First Action or TP at the TKP.
• Supervise the flow of beliefs that exist in society that can cause divisions or threaten the unity and integrity of the nation.

Various Kinds of Police Units in Indonesia

As an institution that has an important task, namely to maintain security, order, and enforce the law, the police have quite a number of units. In fact, even though most people don’t know about it, in fact there are almost 15 types of police units in Indonesia.

All of these 15 units are divided into two, namely special units and general units. Following are some explanations regarding the various divisions of police units and their respective duties.

Special Units

There are three units that are included in the special police unit, because most of the special units carry out quite important tasks. Where most of the people in Indonesia are already familiar with this unit.

1. Brimob or Mobile Brigade Corps

Mobile Brigade is a special operations unit, tactical and paramilitary in Indonesia. This Brimob unit has the duties and responsibilities of dealing with high-level disturbances in society which include gun crimes, mass riots, search and rescue, explosives, and others.

2. Gegana

Gegana is part of a special branch of the Brimob unit. Therefore, Gegana can be said to be the second regiment of Mobile Brigade. Members of the Gegana unit generally have special abilities which are divided into five areas, namely bomb squad, intelligence, anti-terror, handling KBR or Chemistry, Biology and Radioactivity, and anti-anarchy.

3. Detachment 88

Detachment 88 is a special unit funded by the American government and trained under the CIA, FBI, and US Secret Service. The Densus 88 team is designed to be an anti-terrorist unit whose duties are investigators, snipers and explosives experts.

General Units

Even though it does not carry out as many tasks as a special unit, this general unit of the police still has various other roles and responsibilities which are certainly no less important. In addition to the three units that are included in the special units, there are 12 other units within the police that are included in the list of general units, including:

1. Integrated Police Service Center or SPKT

This SPKT has the duty to provide services to the community in the form of handling complaints, police assistance services, and also other functions related to the identification or prevention of crime.

2. Intelligence and Security Unit or Sat-Intelkam

This unit is tasked with fostering a security system including permitting foreign citizens, social and political activities, possession of firearms, and making SKCK.

3. Criminal Investigation Unit or Sat-Reskrim

This unit has the responsibility to carry out investigations and identification related to law violations and criminal acts.

4. Drug Investigation Unit or Sat-Resnarcotics

This unit has the task of carrying out criminal investigations in the form of drug abuse, counseling, as well as coaching in drug prevention, as well as rehabilitation for victims of drug abuse.

5. Community Development Unit or Sat-Binmas

This unit has the duty to carry out coaching which includes empowerment activities and community order.

6. Samapta Bhayangkara or Sat-Sabhara Unit

Sat-Sabhara has the duty to supervise and maintain public order and security in an area, including conducting patrols and acting as law enforcement officers who respond to calls to crime scenes.

7. Traffic Unit or Sat-Lantas

Just as the name suggests, this unit is tasked with enforcing the law, regulating, controlling, and also traffic patrolling.

8. Vital Object Security Unit or Sat-Pamobvit

This unit is tasked with serving VIP security and also important facilities such as government officials, industrial complexes, diplomatic missions, and tourism areas.

9. Water Police Unit or Sat-Polair

This unit has the responsibility to carry out the functions of the water police which include water law enforcement, water patrols, coastal community development, and also search and rescue for accidents in the ocean area.

10. Detention Unit and Evidence or Sat-Tahti

This unit has the task of administering prisoner care which includes detainee health, storing evidence within the Police Headquarters, and convict guardianship.

11. Police Technology Section 

This unit has responsibility for management as well as the development of computer and IT systems to support police work.

12. Professional and Security Section

This unit is responsible for conducting internal investigations into police personnel who are suspected of having committed violations in upholding discipline, for example in the case of police accepting bribes.

Order of Police Rank

Based on the Regulation of the Head of the National Police of the Republic of Indonesia Number 3 of 2016, the rank order of the police is Tamtama, Bharada, and Officer. The following is a sequence of police ranks and a brief description.

1. Enlisted

Enlisted is the lowest police rank, where in this rank, members consist of:

a. Bhayangkara Dua or Bharada

This rank is almost the same as the Military rank, namely Private Second. Bharada generally has a duty, namely as a peacemaker for various causes of religious or inter-ethnic conflicts. The epaulette is usually a single red slash.

b. Bhayangkara Satu or Bharatu

After Bharada, an even higher rank is Bharatu. This rank is also known as Soldier 1.

c. Bhayangkara Head or Bharaka

The next enlistment level is Bharaka, where this rank was formerly called Head Soldier.

d. Adjutant Police Brigadier Two or Abripda

The rank of Adjutant Police Brigadier Two is the lowest level that is at the rank of Tamtama Chief or Adjutant Brigadier.

e. Adjunct Police Brigadier One or Abriptu’

Then, there is the rank of Adjutant Police Brigadier 1, where this rank was previously named Corporal 1.

f. Adjunct Police Brigadier or Abrip

The first rank at the Tamtama level is Adjunct Police Brigadier or Abrip. Previously, this rank had undergone two name changes before finally being known as Abrip.

2. Brigadier

A police officer or also known as a Police Officer is a police officer whose role is to directly serve the community and is the foremost figure of the National Police. The job of the Brigadier is to take care of driver’s licenses, manage traffic, and also report cases. The NCO itself consists of:

a. Second Police Brigadier or Bripda

Police Brigadier 2 or Bripda is the lowest rank in the NCO. In the past, the rank of Bripda was called Police Sergeant 2. This rank has the same position as Second Sergeant in the military.

b. First Police Brigadier or First Brigadier

This rank is in charge of Bripda and previously his name was Police Sergeant First.

c. Police Brigadier or Police Brig

This rank is higher than the Brigadier General, where the Police Brigade has the duty to ensure that the ranks of First and Second Police Brigadiers carry out their duties in an orderly manner.

d. Chief Police Brigadier or Bripka

Bripka here plays an important role in the NCO class. Where they have the task of controlling and also supervising the duties of all of their subordinate Brigades.

e. Adjunct Inspector of Police Two or AIPDA

AIPDA is the first level of the National Police. Prior to this, this rank was known as Assistant Second Lieutenant.

f. Adjunct Inspector of Police One or AIPTU

AIPTU is a High Commissioner at the second level of the National Police. Previously, this rank was called Assistant First Lieutenant.

3. Centurion

The highest rank within the Police is an officer. Where the rank of Officer is divided into three positions, namely First Officer, Middle Officer and High Officer.

a. First Officer

First Officer is the first position structure within the National Police consisting of Adjunct Police Commissioner (AKP), First Police Inspector (IPTU), and Second Police Inspector (IPDA).

The following are rank signs that are usually used, including:

• Superintendent of Police Two: 1 gold colored block
• Police Inspector One: 2 gold colored blocks
• Adjutant Police Commissioner: 3 gold colored blocks

b. Intermediate Officer

Intermediate Officers are a fairly important position structure within the National Police consisting of Police Chief Commissioner (KOMBESPOL), Adjunct Police Chief Commissioner (AKBP), and Police Commissioner (KOMPOL).

The following are rank signs that are usually used, including:

• Police Commissioner: 1 golden pentagonal flower
• Adjunct Senior Commissioner of Police: 2 golden pentagonal flowers
• Police Chief Commissioner: 3 golden pentagonal flowers

c. High Officer

High Officers are the highest position structure within the National Police consisting of the Commissioner General of Police (KOMJEN), Inspector General of Police (IRJEN), Brigadier General of Police (BRIGJEN) and General of Police.

The following are rank signs that are usually used, including:

• Police Brigadier General: 1 gold star
• Inspector General of Police: 2 gold stars
• Commissioner General of Police: 3 gold stars
• Police General: 4 gold stars

This is an explanation of bhabinkamtibmas, its functions, duties, and authorities. For Sinaumed’s who want to learn all about bhabinkamtibmas and other police related matters, you can visit sinaumedia.com to get related books.

As #FriendsWithoutLimits, sinaumedia always provides the best products, so you have the best and latest information for you. To support Sinaumed’s in adding insight, sinaumedia always provides quality and original books so that Sinaumed’s has #MoreWithReading information.

Author: Umm

source:

• https://kumparan.com/kumparannews/ assignment-babinsa-dan-bhabinkamtibmas-prajurit-andalan-saat-perang-melawan-covid-19-1wBJox4qafL
• https://www.tanjaknews.com/2013/11/blog-post.html
• https://indonesiabaik.id/infographics/urutan-rank-kepolisian-republik-indonesia